A 



Lida Keck Wiggins. 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

OR 

CHARACTER READING 

Being" a compilation of invaluable information 

upon Character Reading by Physiognomy, 

Temperament, Palmistry, Astrology, 

Graphology, Thumb Impressions. 

A clear and graphic exposition of Magnetism, Hypno- 
tism, Clairvoyance, Visions, New Thought, Chris- 
tian Science, The Unknown Power, The Em- 
manuel Church Movement and the Bertillon 
System of Measuring Criminals, making 
it one of the best works thus far pub- 
lished on these subjects in the 
light of present day knowledge 
and experiment. 



BY 

LIDA KECK WIGGINS 

AUTHOR OF "THE LIFE AND WORKS OF PAUL 
LAURENCE DUNBAR," ETC., ETC. 



DESIGNED BY 

E. E. MILLER, Ph. B. 



PROFUSELY ILLUSTRATED BY NEARLY 

TWO HUNDRED HALF-TONES, PEN DRAWINGS 

AND PHOTO-ENGRAVINGS 



J. L. NICHOLS & COMPANY 

Manufacturing Publishers 
NAPERVILLE, ILLINOIS .'. ATLANTA, GEORGIA 






Copyright, 1909, by 

J. L. Nichols & Company 






LIBRARY of CONGRESS 

Two Cop!<- '~< —^ed 

; SWAY 26 1909 



m 

cuv 



XXe, No. 



*«'&« 



/** 



INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL 
REMARKS 



"The proper study of mankind is man" exclaimed a 
great writer, and he expressed one of the most valu- 
able truths ever uttered. 

There are many ways by which a man may study 
his fellow man, but the very best of these is known 
the science of Physiognomy. 

Meaning of Physiognomy. — This word, formed from 
vo Greek roots — nature and knowing — means liter- 
ally a knowledge of the forms of things. 

As applied to man one may say that Physiognomy 
is the science of reading the inner man by means of 
outward signs or appearances. 

The business man who knows the signs is greater 
than a king. He will succeed in his undertakings be- 
cause he will know whom to trust, and whom to avoid. 

The lover will choose the proper wife because he 
will not be deceived by actions "put on" like a pretty 
dress for his benefit only. He will know by a hundred 
tokens the girl who will make a good wife from her 
who would wreck his life and home. In such a case 
knowledge is certainly power. 

The girl who contemplates matrimony will also be 
armed with knowledge which will enable her to choose 

5 



INTRODUCTION 

wisely and not be duped. She will know which man 
will make the trustworthy husband, and which will 
soon tire of her, and go like a bee from flower to 
flower. She will also know the man who will be a 
good "provider," and the man who will be unable to 
lay by the necessary "penny" for a "rainy day." 

Divorces would be unknown if every man and wom- 
an, before entering into wedlock, would ascertain 
these valuable facts of Physiognomy and tempera- 
ment. 

Employers will know what men to employ by a 
"working knowledge" of the outer signs. They will 
know, too, which man is to be trusted with the cash, 
and which is to be kept as far away from it as pos- 
sible. They will know the young woman who will 
make a steady, neat, efficient stenographer, from the 
attractive, but frivolous, young lady who will wear 
pretty clothes, be courted in and out of the office by 
callow young clerks, and care less for her note book 
than anything else. 

Employes should also know the signs and profit 
thereby, and not hire out to a deceitful, hard-hearted, 
narrow-minded employer. Much sorrow and chagrin 
and many heart-aches could be avoided in this man- 
ner. 

Young business women, especially, should know 
these things, and have a care as to the men with whom 
they associate themselves in business. Some of the 
most terrible of tragedies have come about from a 
lack of such knowledge on the part of innocent young 
girls compelled to make their own way in the world. 
By a thorough familiarity with the meanings of the 
facial features any young woman may place herself 

6 



INTRODUCTION 

with the kind of employer who will be a protector, 
not a persecutor. 

The significance of every feature is explained in the 
following chapters — the hair, the forehead, the eyes, 
the nose, the ears, the cheeks, the mouth, the chin, the 
neck, the arms, the hands, the limbs and the feet. A 
very valuable phrenological chart is also given and 
its uses explained. 

Servants and mistresses may profit immeasurably 
by a knowledge of the truths set forth in this book. 
The servant problem has come to be one of the most 
important and hard-to-solve questions of the day. 
Physiognomy teaches both mistress and maid inval- 
uable lessons. An ounce of prevention is worth a 
pound of cure, said the old proverb. In this matter 
of servants the truth of that proverb is proven, to a 
marked degree. If the maid can read the "signs" in 
the face of a woman who wishes to hire her, or to 
whom she applies for work, she will know whether 
or not she is facing a hard task-mistress or one who 
will treat her with human kindness and considera- 
tion. A mistress, armed with the same key, can read- 
ily unlock the secret places of a girl's character, and 
know whether she will make a faithful attendant, or 
merely a time-server. For the benefit of both mis- 
tress and maid these pages are written. 

Why spend money on fortune tellers when you may 
know and make your own fortune by ascertaining 
these facts? This method has other advantages be- 
cause in telling one's own fortune no secrets get out, 
and o^ther persons, not interested, need know nothing 
of one's affairs. 

The Secrets of Palmistry Revealed. — A chapter of 

7 



INTRODUCTION 

this volume is devoted to the fascinating subject of 
palmistry. One may read one's own abilities, possi- 
bilities, weaknesses, strong points, etc., himself with 
the aid of the valuable assistance given in that chap- 
ter. 

Mind reading is also explained and many remark- 
able examples given from other writers and from per- 
sonal experiences. 

Clairvoyance, with all its wonderful possibilities, is 
discussed in Part II of this book, and a number of 
marvelous examples of the power described. 

The unknown power, called Spiritism by many, is 
spoken of and several incidents related of the seem- 
ing appearance of the spirits of the dead. 

"Know Thyself" is a piece of the best advice ever 
offered to humanity, and it is the object of this book 
to help every man to a practical knowledge of his own 
possibilities or limitations; to help him make the best 
use of the one, and overcome or correct the other. 

We are born with certain tendencies for good or for 
evil, and a thorough knowledge of our own tempera- 
ments will enable us to become useful, right-minded, 
healthy men and women. 

Parents should understand the outer signs most of 
all, for into their hands is given the moulding and the 
training of little minds and bodies. There is much in 
heredity, but much more in early training into or out 
of certain tendencies. The wise parent will under- 
stand the physical and mental capabilities of his child 
at birth, and can mould that child as he will. How 
very important that he know how to do it ! The value 
of hypnotic suggestion in this regard is also explicitly 
explained. 

8 



INTRODUCTION 

The Teacher should also know these things, as into 
his care the child is given for a number of its most 
impressionable years. 

The quickest road to wealth is found through a 
knowledge of the work best suited to one's abilities. 
Many men fail to succeed because they have never 
found their proper work. This book will help all who 
read it to find their true vocations in life, and the 
way to utilize the occult powers all about them. 

L. K. W. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



CHAPTER I 
(Pages 19 to 39.) 
TEMPERAMENT: Definition; The Different Kinds of 
Temperaments; The Ancient and Modern Classifications; The 
Motive; The Vital and Mental Temperaments Explained; 
Knowledge of Temperaments Necessary in Character Reading; 
Modern Occupations Suited for Each Temperament; Prominent 
Examples of the Different Temperaments; How to Balance the 
Temperament of a Child; Worry and How to Cure it. 

CHAPTER II 

(Pages 40 to 44.) 
THE HUMAN FACE AND WHAT IT TEACHES: 

Shapes of Faces — The Oblong ; The Round and the Pear-shaped ; 
Examples of the Different Kinds of Faces, and the Characters 
They Represent; Ex-Premier Balfour Had the Pear-shaped 
Face Which Usually Accompanies the Mental Temperament; 
The Rule of Three Applied to Faces. 

CHAPTER III 
(Pages 45 to 58.) 
THE HUMAN MOUTH: Talking Without Words; 
Large Mouths ; Deceitful Mouths ; Open Mouths ; Closed 
Mouths; Different Kinds of Lips — Large Lips; Dainty Lips; 
Kissing Lips ; Virtuous Lips ; Reliable Lips ; Sensual Lips ; Jeal- 
ous Lips; A "Stiff Upper Lip"; Lazy Lips; Ignorant Lips, etc. 

CHAPTER IV 

(Pages 59 to 68.) 
THE CHIN: Chin Secrets; Classification of Chins— The 
Pointed, the Indented, the Narrow Square, the Broad Square, 
the "Love Bump" ; Chins of Animals ; Aaron Burr's Chin ; An 
Idiot's Chin ; Long, Pointed Chins ; Very Sharp Chins ; Broad 
Chins ; Avaricious Chins ; Weil-Balanced Chins ; Flat Chins ; An- 
gular Chins ; Egotistical Chins ; "Gushing" Chins ; Heartless 
Chins; The Drunkard's Chin; Dimpled Chins; Fickle Chins; 
Tactful Chins; Weak Chins; Strong Chins; The Ruler's Chin; 
Double Chins; The Infidel's Chin, etc. 

CHAPTER V 

(Pages 69 to 71.) 
JAWS AND TEETH: The Vegetarian's Chin; Canine 
Teeth; Snarly People; The Overcomer's Teeth. 

10 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 

CHAPTER VI 

(Pages 72 to 88.) 

THE NOSE: Kinds of Noses— The Greek, the Roman, the 
Jewish, the Pug, the Snub and the Celestial ; Training the Nose ; 
Napoleon's Nose; Irritable Noses; The Fighting Nose; The Dis- 
coverer's Nose; The Mimic's Nose; The Inquisitive Nose; The 
Confiding Nose; Economical Noses; What Noses Mean In Con- 
nection with Other Features. 

CHAPTER VII 

(Pages 89 to 97.) 

THE CHEEKS AND THE COMPLEXION: The Three 
Kinds of Cheeks — Oblong, Round and Pear-shaped; What the 
Different Kinds Indicate as to Character; High Cheek Bones 
Are a Good Quality for a Policeman, a Fireman, a Soldier or 
a Doctor. 

COMPLEXION— How Your Thoughts and Deeds are 
Written in Your Face: Health Signs; Disease Signs in the 
Complexion; Beware of the Company You Keep; Moral Signs 
in the Complexion; Town and Country Complexions. 

CHAPTER VIII 

(Pages 98 to 110.) 
THE EYES— LANGUAGE, COLOR, AND CHARAC- 
TER: Windows of the Soul; Tell-Tale Eyes; Laughing Eyes; 
Forbidding Eyes ; Hypnotic Eyes ; The Wonderful Wordless 
Language of the Eyes ; All Emotions Expressed in the Eyes — 
Wonder, 'Astonishment, Curiosity, Distress, Anger, Triumph, 
Sadness, Happiness ; A Warning Sign for Young Girls ; Different 
Kinds of Eyes — -Large, Sleepy, Slanting; The Madonna Eye; 
The Eye of Genius; The Coquette's Eye; Honest Eyes; Dark 
Eyes ; Light Eyes ; Brown Eyes ; Blue Eyes, and Gray Eyes ; 
The Most Beautiful Eyes in the World. 

CHAPTER IX 
(Pages 111 to 134.) 

THE FOREHEAD, THE HAIR, THE EARS, AND 
THE NECK: Shapes in Foreheads; Outlines; Home of the 
Mind; Comparisons; The "Seeing Ridge"; Memory in Fore- 
head; Reason in Forehead; The Fun Sign; Artists' Foreheads. 

WRINKLED FOREHEADS AND WHAT WRINKLES 
MEAN: Desirable Wrinkles; Wrinkles Between the Eyes; 
Weak Brains ; Suspicious Foreheads ; Foolish Foreheads ; The 
Imbecile's Forehead ; "Mixed" Foreheads ; Intelligent Fore- 
heads ; How to Tell What Wrinkles Mean; Obliquely Wrinkled 
Foreheads; Kindly Wrinkles; Conscientious People. 

11 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 

THE HAIR, THE EARS, AND THE NECK: The City 
Walls; Black Hair; Public Speakers; Good Taste; Strong Char- 
acter ; Curly Hair ; Black-Haired Bachelors ; Red-Haired People ; 
Flaxen Hair; Hair Parted in Center; Head of Christ; Hair 
Parting at Side. 

THE EARS AND WHAT THEY TEACH: The Sen- 
tinels ; Large Ears ; Ears Talk ; Great People, Great Ears ; Gen- 
erous Ears ; The Handsomest Ears ; Good Hearers ; Small Ears ; 
Long Ears ; Pointed Ears ; Queen Victoria's Ears ; Enthusiastic 
Ears ; Coarse People's Ears ; The Tattle-Tale's Ears ; Dull Ears. 

THE NECK: Usefulness of the Neck; Sex in the Neck; 
Children's Neck; Beautiful Necks; Prize Fighters' Necks; A 
Good Neck ; Murderer's Neck. 

HOW TO READ CHARACTER FROM OLD SHOES. 

CHAPTER X 
(Pages 135 to 159.) 
THE HUMAN FACE CLASSIFIED, OR HOW TO 
TELL A PREACHER, A LAWYER, A TEACHER, A 
STATESMAN, ETC.: Examples from Real Life; The Clergy- 
man, Bishop Charles G. McCabe ; The Statesman, Theodore 
Roosevelt; The Soldier, Gen. U. S. Grant; The Artist, Alfred 
Montgomery ; The Inventor, Thomas A. Edison ; The Discov- 
erer, Christopher Columbus ; The Poet, James Whitcomb Riley ; 
The Actor, Joseph Jefferson; The Orator, Bishop Quayle; The 
Musician, Philip Sousa. 

CHAPTER XI 
(Pages 160 to 172.) 

ACTION IN WALK AND VOICE: The Motive Man's 
Walk ; Throw up Your Head ; Walking Into Success ; A Wom- 
an's Walk ; Mincing Steps ; Rude Characters, Rude Walk, 
Poor Husbands ; Strutting ; Walking on Tiptoes ; An Honest 
Walk; The Foxy Walk; Moods Expressed in the Walk— By 
Your Walk We Shall Know You; A Discouraged Walk; The 
Good Business Man's Walk; How to Read Character by the 
Walk; Experienced Detectives Watch the Walk; The Flirt's 
Walk; How Nice Girls Walk; A Good "Carriage." 

CHARACTER IN THE VOICE: If You Know the 
Notes You Can Read Your Neighbor's Character; Comparison 
of Voices; Love in the Voice; How to Tell the Bad Voice; 
The Sign of Scarlet Women. 

WONDERFUL LANGUAGE OF FLOWERS: The 
Meaning of Single Flowers and in Combination. 

CHAPTER XII 
(Pages 173 to 182.) 
GRAPHOLOGY— HOW YOUR PENMANSHIP RE- 
VEALS YOUR CHARACTER: General Styles of Writing 

12 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Are Ten in Number — The Fine and Regular, The Irregular and 
Unsightly, The Rounded and Measured, The Angular and 
Pointed, The Large and Bold, The Small, The Cramped and the 
Weak, The Formal and Precise, The Ornate, The Plain and 
Legible, The Dashing and Illegible; Samples of the Different 
Styles ; How Education Changes Writing and Character. 

THE VALUE OF AUTOGRAPHS: Autograph Collec- 
tors; Prices of Autographs of Various Prominent Persons. 

CHAPTER XIII 
(Pages 183 to 188.) 

THUMB IMPRESSION AND FINGER PRINTS- 
HOW THEY SHOW CHARACTER: An Ancient Custom; 
Making the Mark ; The Thumb as an Index ; A Large Thumb ; 
The Extravagant Thumb ; Stubborn Thumbs ; The Bossey 
Thumb; A Weak Thumb; The Murderer's Thumb; Wasp- 
Shaped Thumbs. 

THE SHAPE OF YOUR HAND SHOWS WHAT YOU 
ARE: Strength, ^WiM, and Good Sense; Good Reason, Poor 
Decision ; Impulsiveness ; Passion ; Coldness ; Will and Love 
Wedded. 

CHAPTER XIV 

(Pages 188 to 230.) 
PALMISTRY, OR THE SIGNS AND LINES IN 
YOUR HANDS, AND WHAT THEY MEAN: The Liv- 
ing Tablets; Successful Palmists; A Fascinating Study; Finger 
Tips, Their Shape and Meaning; The Mounts and Their Im- 
portance to the Character Reader; The Principal Lines Found 
in the Hand; What a Forked Life Line Means; The Head 
Line — It Shows How You Will Live, Love, and Act ; When 
Love May Kill; Your Hands Show Whether You Are to Have 
Joy or Sorrow, Wealth or Poverty; The Heart Line — Remark- 
able Revelations of the Condition of the Heart; To Know the 
Heart Line a Great Protection; The Fate Line; The Line of 
Fortune; Lines of Marriage — Some Persons Not Fit to Marry; 
Wedding Anniversaries. / 

CHAPTER XV 

(Pages 231 to 276.) 
ASTROLOGY, OR THE MYSTERIOUS INFLU- 
ENCE OF THE STARS: Fear of Foreknowledge; Why 
Look Ahead?; An Exact Science; The Signs of the Zodiac — 
Their Names : The Ram, The Bull, The Twins, The Crab, The 
Lion, The Virgin, The Balance, The Scorpion, The Archer, The 
Water-Bearer, The Fishes ; How Astrology Helps All ; Mean- 
ing of Birth-Stones Linked to the Stars ; Why Astrology is 
Reliable ; Wonderful Possibilities ; Unseen Helpers ; Proper 
Marriage Mates. 

13 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART II 

CHAPTER I 

(Pages 277 to 317.) 
MAGNETISM, HYPNOTISM, AND THE EMANUEL 
CHURCH MOVEMENT: Mind Mysteries; The Two-Mind 
Theory; Thought Reading; Auto-Suggestion ; The Objective 
Mind Asleep; Animal Magnetism; Mental Electricity; Origin 
of Mesmerism; The Life Fluid; The Human Galvanic Battery; 
The Escape of Magnetism; Nature's Marvelous Provision; Why 
We Should Know ; The Nerve "Blood" ; How to Save Life ; 
Mind Controls Matter; Magnetic Healing; How to Become a 
Mesmerist; Hypnotism and How It Is Accomplished; Mental 
Suggestion; Manner of Procedure; Christian Science — Why It 
Attracts; Objective Faith Not Necessary; Absent Treatment; 
The Emanuel Church Movement; New Thought — What It Is 
and What It Is Not; Thought Force; Self-Confidence Necessary. 

CHAPTER II 

(Pages 318 to 360.) 
TELEPATHY, OR MIND TRANSFERENCE— ITS- 
MYSTERIES AND REVELATIONS: Why So Called; The 
Skeptic's Question Mark; How Telepathy Works; Telepathy, in 
Fortune-Telling ; Honesty of Mediums ; Many Startling Experi- 
ences ; How Thought Can Kill ; The Mystic Table ; How to Tell 
Your Fortune. 

CHAPTER III 

(Pages 361 to 399.) 
CLAIRVOYANCE, VISIONS AND THE UNKNOWN: 

Trances ; The Spirit Theory ; Dying Impressions ; Biblical Evi- 
dence ; Dream Clairvoyance; Visions in Dreams; Talking with 
the Dead; Henry Ward Beecher's Message from the Spirit 
World; Wm. T. Stead Receives Letters from His Dead Son. 

CHAPTER IV 

(Pages 400 to 405.) 
THE BERTILLON SYSTEM OF MEASURING 
CRIMINALS: Means Heretofore Used; New System Adopted 
by France and United States; Workings of System Illustrated. 



14 



LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS 



Page 

1. Lida Keck Wiggins Frontispiece 

2. Phrenological Chart 18 

3. Mental Characteristics of the Motive Temperament 21 

4. Mental Characteristics of the Vital Temperament 22 

5. Mental Characteristics of the Mental Temperament 23 

6. The Dying Gladiator 24 

7. Skeleton of Motive Man , 25 

8. Abraham Lincoln 27 

9. Susan B. Anthony 28 

10. Queen Victoria, Amelia E. Barr, Grover Cleveland, 

William H. Taft 29 

11. The Veinous System ; The Lymphatic System 30 

12. Brain and Nerves 32 

13. Fenton Fox, Jr 33 

14. Frances Willard, Pope Leo, Horace Mann, An Actress 35 

15. George Washington 37 

16. Charlotte Corday, Andrew Jackson, Daisy Grogan, Sir 

Henry Campbell-Bannerman 41 

17. Ex-Premier Balfour 42 

18. Muscles of Face Exposed; Bones of Head and Face. . . 43 

19. Deceitful Mouth ; Narrow Closed Lips ; The Honest 

Mouth ; Mouth Slightly Open 45 

20. Tight Closed Lips ; Slightly Open Lips ; Jolly Lips ; 

Thick Lips 46 

21. Dainty Lips 47 

22. Warm Lips ; Friendly Lips ; Cold Lips 48 

23. Loving Lips 49 

24. Sensuality; Raised Upper Lip ; Jealous Lips. 50 

25. Self Esteem ; Stiff Upper Lip ; Curled Upper Lip ; i 

Daniel Webster's Upper Lip; Turned-Down Lips.. 51 

26. The Difference 52 

27. Concentration 53 

28. Turned-Up Mouth Corners 55 

29. Mouth of Wendell Phillips 56 

30. Lip of Pompous Person 57 

31. Chin of Aaron Burr ; Idiot's Chin 60 

32. Gross Sensual Chin ; Black Hawk's Chin 61 

33. Indented Chin ; Narrow Square Chin 62 

34. Broad Square Chin; Broad Round Chin; Catherine 

Alexieona 63 

15 



LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS 

Page 

35. Example of Love Sign in the Chin 64 

36. Benjamin Franklm 67 

37. Infidel's Chin ; Concentration in the Chin 68 

38. Gorilla's Head; Man's Skull; Low Order of Man; 

A Hog 69 

39. Family of Brahmans 70 

40. Canine Teeth Exposed 71 

41. Pug Nose; Greek Nose; Celestial Nose; Roman Nose; 

Snub Nose ; Jewish Nose 72 

42. Development in the Nose 73 

43. An Ex-Slave 74 

44. Mrs. Mary Church Terrell 75 

45. A Roman Nose 77 

46. Napoleon Bonaparte ; Another Roman Nose 78 

47. Jewish Nose : 79 

48. A Blue Nose ; Inquisitive Nose 81 

49. Bottle Nose ; Self-Def ense 82 

50. Relative Defense Bump ; The Fighting Nose 83 

51. Analysis ; Combination 84 

52. Marshall P. Wilder 85 

53. Russell Sage 86 

54. Group of Noses 88 

55. High Cheek Bones 89 

56. Love of Dancing 91 

57. A Lazy Man _ 92 

58. Contempt as Shown in Eyes ; Contempt and Anger 

in Eyes 100 

59. Happiness ; Despair 101 

60. Language Sign in the Eye ; Deceitful Eyes 103 

61. Bishop Potter's Eyes ; Prayerful Eyes 104 

62. Humility ; Tactful Eye 105 

63. Thieves' Eyes ; Madonna Eye 106 

64. Coquette's Eye 107 

65. Foreheads Compared; Another Comparison 112 

66. The Seeing Ridge ; The Seer 113 

67. Mark Twain ; The Reasoner 114 

68. Foolish Forehead 116 

69. Wrinkles of Intelligent Forehead 117 

70. The Honest Head 118 

71. The Dishonest Head 119 

72. Head of Christ 121 

73. An Outline of the Ear 122 

74. Wm. Gladstone's Ear; Queen Victoria's Ear 124 

75. Patti's Ear ; Plainer View of Patti's Ear 125 

76. Selfishness 126 

77. Stiff-Necked Person ; Conceit in Neck 129 

78. Beautiful Neck 131 

79. John L. Sullivan ; Dangerous Neck. 132 

16 



LIST OP ILLUSTRATIONS 

Page 

80. Neck of Unreliable Husband; Neck of Reliable Hus- 

band 133 

81. Bishop McCabe 137 

82. Theodore Roosevelt 138 

83. Gen. U. S. Grant 143 

84. Alfred Montgomery 144 

85. Thomas A. Edison 147 

86. Christopher Columbus 148 

87. James Whitcomb Riley 151 

88. Joseph Jefferson 152 

89. Bishop Quayle 157 

90. John Philip Sousa . . 158 

91. Irregular Writing 174 

92. Round and Pointed ; Large and Bold 175 

93. Ornate or Ornamental ; Plain and Legible 177 

94. Business Hand ; Rail Fence Writing 179 

95. Murderer's Handwriting 180 

%. Different Thumbs 183 

97. Thumb Impressions 185 

98. Map of the Hand 189 

99. Palm Showing Mounts; Beaver-Tailed Finger Tips 193 

100. The Fourteen Lines ; Various Kinds of Lines 200 

101. Time and the Mounts 201 

102. Blind Infatuation 210 

103. The Perfect Man 231 

104. The Map ; Aries, the Ram ; Taurus, the Bull 237 

105. Gemini, the Twins ; Cancer, the Crab ; Virgo, the Vir- 

gin ; Leo, the Lion •. \ 238 

106. Scorpio, the Scorpion ; Libra, the Balance ; Sagittarius, 

the Archer 239 

107. Capricorn, the Sea Goat; Aquarius, the Water-Bearer ; 

Pisces, the Fishes 240 

108. Dr. Elwood Worcester 301 

109. First Bertillon Measurement 401 

110. Head Measurements 402 

111. Ear Measurements 403 

112. Trunk Measurements 404 



17 



18 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 




Phrenological Chart. This chart shows the location of all the 
faculties known to the phrenologist. 



OR CHARACTER READING 19 



CHAPTER I 



TEMPERAMENT 

Definition. — The word temperament comes from the 
Latin word tempero, condition, proportion, and its 
meaning, when applied to a human being, has come 
to be the physical and mental condition of the consti- 
tution. 

The different kinds of temperaments are determined 
by the particular state of the individual constitution, 
depending upon the relative proportions of its dif- 
ferent masses, and the relative energy of its different 
functions. Like the leaves of the trees, the petals of 
flowers, the blades of grass, or the beautiful snow- 
flakes there are no two temperaments exactly alike, 
and in this respect temperaments carry out the great 
law of universal diversity and prove the infinity of God 
and Nature. 

From Earliest Days Men Have Recognized the 
Temperaments. — Hippocrates, known as the "Father 
of Medicine, ,, divided the temperaments according to 
the different fluids found in the body. These are the 
blood, the phlegm, the yellow bile and the black bile, 
and the preponderance of any of these in an individual 
decided his "temperament. " 

These four temperaments were called by Hippo- 
crates the Sanguine, the Phlegmatic, the Choleric, 



20 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

the Melancholic. We are mentioning this fact that 
our readers may have a fuller and truer -comprehension 
of these terms, which by some persons are in use at 
the present day; and, they may be more fully denned 
as follows: 

Sanguine, from sanguis, the blood; red, abounding 
with blood. Warm, ardent, confident. 

Phlegmatic, from a Greek word meaning inflamma- 
tion and another Greek word meaning to burn, hence 
the word must originally have meant the matter 
formed by suppuration (pus), i. e., cold, animal, fluid 
— dullness. 

Choleric, from a Greek root-word meaning bile. 
Hence a person with an irritable disposition was said 
to have a "choleric temperament. ,, As a person whose 
system contains a superabundance of bile usually has 
an inflamed countenance, and as a "red face" is also 
indicative of anger, the ancients "put two and two to- 
gether," and drew their own conclusions. 

Melancholic means literally filled with black bile, 
and persons with a superabundance of that fluid in 
their make-up are usually despondent. Hence the 
"melancholic temperament" of Hippocrates. 

Basis of Ancient Classification. — It will be seen that 
the ancients thus classified the most marked tempera- 
ments as depending upon the predominance of certain 
humors of the blood. 

Modern Science has proved these theories errone- 
ous, but the old terms are still frequently employed 
by the general public, and the terms typify exactly the 
same temperaments as in the ancient times, the mod- 
ern scientist differing chiefly from his predecessor as 
to the causes and not the results. 



OR CHARACTER READING 



21 



Constitutional influences, then, were the bases of 
the conclusions of Hippocrates, but others of a more 
modern time base their delineations of character on 
what they call : 

The Anatomical System of Temperaments, and, tak- 
ing as a basis the three great divisions of the human 
body, viz. (1) The Motive or Mechanical System; 

(2) The Vital, or Nutritive System, and (3) The Men- 
tal or Nervous System, classify the temperaments ac- 
cordingly, as (1) The 
Motive, (2) The Vital, 

(3) The Mental. 
How Temperaments 

are Determine d. — 
"Each of these temper- 
aments is determined 
by the preponderance 
or size and form, of the 
class of organs from 
which, it takes its 
name." 

The Motive is signi- 
fied by a superior devel- 
opment of the osseous 
(bony) and muscular systems, because these form the 
locomotive or moving apparatus ; and, it corresponds 
with the bilious, osseous, choleric, melancholic and 
muscular classifications of the early writers. 

Its component parts are the bones, the muscles, and 
the ligaments. 

Mental Characteristics. — The "mental characteris- 
tics of the motive temperament are great executive, 
constructive, perceptive and knowing faculties. These 




Mental Characteristics of the 
Motive Temperament. 



22 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



include destructiveness, combativeness, constructive- 
ness, individuality, size, weight, order, calculation, lo- 
cality and firmness." The position or location of these 
different faculties in the brain is indicated on the chart, 
which appears at the beginning of this section. 

The Human Body is like a great continent, and the 
location of all its various parts should be studied as 
one studies geography. Hence, we have prepared 
these very plain and intelligible charts, for the guid- 
ance of our readers. 

The Vital Tempera- 
ment is known by the 
superior development 
of the vital organs, the 
principal seat of which 
is in the trunk. These 
give vivacity or life to 
the whole. Great 
strength and endurance 
may be expected of this 
temperament. 

Its component parts 
"are the blood vessels, 
the lymphatics and the 




Mental Characteristics of the 
Vital Temperament. 



glands, taking in, of course, the heart, the lungs, and 
the stomach. In other words, the nutritive functions 
of the entire system." 

The Mental Characteristics, most prominent in the 
vital temperament, are Imagination, Sociability, Lan- 
guage, Human Nature, Amativeness, Conjugality, Vi- 
tativeness (love of life), Alimentiveness and Self-es- 
teem. (See chart.) 

The Mental Temperament is characterized by a su- 



OR CHARACTER READING 



23 



perior development of the brain and the nervous sys- 
tem which, of course, is a direct extension of the lower 
portion (cerebellum) of the brain. 

Its component parts are the brain, the lungs, the 
stomach, and the heart. 

Mental Characteristics. — "The mental faculties that 
are strongly developed in this temperament," says a 
recent writer, "are Causality (the ability to determine 
the cause from the effect), Comparison, Human Na- 
ture, Benevolence Ven- 
eration, Conscientious- 
ness, Hope, Spiritual- 
ity, and Ideality." (Ob- 
serve the location of 
these faculties on ac- 
companying chart.) 

To Read Character 
by a Knowledge of the 
Temperaments. — Noth- 
ing is of more value to 
an employer, or an em- 
ploye, than the ability 
to read men and women 
by the outward signs of 
these inner conditions. 




Mental Characteristics of the 
Mental Temperament. 



A prospective employer has 
little or no opportunity ,of using the means of the 
phrenologist and examining the "bumps" on the head 
of a prospective employe. The person seeking work 
has even a smaller chance, but each may judge the 
other by a lightning glance through an exact knowl- 
edge of Physiognomy. 

True equality of capital and labor is thus brought 
about, for each has an equal chance to judge of the 



24 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



capability and suitability of the other. Let us then 
go a little deeper into the characteristics of the "three 
primary temperaments which we have now learned 
are the Motive, the Vital, and the Mental. We wish 
to lay special stress upon the necessity of keeping 
these terms and their meaning clearly in mind, as in 
the chapters which follow there will be constant oc- 
casion to use them. 

The inner man is mirrored by the outer man, and 
it is of the reflections upon this mirror, known tech- 




The Dying Gladiator, illustrating Motive Temperment. 

nically as the Human Physiognomy, that we shall 
write herein throughout our entire volume. 

The Motive Temperament is indicated, first of all, 
by length of bone, and a tendency to sharp angles 
(see picture of Dying Gladiator, as given on this page). 
The face follows out the general rule, and is oblong 
and slender; the neck is long, the shoulders broad, 
the chest rather more flat than deep, and the abdomen 
developed in proportion. The arms and legs are long 



OR CHARACTER READING 



25 



and tapering as also are the hands and feet. The 
features of the face are strongly marked, and their 
expression striking. The head is comparatively small 
and is round in shape. The picture of Abraham 
Lincoln given on page 27 shows him to have been an 
almost perfect example of 
the motive temperament. 

Summary. — Summed up 
it may safely be said that 
the Motive Temperament 
is characterized as fol- 
lows : Oblong face, head 
high and round, nose long 
and prominent, arms and 
legs long and tapering, '§ 
hands and feet in corre- 
sponding proportion. 

This picture, the skele- 
ton of a motive man, 
makes very apparent the 
length of bones found in 
persons of the motive 
temperament. 

What May Be Expected from a Motive Tempera- 
ament? — Having learned the outward indications of 
the motive man, the question naturally arises — What 
can he best do? For what work is he best suited? 
This is the all-important question in an employer's 
mind, for instance, and it is to place in an employer's 
hands knowledge that will enable him to make a wise 
division of his men, thus getting the best out of each 
man, that many of these pages have been written. 

Parents, Teachers, Lovers, Sweethearts — all classes 




Skeleton of Motive Man. 



26 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

of society cannot fail to be assisted by some knowl- 
edge of Physiognomy. 

Capabilities of Motive Temperaments. — In this tem- 
perament we may expect great ease of action, love of 
physical exercise, capacity for hard work and long 
hours. Those in whom it predominates generally pos- 
sess strongly-marked characters and are in a high de- 
gree capable of receiving and combining rapidly many 
and varied impressions. 

Acknowledged Leaders. — "They are the acknowl- 
edged leaders and rulers of their particular circle, but 
are often carried away, bearing others with them, by 
the torrent of their own imaginations and passions," 
says another writer. 

Temperament of Rare Talents. — This is the tem- 
perament of rare talents, also of great errors, great 
violence, great crimes. It is often marred, too, by an 
objectionable degree of coarseness and coldness of 
feeling. 

The diseases common to this temperament are "rheu- 
matism, indigestion, biliousness, liver complaint, grav- 
el-stone, piles and joint troubles." 

The Attributes of the Motive Temperament are 
muscular strength, endurance, grit and wiriness. 

Abraham Lincoln as an Example. — All authorities 
agre.e that Abraham- Lincoln was by nature a striking 
example of the Motive Temperament. (See picture.) , 
He was known as the best rail-splitter in his part of 
the country, and rail-splitting, as every man who lived 
in Lincoln's day knows, was considered a great physi- 
cal accomplishment. Later when the mental tempera- 
ment came into greater evidence, Lincoln's muscles 
became softer than in youth, but he was fond, even 



OR CHARACTER READING 



27 



in his presidential days, of exhibiting to special friends 
his ability to "split a rail." 

Modern Occupations Suitable to the Motive Tem- 
perament. — Among the occupations to which the mo- 
tive man is best adapted are "building, engineering, 
railroad construction, surveying, navigation." When 
combined with a sufficient degree of the mental, it is 
a temperament admir- 
ably adapted to public 
speaking, either in the 
pulpit or on the plat- 
form, its possessor sway- 
ing his auditors by his 
magnificent personal 
presence as well as the 
great and sturdy 
thoughts which natural- 
ly flow forth from a mo- 
tive brain. 

A Motive Mental Tem- 
perament. — Among not- 
ed women Susan B. An- 
thony is an excellent 
example (see picture 
on page 28) of the 
motive combined with 
the mental. She had a fine physique and was a very 
successful public speaker. 

Motive persons should eat wheat, eggs, milk, gra- 
ham bread, fruit and vegetables, salads, celery, lima 
beans, peas, onions and the dark meat of poultry and 
mutton. They will possibly not crave, but should eat 
more salad oil, cheese, oatmeal, butter, brazil nuts, pea- 
nuts, etc. 




Abraham Lincoln. 

Example of Motive Temperament. 



28 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



Proper Mate in Marriage. — Motive men and women 
should seek vital or mental mates. This combination 
will insure a happy union, also normal, well-developed 
children. 

Longevity, Chances of. — Motive men live longer 
than vital men, and not so long as mental men. 
The Vital Temperament. — "The vital temperament 

is indicated," says Mr. 
George Combe, "by well- 
developed forms, mod- 
erate plumpness of per- 
son, tolerable firmness of 
flesh * * * and a 
ruddiness of countenance. 
The face inclines to 
roundness, the nostrils are 
wide, the neck rather 
short. The shoulders are 
broad and rounded, the 
chest full, the abdomen 
well developed, the arms 
and legs plump but taper- 
ing, and terminating in 
hands and feet relatively 
small, stature medium. 
This seems to be pre- 
eminently the temperament of women." As examples 
of the Vital Temperament among well known people, 
we give herewith portraits of Queen Victoria, Grover 
Cleveland, Wm. H. Taft and Amelia E. Barr. 

Component parts or specifications are the blood ves- 
sels, the lymphatics and the glands. 





{: ;■■■:■: ' ■ ■ . •'■ 


:f|9£ral 


'...- ■ Jliilll 




':-IV^I:#::-:''. : ; ^P- ■ ■• ' '-£ W&M 'i 






r 


■ . •■ . ' ■■■' . ■ , .■■>.■■... ,; 
fl§|j|:- i 


1 


III 3 


||k 


::;::v-;|!§ 


W\ 


%M0mMiMr: 


Hs 


tjfci 


JM&tt'Jt: I 



Susan B. Anthony. 

Example of Motive-Mental Tem- 
perament. 



OR CHARACTER READING 



29 




1 




Pi 


II 




%!^^^f 


W 


mmmr' 


iyi| 


'mmk 







Queen Victoria. 



Amelia E. Barr. 




Grover Cleveland. William H. Taft. 

Examples of Vital Temperament. 



30 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



Mental Characteristics of the Vital Temperament. — 

The mental characteristics of the Vital Temperament 
are activity, ardor, impulsiveness, enthusiasm, versa- 
tility — sometimes fickleness. Persons possessing this 
temperament are frequently 
violent and passionate, but are 
as easily calmed as excited; 
they are generally cheerful, 
amiable and genial, and are al- 
ways fond of good living. 





The Veinous System 
Illustrated. 



The Lymphatic System 
Illustrated. 



modern writer in the Phrenological Journal for 
December, 1907, describes the mental characteristics 
of the Vital Temperament as follows : "The mental 
characteristics are distinguished as being (1) Emo- 



OR CHARACTER READING 31 

tional, (2) Social, and (3) Domestic, and include 
a large development of the social faculties and do- 
mestic centers ; a large development of the basilar brain 
above the ears and across the brow." 

Summary of Outward Signs or Indications of Vital 
Temperament. — Summed up the Vital Temperament is 
known by small bones, plump limbs, broad, rounded 
shoulders, small hands and feet and a long head. The 
pictures of the veinous and lymphatic systems, given 
herewith, should be carefully noted before going fur- 
ther. 

What May we Expect of Persons Possessing this 
Temperament? — In persons of this temperament there 
is a greater capacity for indoor employments, but not 
so marked an ability for sustained effort. They like 
outdoor exercise, but prefer playing golf, for instance, 
to splitting rails or chopping wood. 

Vital Men, Mental Healers. — Among men who have 
a good development of the Vital Temperament as a 
whole, that is of both the abdominal and thoracic por- 
tions of it (as shown in the picture) there is a good 
deal of general, vital stamina and constitutional power. 
The animal functions are active and there is an active 
sympathy with the physical but a fair development of 
brain, and the tendency that way is not controlling. 
Such persons make good doctors and are often mental 
healers because of the amount of vital magnetism they 
possess. 

Diseases common to this temperament are given by 
one authority as gout, tumors, apoplexy, sciatica, skin 
and heart troubles, dropsy and inflammations. The 
circulation is not likely to be so good as in Motive 
men, first, because there is such a superabundance of 



32 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



blood to flow, and second because of the too great 
abundance of flesh pressing everywhere upon the veins 
and arteries. Children of this temperament are prone 

to contract typhoid and 
scarlet fevers. What they 
need is to do something 
constantly to keep down 
superfluous animal flesh 
and to use up superfluous 
vitality. 

The attributes of the 
Vital Temperament are 
impulsiveness, frankness, 
good humor and sympa- 
thy. 

Vital persons should 
eat such foods as milk, 
eggs, fruit, vegetables, 
fish, graham bread, oat- 
meal, rice and tapioca. 
They will naturally crave 
a richer diet, but if they 
wish to counteract their 
tendency toward stout- 
ness they should avoid 
watery vegetables, fat 
meats, rich gravy, pies 
and cakes, candies, or sugar in tea, or on breakfast 
foods. 

Proper Mate in Marriage. — A man possessing the 
vital temperament should seek a woman of the motive 
or mental; and vice versa. These temperaments are 
termed "complemental" and result in happy wedded 
lives. 




Brain and Nerves. 



OR CHARACTER READING 



33 



Longevity, Chances of. — Vital persons live too fast ; 
1. e., they spend their vitality and don't "save up" for 
old age. They are, therefore, as a rule much shorter 
lived than those of the motive temperament, who "go 
slow." 

Mental Temperament. — The Mental Temperament 
is designated by a 
slight frame, head large 
in proportion to the 
body, high, pale fore- 
head, delicate features, 
bright, expressive eyes, 
and a slender neck. The 
whole figure is delicate 
and graceful, rather 
than striking or ele- 
gant. 

Component Parts or 
Specifications. — The 
cerebrum (upper por- 
tion of the .brain), the 
cerebellum (lower and 
smaller portion of the 
brain), and the organs 
of special sense', such 
as the nerves, etc. 

Parents and Teachers should study our charts care- 
fully and know what "heads mean." They should 
know and may know by a study of the location of the 
faculties just what special tendencies a child has, and 
may treat the child accordingly. A general rule will 
not work with children. What would win one would 
be the ruin of another. 

3 




Photo by F. S. and BI. V. Fox, Chicago. 

Fenton Fox, Jr. 

Example of Mental Temperament. 



34 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

Example — As an example of a child's face showing 
mental temperament, note cut on preceding page of 
Fenton Fox, Jr. 

Summary of Outer Indications. — Slight frame, large 
head, delicate features, hands and feet. The reader 
would do well to familiarize himself, at this point, 
with our picture called "Brain and Nerves," page 32. 

Capabilities of Mental Temperaments. — In persons 
possessing the mental temperament we may expect 
great sensitiveness, refined feelings, good taste, love 
of the beautiful in nature and art, intense emotions. 
They are naturally moral and religious. The poets 
are generally of this temperament. 

Diseases Common to Mental Temperaments. — Brain 
fever is likely to attack persons possessing this tem- 
perament. Consumption also, caused by a lack of vi- 
tality, may be expected. Spinal diseases, dyspepsia 
and various forms of insanity. 

Modern occupations suitable to this temperament 
are "teaching, writing, philosophy, mathematics, chem- 
istry, public speaking and electricity." 

Proper Mate in Marriage. — Mental temperaments 
should wed vital or motive, preferably the former, as 
their own vitality is not great. 

Foods. — Persons of the Mental Temperament should 
eat such foods as butter, olive oil, potatoes, beans, split 
peas, parsnips, carrots; also such nutritious foods as 
wheat, grain and the dark meat of chicken. Among 
the fish, salmon, turbot, halibut, herring, bass and 
mackerel are best. 

Noted Persons Possessing the Mental Temperament. 
— This list could be made very long indeed, for in it 
one might set down the majority of all the great poets, 



OR CHARACTER READING 



35 




Frances Willard. 



Pope Leo. 




Horace Mann. An Actress. 

Noted Persons Possessing Mental Temperament. 



36 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

artists, teachers, etc., but a few noteworthy examples 
(illustrated in these pages) are Frances Willard, Pope 
Leo, Horace Mann, and an actress. 

Longevity, Chances of. — Brain workers generally 
live longer than those who earn their living t>y the 
sweat of their brow. Those who do manual work do 
not use their brains so studiously, and as the brain 
controls and directs the whole organization, we find 
it aids in keeping up the healthy condition of the 
individual. Hence celebrated brain workers have lived 
to be eighty-five and older and have often reached 
one hundred years. 



Unbalanced Temperaments Make Unbalanced Char- 
acters. — While most men are born into the world with 
one of the three temperaments predominating, parents 
or guardians may help in developing the other two 
in him, and thus give him a "balanced" character. 
Prof. Fowler, who is one of the best authorities on 
Physiognomy, explains this inequality of the tempera- 
ments as follows : "The motive large, with the mental 
deficient, gives power with sluggishness, so that the 
powers lie dormant; when large vital is added the 
result is great physical power and enjoyment, but too 
little of the mental and moral, which tends to coarse- 
ness; while the mental in excess creates too much 
mind for the body, too much exquisiteness and sensi- 
tiveness for the stamina along with a green-house pre- 
cocity most destructive to life's powers and pleasures." 
George Washington's was a beautifully balanced tem- 
perament. Observe closely the portrait given on page 
37 of "The Father of his Country." 



OR CHARACTER READING 



37 



Balanced Temperaments — Balanced Characters. — 

When the three temperaments are found in equal or 
nearly equal proportion, the character is well-rounded, 
fine and noble. The fortunate possessor is genial, 
powerful and brilliant, and has a splendid lease on life. 

How to "Balance" a Child. — The parent who ob- 
serves that a child cares 
only for outdoor sports 
■ — running, skating, etc., 
should foster in that 
child first of all an in- 
terest in indoor pleas- 
ures and second a love 
of books and study. 
The child who likes the 
indoor play, but neither 
the outdoor sport, nor 
the study, should be en- 
couraged in some wise 
way to indulge in both, 
and the studious child — 
the child who loves to 
sit curled up in a win- 
dow-seat, before the fire, 
anywhere or everywhere with a book, should be lov- 
ingly led to lay books aside for a portion of his time, 
and indulge in some of the milder house games and 
also in ball, and other muscle-producing outdoor pur- 
suits. 

The parents who do this for a child are doing more 
than any large bank account could ever do, and such 
children will grow up to be the really good and "worth 
while" men and women of the world. 




George Washington. 

The Balanced Temperament. 



38 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



WORRY AND HOW TO CURE IT 



IT IS NOT WORK, BUT WORRY, THAT 
KILLS 

How This Deadly Enemy Undermines Health and 
Character. 

One of the most terrible epidemics of our day is 
worry. Probably no generation in the world's history 
has been so thoroughly afflicted with this disease as 
the present. 

Young and Old Affected. — Everybody worries now- 
a-days. The business man worries about his business, 
the farmer about his crops, the laborer about his work 
and his family. The woman worries about her house- 
hold duties or her social affairs and her clothes. Little 
children do not escape. Their lessons, their exam- 
inations and other work at school are a constant source 
of worry to them. Their little failures and punish- 
ments at home and at school irritate them. 

Physical Effects. — In order to realize the deadly 
effects of worry we must remember that all the vari- 
ous activities of the body, breathing, digestion, blood 
circulation, elimination of waste and so on are under 
the immediate control of the nervous system ; and that 
the nervous system in turn is governed by the mind, 
hence the direct effect of worry. 

Mind and Body Affected. — Now, worry is a kind of 
intellectual pandemonium — a state of mental confu- 
sion, indecision and distress. Such a condition of mind 



OR CHARACTER READING 39 

throws the nerves out of order and thus deranges the 
functions which these nerves control. As a result the 
moral faculties — or character — are stultified or weak- 
ened. 

Let us trace this in a single case. Just as you are 
finishing dinner you receive a telegram. You open it. 
You read: "Father badly hurt. Come home imme- 
diately." 

Your mind is at once in a state of great distress. 
You plan a journey and so on. All the functions of 
the body are disturbed. The gastric juice, several 
quarts of which were flowing into the stomach, is at 
once stopped. The meal, therefore, can not be di- 
gested, and the whole mass breaks down and putrefies. 
In the course of this putrefaction certain poisons are 
formed, some of which are exceedingly deadly. These 
poisons are absorbed from the stomach into the blood 
and are carried by the blood to every part of the sys- 
tem. They produce a wide range of symptoms, vary- 
ing all the way from simple headache or dizziness 
to sudden death from what is popularly called "heart 
failure." 

This is the effect upon only one organ. The influ- 
ence of worry upon the heart, lungs, liver and other 
organs is, however, just as direct and as disastrous. 

How Cured. — Worry is a curable disease, but he 
who would cure it must cure himself. First of all, he 
must realize that worry is never of the slightest use, 
but that, on the other hand, by preventing clear think- 
ing, worry makes matters worse. 

So — stop worrying. Think, plan, decide, act. Then 
await the result. Thought, decision, action — these are 
for man. Results are with God. 



40 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



CHAPTER II 



THE HUMAN FACE AND WHAT IT 
TEACHES 

Shapes of Faces. — As the temperaments have been 
found to be three in number, so may the different 
shapes of faces be divided, so that they will correspond 
to the motive, vital and mental temperaments. These 
three kinds of faces are called (1) oblong (motive), 
(2) the round (vital), (3) the pear-shaped (mental). 
As examples of the oblong face observe illustrations on 
following page. This is the "motive face," and its 
signs are long, high cheek bones, high, long head, long 
nose and chin. Often the oblong face is accompanied 
by a dark (strong) complexion; dark (magnetic) eyes 
and dark, strong and abundant hair. 

Good People. — Good people of this type do grand 
and noble deeds in the world, and the bad people of 
this type are the murderers and other criminals with 
large, coarse and vulgar features. 

Oval Faces. — Persons with oval faces (if the fea- 
tures are all harmonious), make good friends and con- 
stant sweethearts. Constancy is the "badge" of this 
type. 

"Old Hickory's" Face. — As an example of the oblong 
face in men, notice the picture which we give here 
of Andrew Jackson. Everybody who. knows anything 
about Jackson may see how strongly, his character is 



OR CHARACTER READING 



41 




Charlotte Corday. 

Example of Oblong Face. 




Daisy Grogan. 

Feminine Round Face. 



Andrew Jackson. 

Example of Oblong Face. 




Sir Henry Campbell Ban- 

NERMAN. 
Example of Male Round Face. 



42 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



stamped upon his face. He was well named "Old 
Hickory." 

Round Faces. — Examples of round faces are given 
on preceding page. This face belongs to per- 
sons who are naturally happy and contented, and who 
take things as they come. People with round faces 
are "full of life." They are often very good talkers 

and learn things rapidly, 
but they don't "stick to 
it" like the motive or ob- 
long-faced people. They 
can't and won't plod. At 
all events they make jol- 
lycompanions, and 
every young man knows 
what an agreeable per- 
son a pretty, round-faced 
girl is to take to a party, 
or with whom to spend 
the evening. 

"Pear" Faces. — A good 
specimen of the pear- 
face in woman is shown 
by the accompanying 
picture, which will give 
an idea why such a face is called the pyriform or pear- 
shaped face. A masculine example of this kind of 
face is shown by the picture of Ex-Premier Balfour 
of England, herewith. 

Such people are keen, sensitive and have lively 
imaginations. Many of the artists and poets have this 
face. The poet Southey, for instance, Lord Byron, 
and, of course, William Shakespeare. 




Ex-Premier Balfour. 



OR CHARACTER READING 43 

How Faces Change. — Many people who haven't had 
a chance to get an education when young, but who 
obtain one in later years, will notice a change in the 
shape of their faces. Perhaps at the first they will 
have oblong or round countenances, but with much 
study and culture, their faces will become more like 
the pear-shaped style. 

The Reason Why. — The reason for this is that the 
brain develops until it is larger than the chin and jaws, 
which are the signs of the animal nature, and hence 
the face looks like a pear, up-side-down. 




Muscles of Face Exposed. Bones of Head and Face. 

Bones and Muscles. — Before going into details we 
give herewith these drawings of the bones and muscles 
of the face, so that the reader can see for himself why 
different forms of faces mean different kinds of people. 
Notice these pictures with great care, as a thorough 
acquaintance with the exact location of the bones and 
muscles will make the book far more valuable to any 
reader. 



44 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

The Rule of "Three." — As faces are divided into 
three kinds, so each kind of face is divided into three 
parts, namely, the lower (animal), the center (vital), 
the upper (mental). These three divisions are made 
prominent by the main features situated in them, 
hence for the lower we have the mouth as the cen- 
tral feature, for the middle we have the nose, and for 
the upper we have the eyes, and we will begin with 
the lower third and gradually ascend. 



OR CHARACTER READING 



45 



CHAPTER III 



THE HUMAN MOUTH 

Talk Without Words.— Do you know that your 
mouth is always speaking whether you talk or not? 

This is true, and we are 
going to show you how to 
read a person by his lips 
although he may never 
have spoken to you with 
his voice. 

Large Mouths are Val- 
uable. — They indicate 
large characters, generos- 
ity, and large hearts. 

Deceitful Mouths. — A 
mouth whose lips make a 
straight line across, shows 
strength and hardness. If 

Deceitful Mouth. Narrow closed lips. .1 i- ,1 • 1 ,• 1 , 

the lips are thin and tight 
closed the person is cold, "offish, " 
and lacking in love and friendship. 
This person will also be deceitful. 
A close study of these pictured 
mouths will make my meaning 
clear. 

Mouths slightly open show their 
owners to be frank, honest, friendly 
and outspoken. The pictures which we have selected 
to illustrate the mouths which are always slightly 
open, should be noticed very carefully, as this mouth 





The Honest Mouth 

Mouth. Slightly Open. 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



is a great deal like some other types which have very 
different meanings. Queen Victoria had such a mouth 
and everybody knows she was kind and good to all, 
and was always called "The Good Queen Vic." 

The difference "between tight closed lips and those 
slightly open is excellently illustrated by the accom- 
panying picture, so entitled. These are the mouths 
of Henry Ward Beecher and W. Sillaber. 





Jolly Lips. 



Slightly Open Lips. Tight Closed Lips. 
Mouths of Henry Ward Beecher and W. Sillaber. 

"Jolly" Lips. — Large, well-proportioned lips with 
the middle line curved like this cut 
show that their owner likes a "good 
time," is full of fun, and a jolly com- 
panion; but they are very seldom 
found in the faces of bad men or women. 

Very fleshy lips are the "danger" sign, and show 
their owners to be sensual and lazy. No- 
tice the lips in this picture, also the other 
features, and "take care" how you trust the 
^ owner of such a mouth. 

A perfect mouth has both lips in harmony, 
that is, one should not be so much larger 
than the other as to be noticeable. 
Large lips signify that the owner is satisfied and 
even pleased with coarse, strongly-flavored foods. As 




Thick Lips. 




OR CHARACTER READING 47 

an example of such lips see picture herewith and then 
seek examples among the people you know, or those 
you see daily in our restaurants. 

Dainty Lips. — Small, delicately-formed lips indicate 
that their owners like the "dainty morsels" 
and abhor greasy, gross foods. They are 
likely to "mince" at their meals, and are 
hard to cook for. Note our picture, and 
Dainty i,ips. then finding living examples. This apply- 
ing of the knowledge obtained in our book affords 
great entertainment. 

Kissing. — On the Phrenological Chart given on page 
18 of this volume you will see a little space on the 
head which stands for "sociability." With this part of 
the brain and also with the chin the lips have a close 
connection ; hence kissing is the sign of friendship and 
love, and it is the most natural way in the world to 
express affection, hospitality and love. 

Dangerous Kisses. — Kisses should not be given 
lightly, however, and they should only be given to 
such of the opposite sex as can be trusted, or are 
bound to one by ties of blood, such as one's brother 
or father — those whose affection is pure and under 
control of their better natures. Some young girls and 
women allow men the privilege of kissing them when 
there is no engagement and no relationship. Many a 
tear has been shed because of such foolish kissing. 

Avoid Thin Lips. — When choosing a husband or 
wife if you are warm-hearted or affectionate, and have 
full, red lips, avoid one with pale, thin, cold lips. 
Shipwreck of your happiness may be thus avoided. 
The pictures given on page 48 show what is meant. 

Cupid's bow mouths are the homes of love and 



48 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



kisses, and when they belong to good and virtuous 
women should be sought by men who crave the out- 
ward demonstrations of affection and love. 

Virtuous Lips. — Soft, dainty lips are a sign of vir- 
tue, and what is sweeter than the kiss of a pure 
woman? 

Hard Lips. — Hardened lips in man or woman tell 
the story of a hardened conscience and a hardened 
nature. 

"Friendly" Lips. — Lips with slanting wrinkles upon 
them like those in this picture, belong to friendly, so- 




:<£'Vj 





Warm Lips. Friendly Lips. Cold Lips. 

ciable and courteous people — such as will make pleas- 
ant companions and prove more loyal when their 
friends get into trouble than ever before. They are 
the people of whom it may truthfully be said they 
are friends "in need" and therefore "friends indeed." 

Reliable Lips. — When the wrinkles are straight up 
and down the owner is not quite so friendly, but pos- 
sibly a bit more reliable. 

Perfectly smooth lips are not reliable. When one 
needs them most they are likely to be "weighed in the 
balance and found wanting" in warmth and loyalty. 
They are not beautiful or to be desired in man or 
woman. 



OR CHARACTER READING 49 

"Society" Lips. — Those who love to entertain 
crowds of people have two or more curved wrinkles 
at the corners of the mouth. Such people prefer to 
entertain persons of rank and are known as "society" 
people. True friendship is rare among them, for true 
friendship cares only for a few chosen friends to whom 
it may open its heart freely and not be afraid of ridi- 
cule or disloyalty. All society people are not of this 
type, but a knowledge of the physiognomical meaning 

of lips will aid very ma- 
terially in separating the 
wheat from the chaff. 

Love in the Lips. — 
Love has its sign in the 
lips. This sign tends to 
push the lips outward 
and is shown in the red 
part of these organs and 
its strength is according 
to the size and fullness 
Loving Lips. of the same. This pic- 

ture is of a pair of loving lips. Love very frequently 
causes pale lips to grow rosy red when it comes into 
a young girl's life. 

"Kissing" Lips. — Large, full, red lips, are fond of 
kissing and being kissed. They go with warm hearts 
and loving natures. If they are not held in check, of 
course, they may lead their owners into indiscretions, 
but when joined with a prudent mind are to be sought 
as precious jewels. The world hasn't enough love in 
it, and needs more good, loving and gentle hearts. 
Such lips find their symbol among flowers in the "red, 
red rose." 




50 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



Sensual Lips. — Look at this picture called "Sensual 
Lips" and you will see what the love lips may become 
if not guided by reason, and moral restraint. 

Jealous Lips are accompanied by a slanting fullness 
just below them. To all who contemplate matri- 
mony I would say, beware, beware of this "green- 
eyed monster." It will ruin any home or life if allowed 
to have its way. It will cause women to talk scandal 
about more fortunate women; it will cause married 
men and women untold suffering and innocent people 
will often be classed among the guilty because of 





Sensuality. Raised Upper I^ip. Jealous I^ips. 

stories told by jealous rivals. It will sometimes lead 
to insanity. Look out for this sign post when you 
are seeking the road that leads to happiness. 

Raised Upper Lips. — The love of praise and flattery, 
is shown by a raised upper lip. When this is very 
strong the side view will look something like this pic- 
ture. (Note cut carefully.) 

Ambitious Lips. — People who want to be famous, 
and want to be known in the world, have lips like this 
picture. (Observe picture on top of page 51.) These 
would-be-famous people are brilliant in conversation 
and literature and usually stand high in the commun- 



OR CHARACTER READING 



51 



ity. It will be noticed that in this mouth the upper 
lip is slightly curled, but the two lips come together 
easily. 





Self Esteem. Stiff Upper Lip. Curled Upper Lip. 

WHY WE SHOULD HAVE A STIFF 
UPPER LIP 

"A Stiff Upper Lip." — People who are firm and will 
not give up to others and will never yield a point, 
have what has been called a "stiff upper lip." (See 
picture of Daniel Webster's upper lip given herewith.) 





Daniel Webster's Upper Lip. Turned-Down Lips. 

Some one has expressed it as a "starched upper lip," 
and the comparison is very happy. Keep your upper 
lip well starched, young man, when you go to apply 
for a job, to do a very hard piece of work of any kind, 



52 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



or to propose to your best girl. You are fortunate if 
you naturally have a "stiff upper lip." 

Turned-Down Lips. — When the corners of the 
mouth turn down they indicate a serious disposition. 
Such people take life in "dead earnest"; they realize 







I5fe 



P®m 







MMMBMM^i 



■-, ~: ■ ■ : 



m r 



The Difference. 



that there is "plenty to do" and do it. Our picture 
illustrates still further just the sort of lips we mean 
to describe. (See cut, page 51.) 

Which Baby Would You Like to Have in Your 
Home? — See the downward droop of the one mouth 



OR CHARACTER READING 



53 



and the upward turn of the other. Mouths that turn 
up at the corners suggest smiles, and while the droop- 
ing mouths may get more earnest work done in the 
world, there is just as much need, if not more, of the 
smiling lips and sunshiny natures. A child with this 
unhappy disposition may be greatly helped by an in- 
telligent mother. So much joy, good cheer, and whole- 
some diversion should be crowded into his little life 
that the drooping mouth- 
corners will gradually 
turn up of themselves. 

Precise Lips. — The 
man who masters him- 
self has a mouth with 
the corners pulled back 
toward the angles. This 
feature means that the 
owner is very cool and 
precise and he will not 
become a victim of any 
bad habits. 

Good housekeepers 
will have plenty of 
length in the white part 
of the lip from the nose down (part marked (1) in 
drawing herewith called "concentration"). This lip 
enables its owner to keep her mind on her work. It 
is a good sign in the faces of house servants, also in 
that of every one whose work needs concentration of 
mind. (Note our illustration carefully, especially if 
you are a mistress and about to employ a new maid.) 

Broad-minded people who are not always picking 
flaws in the conduct of their neighbors will have plenty 




Concentration. 



54 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

*— ■ 

Df length in the upper lip on each side of the middle 
ridge, i. e., that part of the lip which is marked (2) 
in the picture on page 53 of this volume. 

"Gad-About" Lips. — Folks who would rather travel 
than stay at home, such as we sometimes call "gad- 
abouts," or globe trotters, will have great length of 
lip from the wing of the nose to the end of the lips. 
(See part marked 4 in the picture.) Americans who 
love Old Glory and other people who are devoted to 
their country and their flag will have a mouth like 
that of George Washington, page 37 of this book. 

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ON THE 
MOUTH 

Mouth Making. — "Our lives make our mouths, and 
those who know the language may readily read." 
Make that remark to some one and notice the mouth 
twitch or the lips suddenly draw in. Everyone has 
some little "secret passage" in his life that he does not 
care to have known, and to suddenly assure him that 
you can read his character by his features is rather 
disconcerting. 

Cupid's-bow mouths are more appropriate in babes 
than in women, and are perfectly ridiculous in men. 
I know a man who has such a mouth and all his char- 
acteristics are those of a woman. He simpers in his 
talk, and minces in his walk. It is well that he married 
a woman who is very masculine in her build and char- 
acter, as she proves to be a good "balance wheel" for 
him. 

Large mouths which close naturally, as we have pre- 
viously said, are evidences of large, broad characters, 



OR CHARACTER READING 55 

but large mouths which are generally wide open are 
the mark of stupidity and ignorance. 

Beautiful Mouths. — The most beautiful mouth in the 
world is a cross between the rosebud and the very 
large kind. 

Turned Up Mouths. — People with a lot of fun in 
their make-up have mouth-corners 
turned up. This is more frequently 
seen in women than in men, perhaps 
because men take life more seriously 
than women do. 

Stingy people have the corners of 
the mouth ending in a straight line, 
that is, not turned up or turned down, 
and the lips are thin, like those in the 
accompanying picture. 

"Open mouths, that is, mouths that MouthXomers. 
never close entirely, spell vanity in large letters. Such 
people have to be praised all the time in order to be 
happy. People with such mouths ought to marry 
one who has "kissed the Blarney Stone." Otherwise 
they will be miserable and make every one else un- 
happy too. 

SMALL MOUTHS ARE DANGEROUS 

Beware of the woman with a small mouth and thin 
lips. She will be cold and hard and lead you a very 
unhappy life, either as a friend or as a wife. Such 
lips belong to the "naggers." 

"Blues" pull down the corners of the mouth, and 
the lower lip will protrude. This comes from the pout- 
ing habit. 

Criminals may often be detected by their mouths. 




56 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



Many criminals have crooked mouths. Crooked lives 
— crooked mouths. This is a very good rule to follow 
in reading character, and the knowledge of this fact 
ought to be valuable to lawyers. 



wmmmimmm 

%mwmmmm 

iiiSfllffiSMItS 




Mouth of Wendell Phillips. 

Example of L,ong Upper I<ip. 

Fish Mouths. — People with mouths like fish are usu- 
ally drunkards. We have all heard the expression : 
"He drinks like a fish," and this is especially true if 
he has a mouth like one. Young ladies, look out for 
these men. Their lower lips have what has been ap- 
propriately called "the drunkard's droop." 



OR CHARACTER READING 57 

Women with large mouths, with well-curved lips of 
a bright red color — lips that have a firm appearance, 
usually make good speakers. They are sympathetic, 
and such women, when they go into business, make 
excellent saleswomen, succeeding brilliantly, where 
women with thin lips or a small mouth might work 
a great deal harder, and find it hard to make a living. 

"Sex Love in Lips." — Love for the opposite sex is 
shown by a fullness and redness in the center of the 
upper lip. If not too prominent this is a good and 
wholesome sign in both men and women. 

A long upper lip is a sign of self-esteem, firmness, 
and originality. (See cut, page 56.) These people 
are self-dependent and are called sometimes "self- 
made" men. They have just enough conceit to make 
them want to do everything just a little bit better 
than anybody else. 

A short upper lip denotes a lack of self-esteem. Such 
lips indicate that their owner is a good 
imitator, but not very original. 

PompoUs people have very long upper 
lips, so long that they look like deform- 
ities. Note our picture. Then see if /^5\ 
you do not know some one of this kind 
in real life. 

A lipless mouth shows that the owner 



is insincere and affected, and one who up of Pompous 
should be watched in a business deal. 

A firmly-closed mouth with a long upper-lip denotes 
great powers of endurance. This person should be 
given the long, hard jobs. He will not quit till the 
task is finished, and he will do good work up to the 
last stroke. 



58 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

Generous Lips. — Full lips pressed together at the 
corners, combined with a nose having a very thin 
bridge, denote generosity. These are good persons to 
"strike" for a "donation," or to choose for friends. 

An Idiot's Lips. — When the upper lip is very soft 
and thin and projects very far beyond the other, and 
the forehead slopes far back from the eyebrows, it 
is the lip of an idiot. 

Industrious Lips. — A plainly marked mouth with the 
lips turning slightly upward at the corners, and a 
well proportioned nose, not the "perfect" Greek type, 
denotes a love of hard work. Such men and women 
should be given work wherever it is possible. It will 
"pay" to hire them. 

Lazy Lips. — When the mouth shows the upper gum 
when speaking and the eyebrows are weak and arched 
high above the eyes, the person is naturally lazy. A 
person who likes to make a show and "put on" a great 
deal will have a mouth with full lips, the upper one 
turning outward. 

Reserved Lips. — Lips that are gently but firmly 
closed and a long nose which droops at the tip, shows 
that the owner is reserved. He, however, makes a 
good friend, after one gets beyond his shyness. 

Ignorant Lips. — When the mouth is twice as broad 
as the eye, and there are no wrinkles between the eye- 
brows even when the rest of the forehead is wrinkled, 
the person has a poor understanding of things in gen- 
eral, and will amount to very little in the world. 

Vain Lips. — When the lips are thin and turn up at 
the corners, and there is a fullness of the flesh under 
the eyes, with small nostrils, and a circular, arched 
forehead, the person is as vain as a peacock, and likes 
nothing better than to be the observed of all observers. 



OR CHARACTER READING 59 



CHAPTER IV 



THE CHIN 

The chin is next in importance to the mouth, in the 
lower third of the human face. 

Chin Secrets. — Notice your neighbor's chin carefully 
and it will be like an open book, telling you secrets 
he would perhaps be glad to conceal, or bearing wit- 
ness to his goodness and nobility of character. 

Chins Classified. — There are as many variations of 
chins as there are variations of temperaments, but like 
all the other features the chin may be divided into a 
few general classes, and these classes, or kinds, have 
their special meanings. These meanings we are go- 
ing to make so plain that at a glance you may read 
friend or stranger, man, woman, or child. 

A few of the most common kinds of chins are : 

(1) The pointed, or narrow round chin. 

(2) Indented chins. 

(3) Narrow square chins. 

(4) Broad square chins. 

Love in the Chin. — The chin is the corresponding 
organ with the "Love Bump" on the lower part of 
the back of the human head (shown in Phrenological 
Chart, on page 18 of this volume). You will notice 
that the chin and this bump are almost opposite one 
another. 



60 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



Chins of Animals. — Animals have virtually no chins y 
and they know little or nothing of- love such as men 
and women know; hence idiots, the lowest kind of hu- 
man beings, have almost no chin. (See picture.) 





Chin of Aaron Burr. 



Idiot's Chin. 



Aaron Burr's Chin. — A chin that extends far out 
from the angle of the jaw like that of Aaron Burr 
(see picture) indicates great love for the opposite sex, 
and the breadth of the chin will tell, as we shall see 
presently, whether the love will be constant, or whether 
the owner of the chin will be fickle. 

Long, Pointed Chins. — A chin that is long and 
pointed (narrow) belongs to a person who is fickle 
and who is lacking in morals and brain power. A 
miser also has this kind of chin, and the girl who 
likes plenty of spending money, and can not bear to 
account for every cent, or every dollar either, would 
better study the chin of the rich old man, or young, 
either, who asks her to marry him. She may have 
to go shopping with a lean purse even if her husband 
is worth his thousands. 

Long, Broad, Full Chins. — If the chin is long and 
very broad and full, the person has a gross sensual 



OR CHARACTER READING 



61 



nature. The accompanying picture shows what is 
meant. Young girls should avoid men with chins of 
this character. 





Gross Sensual Chin. 



Black Hawk's Chin. 



A very sharp chin shows that the owner is crafty 
and exceedingly sharp in a trade. He is the sort who 
is always trying to "jew" somebody down on a price, 
when buying. 

Black Hawk, the cruel Indian chief, had practically 
no love in his make-up for man, woman or child, and 
this is plainly shown by his small chin and his lack 
of the bump of Amativeness. (See picture presented 
herewith.) Don't trust men or women with such 
chins. They will be cruel, if necessary, to gain their 
ends. 

Pointed Chins. — When a person has a pointed, 
rounded chin, he will be very hard to please when it 
comes to a mate for life, and hard to get along with 
when he has chosen. A great many people of this 
kind never marry, as they are too hard to suit. Look 




62 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

at the chins of the old maids and bachelors you know, 
and see if this is not true. I know a woman whose 
chin is very sharp, and her husband has ceased entirely 
to care for her, because of her nagging and her over- 
particular ways. 

Indented chins like that in the picture herewith 
given, are a "sure sign" that the persons to whom 
they belong desire greatly to be loved. 
They must have love from the opposite 
sex or they are perfectly miserable. It 
is fortunate that these indented chins 
are found in men more than in women, indented Chin. 
as a man may seek love and ask for it, while a woman 
may not. Indeed the very fact that she asked for love 
would in nine cases out of ten keep her from receiving 
it. Man prefers to be the aggressor. 

A square indented chin means that the person is 
very decided in his views, and it will take an almost 
superhuman effort to move him. Such people are de- 
lightful to know when their views are the same as 
one's own, but most undesirable companions when 
they are on the opposite side. 

A narrow, square chin, like the drawing, is a sign 
that the owner is a person of an affectionate and lov- 
ing disposition, and longs for some one 
to love and care for. Such a man or 
woman makes a good husband or wife. 
They are not the kind who marry for 
money, and it often happens that women 

Narrow, Square J . 

Chin. with this kind of chin refuse rich men 

and marry plain and apparently unattractive men 
because they discover similar tastes in them. This 
chin should be called the "good sense chin," as its 




OR CHARACTER READING 



63 



\ 



Broad, 
Square Chin. 



owners are likely to do the right thing matrimonially, 
if left to the dictates of their own intuition. 

Broad, Square Chins. — Where the chin is broad and 
square, as in this drawing, the person is 
likely to fall violently in love, and more- \ ^^^ j 
over is likely to "stay" in love with one 
person. They make good husbands or 
wives because they are not changeable 
in their affections. Frequently such people "fairly 
worship" the object of their love and sometimes so 
great is their love that it drives them insane. 

Broad, Round Chins. — Where the chin is broad and 
round it is a sign of ardent love. No- 
tice this picture carefully. Men and 
women with such chins are not likely 
to be untrue to their married partners, 
no matter how attractive others may be. 
Such people love children 
passionately and are hap- 
py when they become par- 
ents. 

The broad chin is ac- 
companied by breadth and 
fullness of the red part of 
the lips and especially the 
lower lip. This picture 
shows Catherine Alex- 
ieona, who was a poor 
girl, but who became the 
Empress of Russia. She 
was noted for the qual- Catherine Alexieona. 

71 Example of .Broad Chin. 

ities represented by the broad chin, namely fondness 
for fondling, embracing and kissing. This trait is 





64 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



largely developed in the negro, as may be seen in daily 

actual life. Men seldom kiss 
one another, but in women this 
seems natural and proper. 

Love Signs. — Love throws 
the chin forward. The action 
of love on the chin consists in 
pushing it out, or forward, and 
as women are more gentle and 
affectionate, they generally 
have this feature. Observe 
the picture given herewith, as 




Example of 
I^ove Sign in the Chin. 



an example of a loving chin. 



WHAT CHINS MEAN WHEN COMBINED 
WITH OTHER FEATURES 



Avaricious Chins. — A thin chin combined with an 
underlip, projecting so far that it seems to measure 
half the breadth of the mouth, when seen in profile, 
means avarice. Such people worship silver and gold, 
and once they get it hoard it away. A young woman 
should think twice before marrying a man with such 
a chin. 

Well Balanced Chins. — When chin, nose and fore- 
head are of the same length, a person of extra fine 
character is indicated. He is well balanced, so to 
speak, physically, morally and mentally. 

A flat chin with thin lips and very small ears is a 
sign of coldness. The owner of such features is usu- 
ally a very chilly individual, and not one of the sort 
who endows orphan's asylums or sends Christmas bas- 
kets to the poor. 



OR CHARACTER READING 65 

An angular chin denotes discretion. A person with 
such a chin will keep his own and other people's se- 
crets. You may trust him with yours if you feel that 
you "must confide" them. Such people make fine 
business employes. 

Egotistical Chins. — A flat chin with prominent cheek 
bones, and with the jaws and lower part of the face 
larger than the upper, shows the owner to be very 
egotistical, imagining himself to be a little bit better 
than any one around him. 

"Gushing" Chins. — A projecting chin with a 
straight-up-and-down forehead and hooked nose, 
shows the person to be one who will "gush" over 
the slightest thing. People with such faces are de- 
lightful to meet when one is blue and thinking very 
ill of one's self, and while they may overpraise one, 
it will "help" for the time being, anyway, to regain 
self-reliance and respect. They can not be depended 
upon, however, to keep promises, or to remain true 
in times of testing. Their enthusiasm reminds one of 
the famous falls of Lodore. It is 
"All at once 
And all o'er 
With a mighty uproar." 

A Heartless Chin. — A flat chin combined with a 
high forehead, a rounded brow and an opening in the 
center of the mouth, which shows the teeth even when 
the lips are closed, indicates heartlessness. Beware of 
such persons — they "show their teeth," on occasion, 
and are most dangerous enemies. 

The Drunkard's Chin. — A long, flat chin with upper 
lip hanging down denotes indecision. Notice this pe- 
culiarity in drunkards, or drug eaters. 

5 



66 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

Dimpled Chins. — A dimple in the chin shows the 
person more anxious to be loved than to love. It is 
the chin of a coquette, who likes every one to pay her 
attention, but whose heart is set on none. There is 
a difference between a dimpled chin and a cleft chin. 

Fickle Chins. — A chin both narrow and square in- 
dicates a desire for love, but, the owner will not re- 
main true to any one person for a very long time. 
He is naturally a butterfly. 

Originality in the Chin. — A rounded chin, the lower, 
bony part of which is thrown forward with the car- 
tilage of the nose descending below the nostrils de- 
notes originality. It is the chin of the inventor and 
the genius. 

Passionate Chins. — A broad chin, with an uneven 
surface, denotes violent passion. Men with chins like 
this are not fit to become the husbands of sweet, pure 
and delicate women. 

Tactful Chins. — A pointed chin when combined with 
a well-formed forehead and a pointed nose, indicates 
that the possessor of it is talented and would make a 
good public man. He would make also a fine sales- 
man, for he would always say the right thing in the 
right place. Women of this kind always have scores 
of friends and are very popular. 

Weak Chins. — A poorly developed chin with a nose 
sunken at its root is a sign of a weak will, and this 
leads us to say that the chin is the seat of will power 
as well as the power of loving. The difference is that 
the love power pushes the chin out, while the will 
power tends to make it longer from the lower lip to 
the tip of the chin. 

Strong Chins. — Where there is great length of chin, 



OR CHARACTER READING 



67 



there is great will power. People with chins like this 
seldom go wrong. They are, too, natural leaders, and 
have fine executive ability. 

Long-chinned people are self-satisfied and capable 
of living alone — away from every one if necessary. 

The Ruler's Chin. — Length of lower jaw downward 
(as in the portrait of Theodore Roosevelt, page 139 
of this volume), belongs to people who are 
"born to rule." If you are a farmer and hire an 
overseer, get one with a long lower jaw. If a manu- 
facturer, such a person 
would make you an ideal 
foreman or forelady. He 
would command obe- 
dience and respect and 
get the most work out 
of everyone. Such men 
make good army of- 
ficers. The most famous 
generals had long lower 
jaws. For example, no- 
tice the pictures of Na- 
poleon and U. S. Grant, 
pages 78 and 143 of this 
book. 

Scorn in the Chin. — 
When the chin is drawn 
upward you may expect 
scorn to be a marked trait of the person possessing it. 

Double chins are said to indicate economy, a love of 
which will grow with age. Benjamin Franklin, who 
was noted among other things for his "Poor Rich- 
ard's Almanac," containing many hints for economical 




Benjamin Franklin. 

Example of Double Chin. 



68 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 




living, had this feature strongly developed. (See pic- 
ture of Benjamin Franklin herewith.) 

The Infidel's Chin. — A man with a chin like the 
picture we give here is likely to be an infidel, or an 
atheist. He refuses to believe in 
miracles. Such chins are frequent- 
ly found among doctors and teach- 
ers of mathematics, whose educa- 
tion leads them to be materialistic 
in their way of thinking. 

Concentration in Chin. — When 
the chin is long, under the two 
small molar teeth (see cut), the 
infidel's Chin. person is able to keep his mind on 

his studies or his work without being annoyed by any- 
thing going on about him. 
A hired girl with such a 
chin will not let the meat 
and potatoes burn when 
a band goes by, for in- 
stance, or a young man 
passes the window with 
some other girl. 

Such chins belong to 
religious people, also peo- 
ple who believe more in 
the inner things — the hid- 
den things of the spirit — 
than in society, dress, and 

Worldly affairs. Concentration in the Chin. 

Good clairvoyants have these long chins because 
they have to concentrate their minds, and not know 
anything that takes place around them when reading 
one's "fortune." 




OR CHARACTER READING 



69 



CHAPTER V 



JAWS AND TEETH 

In speaking of the chin it was necessary to men- 
tion the lower jaw, and in so doing, we found that 




iter 

Gorilla's Head. 





Low Order of Man. A Hog. 

Note the Similarity. 

the farther out the jaw-bone projected, the more the, 
person was like the lower animals. This will appear 
by an examination of the accompanying picture of a 



70 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



gorilla's head, and that of the skull of a man, and 
a comparison of the two. The more animal-like the 
man is the more do his jaws resemble the muzzle of an 
animal. Also observe similarity between pictures of 
the degraded man and the hog. 

Destructive Chins. — When the upper jaw projects 
beyond the lower the person has what is called de- 
structiveness, and is like the animals that eat flesh 
more than vegetable food, i. e., the lion, the tiger, the 
dog and the cat. 





I§£B8IS : 

SSSI :: v j <:s:;j"| 

llltii i;;:; 

;■''■■ 

%;::i:i|Jfi';:iil|slliS^--;;>;i 


mam 


isiil 


m&ximr 


&& f '' 


iiii!|i;il 


MiiMWi 


--^»/\ N 


• : ■ :. • ,--.--.' .''■■■ir." :x 

■■:,.,•;■. Isf 

II :■:..,■' y.x" 


,r ^>,: Sx ..''.f.:«:V':::;: .:>f : : :: ; ■ " ■ .; ; 




'( ■;. ■ • ■■■■"■ 

•■■■;■■; 


illIMM 


l^il^£i 




lit ;s . ::i _ lilt 


WWBWBVmWBM 



Family of Brahmans. Example of Vegetarianism. 

The Vegetarian's Chin. — When the lower jaw pro- 
jects beyond the upper, as in the picture, the person 
is more refined, does not care much for a meat diet, 
and is more like the vegetable or grass-eating animals, 



OR CHARACTER READING 71 

such as the cow or the sheep; i. e., more gentle and 
refined. Brahmans have been vegetarians for cen- 
turies. 

Canine Teeth. — The long, front teeth called the ca- 
nine because they look more than the others like the 
teeth of a dog (canine comes from a Latin word mean- 
ing dog), are sometimes very large in human beings. 
So much so that even when the 
mouth is closed these teeth may 
be seen. Such people have nasty 
tempers and are quarrelsome. 

Snarly People. — People whose V 




upper canine teeth show when 
the mouth is closed have dan- 
gerous dispositions and will 
snarl when angry, very much 
like a dog would do. Be care- 
ful not tO CrOSS them if you are Canine TeethExposed. 

so unlucky as to have dealings with them. Notice this 
feature in the picture herewith. 

The Overcomer's Teeth. — When the lower canine 
teeth stand out very far from the line of the others, 
the person loves to overcome difficulties, and likes 
nothing better than a job that requires hard work 
to do. This standing out of the lower canine teeth 
gives the lower lip an appearance like that of George 
Washington. See picture of Washington, page 37. 



72 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



CHAPTER VI 



THE NOSE 

"A Good Nose." — The nose is the center of the 
middle or vital part of the face, and if one has a good 
nose it will go a long way toward counteracting other 
and weaker features. It stands one in hand to have 
a good nose, for it is the one feature more than any 
of the others that can not be hidden. Notice the 
''variety" in noses, as shown by this picture. 




jj» N 




Pug. Greek. Celestial. Roman. Snub. Jewish. 

Kinds of Noses. — There are no two noses alike, but 
there are several well-known classes, for who has not 
heard of the Roman nose, the Greek nose, the Jewish 
nose, the pug nose, etc.? Then there is the short 
nose, the long nose, the nose that turns up, the nose 
that turns down, etc., etc. All of these peculiarities 
have their meaning and their value to the reader of 
character. 

Large nostrils indicate good lungs. They are usu- 
ally found, therefore, with broad chests. 

The "wings" of the nose are next in importance to 
the nostrils. The main body of the nose is stationary, 



OR CHARACTER READING 73 

but the wings move easily, and are very important in 
bringing about various expressions. 

"Training" the Nose. — The nose of a child does not 
denote much character until about the age of thirteen 
or fourteen. Changes take place in the constitution 
at that time which push the nasal bone outward and 
downward, and the organ assumes its more permanent 
form. If at this time the child's mind is turned toward 
good, wholesome things, and care is taken as to the 
books he reads, the result will be afterward apparent, 
not only in the shape of his nose, but in the shaping 
of his character. Parents should keep this fact in 
mind, and act accordingly. All children should be 
told the nature of these organic changes so that they 
may come into their manhood or womanhood as in- 
telligent beings ; not ignoramuses who may become 
the easy prey of the first moral shark who attacks 
them. 

Two Noses. — Noses which do not develop with the 
years show a lack of moral and mental growth. No- 




Development in the Nose. 

tice the two pictures herewith. The one represents 
a girl whose character has not developed, and who 
has had no schooling, and the other represents a 



74 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



young woman who is highly educated and whose 
parents were people of education. Note the differ- 
ence in the noses, and it will be plain what they indi- 
cate. 




An Ex-Slave. 

A Negro Nose in Slavery. 

The Five Classes. — There are five general kinds of 
noses, namely : The Greek (peaceful) ; the Roman 
(conquering nose) ; the Jewish (commercial nose) ; 
the Snub (humorous nose), refer to the nose so desig- 
nated in the group on page 72 of this book; the Ce- 
lestial (a cross between the snub and the pug, as 
shown in group picture, page 72, this book). 

Negro Noses. — In reading character, it will be found 
that most people have noses belonging to one of these 
five kinds, but the more a person's nose assumes a 



OR CHARACTER READING 75 




Mrs. Mary Church Terrell. 
Negro Nose in Freedom. 



76 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

special or individual shape, so much will that person's 
life be independent and original. Negroes, as a race, 
have broad, fiat noses, but notice the difference that 
education makes in this feature. Freedom, the chance 
to think and plan for themselves, has pushed the nasal 
bone out and many of the younger generation have 
beautifully developed noses. The accompanying pic- 
tures will show what I mean. The first is of an old 
negro woman — an ex-slave. The nose is broad and 
flat, and there are none of the refining influences of 
freedom and education upon it. The second is the 
portrait of Mrs. Mary Church Terrell — one of the 
most highly educated negro women in the world. 
Note the delicate lines of the nose — and one of the 
strongest vindications of the Civil War is before you. 

Greek, or perfect noses, like the cut given on page 
72, are almost as "scarce as hen's teeth." Lavater, one 
of the greatest writers on character reading, says there 
are thousands of handsome eyes to one handsome 
nose. For an example in "real life" of the Greek nose, 
see portrait of Alfred Montgomery given on page 144. 

Greek-Nosed Women. — A woman with a Greek nose 
will never prove quarrelsome. In fact she would pre- 
fer to give up what she knows to be her "rights" 
rather than quarrel. Her home will be beautiful, but 
she is not fitted to be a poor man's wife, because she 
has not the ability to economize in little things. She 
will, however, have a bouquet on the table, no matter 
how little food there is. 

Not Practical. — If you are blest with an abund- 
ance of this world's goods, young man, you may safely 
marry a Greek-nosed girl. If not, get a wife whose 



OR CHARACTER READING 77 

nose is not so perfect, but who can "make a dollar 
go twice as far" as the straight-nosed lady. 

A Girl I Knew. — People with Greek noses do well 
at work they like, but they simply can not and will 
not work at something they do not care for. A girl 
of my acquaintance who has a perfectly formed Greek 
nose, thought nothing of practicing on the piano for 
hours at a time, but she disliked housework so thor- 
oughly that when she was married she could not even 
"set" a table, or boil an tgg. This is no exaggeration. 
I know it to be true. It may interest readers to know 
that her husband finally left her. Art has its place, 
so has housekeeping. 

Roman noses (See picture given herewith), are 
more common than Greek noses. Some per- 
sons call this kind of nose the "Welling- 
ton," because the great English general who 
conquered the wonderful Napoleon had a 
perfect Roman nose. It gives its owner 
energy and the ability to "get on" in the 
world regardless of obstacles, and he will 
always rule others, as by a natural right. A Roman Nose. 

Independence. — People with Roman noses want to 
be great ; they want to and usually do go ahead of all 
their associates; they are not polite and do not care 
"a rap" what people think of them. They are the 
people who "get there," however. 

Columbus had a Roman nose, and it is lucky he had, 
for nobody else had the persistence he showed in get- 
ting some one to supply ships and money for a 
voyage of discovery. No doubt his Roman nose took 
him a long way in finding the new world. 

Napoleon's nose showed a mixture of the Greek and 



78 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



Roman, with a little more Greek than Roman, as 

will be seen by the pic- 
ture, and who can say how 
much this had to do with 
his final overthrow! He 
always chose men with 
large noses for his gen- 
erals. 

Look out for the man 
with a purely Roman 
nose ! He will carry on 
his love affairs like every- 
thing else, without regard 
for God or man. In other 
words, he will have the 
girl of his choice, regard- 
less, but after marriage, 
Napoleon Bonaparte. well — it will take a very 

strong-minded woman to get along with him, and to 

prevent him from being a tyrant. 
Roman-Nosed Women. — A woman 

with a Roman nose and other features 

to match ought to be a reformer, a 

lecturer on woman's rights, scarcely 

a wife, for her husband would un- 
doubtedly be "hen-pecked" to the last 

degree of endurance. 

Roman-Nosed Workmen. — A man 

with a Roman nose would be a "good 

one" to hire to clean up a field full 

of stumps. He would never stop till 

all the Stumps were OUt clean and Another Roman Nose. 

smooth, and the ground rolled smooth as a floor, ready 





- J ^JU. 

( 



OR CHARACTER READING 79 

for planting. Farmers who have knowledge of face 
reading, will be prepared to pick out the men for the 
hard work, and the fellow with a Roman nose will 
have a "long chance" every time of getting the job. 

The Jewish Nose. — Everybody recog- 
nizes the Jewish nose at a glance; yet 
every one with a Jewish nose is not neces- 
sarily a Hebrew. He is pretty sure, how- M§ 
ever, to have the Jewish trait of making /g| 
money. By some it is very appropriately /J0 : 
called the commercial nose, and appears Aff| 
very frequently on Arab faces, and indeed I "~*\ 
every nationality has its share of these I *£Z^ 
commercial noses. / 

Jewish nosed people will be able to j ew i s h Nose. 
make money in a deal more readily than any others. 
They will be able to "scent" a bargain and will always 
drive a hard one. People with this nose, which is also 
called the "hawk nose" by some, will always make 
good traders. 

Good Buyers. — Every retail business house has its 
buyers who go to the great cities and buy stock for 
them. Every grain elevator man has to do this also, 
or employ a buyer, and a man with a commercial cast 
of nose would do well in such a position. 

Good Character Readers. — People with Jewish noses 
are good character readers, naturally. They can 
"read" people as the ordinary man and woman reads 
the newspaper. Don't try to "fool" a woman with a 
Hebrew nose; you can't do it. She will not be de- 
ceived in the slightest degree. She may fool you, but 
you can't return the compliment. 

Snub Noses. — (See group picture, page 72, this 



80 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

book.) "Snub" or "baby" noses never "set the world 
afire." Their owners may be very good natured, but 
they will not have much energy. They may follow 
a leader very pleasantly and do good service, but they 
will not lead others to victory in battle, or in busi- 
ness. A few instances of snub-nosed people having 
become great are noted in the world's history, but it 
is almost always remarked about such people that it 
was "considered wonderful" that they achieved great- 
ness with so many natural drawbacks. They are gen- 
erally cheerful, however, and pleasant companions for 
a picnic or other outing. 

Powerful Nosed Men. — A man with a powerful nose 
— one whose owner must rule the ranch — had best 
marry an amiable, dull, snub-nosed woman who will 
cook his dinners to his taste, and bear his "bossing" 
quietly. 

The "celestial" nose (refer again to group, page 
72, this book) is a snub with an addition built on to 
it. It turns up in a continuous curve from root to 
base and denotes that its owner is very inquisitive. 

Good inspectors have celestial noses, especially is 
this true of women because they are bound to find 
out everything that they want to know. Celestial 
noses, in other words, are good "smellers" and always 
very readily detect bad odors, or spicy news. 

Beware of neighbors with these turned-up noses. 
They will ask a good many more questions than you 
will care to answer, and they will pry into your af- 
fairs in a very aggravating manner. Be pleasant to 
them, but don't encourage them to talk over the back 
fence, or to "run in" too frequently. 

Celestial nosed women are popular with the men. 



OR CHARACTER READING 81 

A good many men think that a slight upward turn 
to a lady's nose makes her more attractive, because 
this gives a woman the appearance of being depend- 
ent or childlike, and men as a rule like a woman to 
be "dependent" on them. 

Servant Girls. — Ladies, don't hire a servant girl with 
a celestial nose. She will find out all the family se- 
crets, open the closets and expose the "skeletons," read 
your letters, and then get impudent and leave you. A 
snub-nosed servant girl will, on the other hand, be 
obedient, faithful and cheerful. 

Fortune tellers should have noses long and slightly 
"hooked" from the root downward, as such noses give 
a deep insight into character and a forecast that en- 
ables them to tell future events. This is 
also the poet's nose, as the real poet is 
always a prophet. 

"Blue" Noses. — Very long, thin noses (see 
picture given herewith) might be called 
very appropriately the "blue" noses, for 
their owners are constantly indulging in 
spells of the blues, and are always borrow- 
ing trouble. Their owners live in constant a Blue Nose. 
fear of imaginary dangers. 

Inquisitiveness. — This picture portrays another kind 
of inquisitive nose. People with noses like 
this will ask too many questions for the 
comfort of their friends, and waste no oppor- 
tunity of getting possession of their secrets. 
They make good newspaper reporters and 
| detectives, whether their owners are men or 
women. Such people like to dig in the earth 
n Nose! lve f° r "hidden treasures." They ought to make 




82 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

good miners. Perhaps they would be good potato 
diggers, too. It is certain 
if they dug they would not 
miss a single potato in a hill. 
Bottle nosed people (no- 
tice accompanying picture) 
are both far-sighted and in- 
quisitive. Sometimes such 
a nose shows too intimate 
an^ acquaintance with the 
contents of bottles. In such 
cases, though, the liquor 
hangs out its red flag on the 

end of the nose. Bottle Nose. 

"Self-Defending" Noses. — The nose that is always 
looking for trouble and whose owner is 
always on the defensive, carrying a "chip 
on his shoulder" or a "gun" in his hand for 
self-defense looks something like this pic- 
ture. He is so anxious to take his own part 
he frequently imagines himself insulted 
Self Defense, when nobody meant or dreamed of offense. 
He is always on the "opposite side," loves to argue, 
gets angry very easily, and dislikes above all things 
to be pushed or jostled in a crowd. 

Defending Relatives. — People who are always de- 
fending their friends and relatives whether they need 
defense or not, have what is called the "relative de- 
fense" nose, which has a bump about half way up the 
bridge of the nose. These people will defend their 
friends, relatives and home rather than themselves. 
They will be good friends to children or other weak 




OR CHARACTER READING 



83 



persons, and to those that are in trouble, even if they 
have to take blows themselves. 

Irritable Noses. — This is also called the "irritable" 





Relative Defense Bump. 



The Fighting Nose. 



nose, because if its owner is of a nervous temperament 
he is likely to become irritable very easy. 

The fighting nose is indicated by a bump situated 
higher than either of the other two (see picture). 
Such people do not wait for the other man to attack 
them, but go ahead and attack him. They are not 
always willing for other people to remain quietly in 
their own beliefs, but try to make them think other- 
wise. They love to argue. 

Prize fighters are likely to have the fighting nose, so 
also are low-lived fellows who hang around saloons 
and are always getting into brawls. 

Memory of Names. — Do you remember names? If 



84 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

there is a slight bump just above the root of your 
nose then you have the sign. Napoleon, who remem- 
bered the names of every one of his soldiers, had this 
bump in a large degree. 

The Discoverer's Nose. — Are you a discoverer? If 
so the middle part of your nose between the two wings 
will extend far down like the nose of Christopher Co- 
lumbus. Note this in the portrait of Columbus, page 
148, of this book. 





\ *t 



Analysis. Combination. 

"Combination." — If you can write a good essay, or 
make a dress well, getting all the parts properly to- 
gether, you have the faculty of "Combination." (Study 
picture.) 

Taking Apart. — On the other hand, if you have the 
knack of taking things to pieces — a watch, for in- 
stance, or of finding out what different things go to 
make up a medicine, etc. — you have the power of 
analysis, and your nose will look like the one in the 
picture entitled "Analysis." 

A good mimic will have a nose whose "wings" are 
very long. (See picture of Marshall P. Wilder given 
here.) This is the true mimic's nose, and will be 
found on the faces of many ancient and modern actors. 



OR CHARACTER READING 



85 




Reading from Photo- 
graphs. — When reading 
noses from photographs 
get both a side and a 
front view, if possible. 
We have been studying 
noses from the side so 
far; we will now look 
at them from a "front 
view." 

Nostrils which are 
very high next the face 
"go" with a tight-closed 
mouth, and mean that 
the person does not tell 
all he knows. Negroes, 
Chinese, and American 
Indians have this nose, 
and each race is known 
spects. 

An inquisitive man or woman will never "get along" 
with a secretive partner. The minute one begins to 
ask questions the other shuts his mouth tighter and 
expands his nostrils more than ever — in other words, 
"shuts up like a clam," and then the trouble begins. 

"Buttoned-up people" have this sign very large in 
their noses. Their mouths, their affections, and their 
purses seem to be "buttoned up" permanently, and for 
that matter so are their coats (if they are men) ; if 
women, their dresses fit high in the neck. The people 
whose natures are frank and open wear looser clothes 
and not so many buttons, and they very frequently 
open their pocket-books. 



Marshall P. Wilder. 

Example of Mimic's Nose. 

to be secretive in many re- 



86 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



The Confiding Nose. — If the space between the wing 
and the ridge of the nose is large the owner is confid- 
ing. He "trusts" his friends implicitly and tells them 
his secrets, especially his love secrets. It is needless 
to say that he is often disappointed in his friends and 
frequently in trouble. Few people keep others' se- 
crets. If such people must 
confide, let them tell some 
one whose lips are firmly 
closed, but whose heart is 
"in the right place." A 
rare combination — but a 
treasure when found. 

The love of gain is in- 
dicated by a thickness of 
the nose just opposite the 
"bump" which we now 
know means "self de- 
fense." Such people, if 
they do not restrain this 
tendency, may get to be 
misers. Properly held in, 
it is a good trait and helps 
Notice portrait of Russell 




Russell Sage. 



a man get on in the world 
Sage, given herewith. 

Economical Noses. — Opposite the place on the ridge 
where the bump of relative defense resides (see cut 
of Russell Sage), is a prominence that means economy. 
This person will save his money and this trait gets 
stronger as the person grows older. 

The poorly formed, coarse nose means lack of tact 
and general coarseness of nature. * 



OR CHARACTER READING 87 

WHAT NOSES MEAN IN CONNECTION WITH 
OTHER FEATURES 

A sharp, prominent nose, with bright, foxy eyes, 
means a suspicious nature. The owners of such noses 
are always seeing something "very peculiar" in the 
conduct of others, and are always suspecting some 
one of wrong doing. 

A decided "ridge" at the root of the nose, near the 
bridge, with a marked fullness under the eye, shows a 
love of argument, also ability to hold one's own when 
so engaged. 

A thick bridge to the nose formed with thin lips 
means avarice — this is the miser's nose. (See picture 
of miser, page 86, this book.) 

A nose wide at the tip, with arched eyebrows, vary- 
ing high above the eyes, the forehead being low and 
sloping backward, means carelessness. 

Thin Tipped Noses. — When the nose ends in a thin 
pointed tip, and the nostrils lie flat against the face, 
the person will use great caution, and think twice 
before he speaks. He would make a good lawyer, 
or other professional man. 

A turned-up snub nose means cheerfulness, and a 
happy-go-lucky disposition. 

Square Tipped Noses. — If the nose is square at the 
tip and the forehead presents an almost straight line 
from eyebrows to hair, the person is blest with com- 
mon sense. 

Mercy and Kindness. — If the nostrils are far apart 
the person is merciful and kind. 

Economy. — When the upper part of the nose is 
broad and the eyebrows are long and drooping the 
person will be economical. 



88 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



Extravagance. — A nose with a thin bridge and short, 
straight eyebrows denotes extravagance. This person 
will never get rich. 

Wrinkled Noses. — When there are many wrinkles 
or lines on the nose that are visible at the slightest 
movement, the person is of a sad disposition, and will 
worry a great deal. 

Love of Poetry. — A small lump at the end of the 
nose and the head very long from the tip of the ear 
to the crown of the head, shows the person to be 
fond of poetry. 

"Talkative People." — If the nose is very wide at the 
tip, the person is fond of talking over his love affairs 
with others, but is very warm-hearted and generous. 

Bad Temper. — When the nostrils are very large and 
the hair of the eyebrows very short, the person has a 
very bad temper. 

Large nostrils also indicate good lungs. 




Group of Noses. 



OR CHARACTER READING 



89 



CHAPTER VII 



THE CHEEKS AND COMPLEXION 

"Rule of Three."— We have found that there are 
three kinds of faces, viz., oblong, round and pear- 
shaped, and we are now to know that there are also 
three general classes of cheeks — bearing the same 
names : oblong, round and pear-shaped. 

Oblong cheeks with high cheek bones, which show 
that the bony frame of the person is powerful while 
the shoulders are usually 
broadband the character pas- 
sionate and energetic. 

Round cheeks indicate 
first of all good health, good 
stomach and fine lungs. 
They will be found with a 
full, round chest, a stout 
body and plump, tapering 
limbs. The person will be 
impulsive, a good talker, 
amiable, companionable and 
fond of good eating. 

Pear-shaped cheeks go with the mental temperament 
and have a clearly curved outline, but they are not 
plump. People with oval cheeks are fond of reading 
and study. The pear-shaped cheeks are often hollow, 
because the digestion is not good. 

High Cheek Bones. — When the cheek bones are 




High Cheek Bones. 



90 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

very high the person will protect himself at all costs. 
He will also look out for his family. He is the man 
who is likely to sleep with a pistol under his pillow, 
or to carry one in his hip pocket, even when he goes to 
church. Indians have these high cheek bones, and 
"Poor Lo" certainly made a brave, even if it was a 
losing fight, for his happy hunting grounds. 

Good Policemen. — People with high cheek bones 
also make good soldiers, and policemen. Notice your 
best police officers, and you will be surprised what a 
large majority of them have high cheek bones. 

The exact location of this trait will be found by 
noticing the spot marked "d" on the picture, page 89. 

Love of battle is shown by a bump or prominence 
on the cheek at the point marked "b" on the picture. 
If a man has this sign large he will like to throw 
stones, pitch quoits, will enjoy thunder storms, like 
to hear it hail, etc., etc. He will, of course, be the 
bravest sort of a soldier, and ought to be at the head 
of an army. 

The Fireman's "Bump." — Men with this sign make 
good firemen, and mayors of cities should notice this 
in picking their men for the fire department. They 
enjoy the excitement, the lightning-like run to the 
fire, and the very throwing-on of the water is a keen 
pleasure to them. 

Doctors ought to have this sign in their cheeks, be- 
cause if they have, they will get to their patients in 
double-quick time, and fight the disease to a finish. 

Selecting a Doctor. — If you are new in a town or 
village, trying to decide on a doctor, look at his cheeks, 
at the spot marked "b" in our picture, and the man 
whose cheeks are best developed is your "man." He 



OR CHARACTER READING 



91 



has a natural "knack" for medicine, and will be faith- 
ful to his work. 

Many women who have never read a line of medi- 
cine have this bump, and they are able to help the 
sick without medicine. They are the natural healers. 

They make the best 

trained nurses, too, and, 
command splendid prices 
for their work. Physicians 
should choose nurses with 
the "medicine bump" in 
their cheeks. If they do, 
their work will be greatly 
lightened. 

Farmers, too, should 
have this sign of battle, 
as it will make them take 
pleasure in sowing the 
grain, in reaping and 
mowing. If a farmer hires 
a man to do these things, 
he would do well to look 
first at his cheeks, and 
judge accordingly. 

"Wave-Motion" Bump. 
—Do you like to dance? 
Look in your mirror and 
you will find the "sign" at 
the outer corner of your 
eyes. This is called the Love of Dancing, 

sign of the love of "wave motion." This sign is found 
in sailors and people who like to travel on the water. 
This picture of a French dancer shows the sign as 
developed in a living face. 




92 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



Good Nurses. — If you are compelled to hire a nurse 
you will do well to get one with the sign of "watch- 
fulness" as well as that of medicine, well developed. 
This is a fullness on the cheek under the eye at the 
spot marked "c" in our picture. A person with this 
sign will not neglect a patient, but will watch faith- 
fully all night long and see that medicines are given 
promptly. 

Good Watchmen. — If you have a large building 
where a watchman is required, look for this sign in 
the cheeks of the men who apply for the job, and 
hire the man whose cheeks show the "watchful" 
sign. You will save many a dollar and much annoy- 
ance in this way. 

Lazy Folks. — Folks 
who are partial to rocking 
chairs will have the sign 
of "ease" in their cheeks. 
This sign is marked "g" 
in the picture, and its 
location is further shown 
in the picture of the man 
whose head rests, on his 
hand. His hand "touches 
the spot." Don't hire a 
girl to do housework 
if this sign is in evidence. 
She will sit in a comfort- 
able chair, or take a nap 
every chance she gets. 
Beware ! — Young men had best "look sharp" for this 
sign if they are not in a position to hire help for their 
future wives and expect the girl they marry to do all 
the housework. She will not "fill the bill." 




A Lazy Man. 



OR CHARACTER READING 93 

Sleep Sign. — One more sign (marked "h"), will be 
found in our picture. This is called the sign of sleep, 
and where it is large the person is fond of sleep, and 
does not relish early rising. He will be like the man 
who wrote a poem dedicated to his bed, the first line 
of which was "I love my bed." Naturally he will 
never set the world on fire, or gain great wealth. 

COMPLEXION— HOW YOUR THOUGHTS 

AND DEEDS ARE WRITTEN IN 

YOUR FACE 

Interesting to Ladies. — This should be a very in- 
teresting chapter for the ladies, for who among the 
sex does not long for a fine complexion? Few, how- 
ever, I imagine, have ever come to know that out- 
side of their mere beauty or unsightliness, complex- 
ions have their meaning in making up the outward 
signs of the inner life, both physically and spiritually ! 

Dark complexioned people generally wield a more 
powerful influence over others with whom they come 
in contact, and especially over the opposite sex. The 
dark blood seems to be the most vital, and hence to 
contain a greater degree of animal magnetism. More 
is said upon this theme, however, later in this book. 

Southern Complexions. — Dark complexions usually 
show that the owner is descended from some person 
of southern blood, or some one who has been a na- 
tive of a warm country. Of course this ancestor may 
be several generations back, but the rule generally 
holds good. A striking example of this is found in 
the negro blood. How often we hear of the birth of a 
child with a complexion showing plainly a strain of 
negro blood when neither parent knew that there 



94 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

was a drop of negro blood in his veins. It is just as 
well for every one to be a little careful when speaking 
of the "blue blood" in his veins. We are all something 
of a mixture here in America. 

Dark complexions indicate naturally a good consti- 
tution and physical strength, great vitality and vivac- 
ity. 

Light complexions naturally belong to refined people 
who have less strength but more quickness than the 
darker folk. Of course a great many other things 
have to be iaken into consideration with the com- 
plexion before judgment is formed. As an exception, 
of course, to this rule, may be cited the English wom- 
en, who, although light of skin and hair, have splendid 
health and wonderful physical development. 

Pale or sallow cheeks in persons of either dark or 
light complexion mean poor health, overwork or dis- 
sipation. 

Very Red Cheeks. — When the cheeks are "as red as 
fire" all the time, the person has some kind ©f inflam- 
matory disease. There is all the difference in the 
world between this sort of red and that of perfect 
health. 

A Consumptive's Cheeks. — If there are red spots 
just over the cheek bone the person has diseased lungs. 
We all know this is true by the appearance of con- 
sumptives. 

Complexion "Reading." — Many more things are told 
by the complexion than one who has not studied the 
subject might imagine. There are first what we will 
call the "Health Signs ;" then there are the "Disease 
Signs ;" then the "Moral Signs ;." and so on. Thus it 
comes about that the very skin of our faces is a 



OR CHARACTER READING 95 

parchment upon which our deeds are writing the his- 
tory of our lives and characters. 

HEALTH SIGNS 

Perfect Health. — If a person is in perfect health, his 
whole face will glow and have a red, but not inflamed 
appearance. How often we have heard the expres- 
sion "the roses of health were in his cheeks." These 
roses are found much more frequently in the cheeks 
of country men and women than in the cheeks of 
those who breathe only the poisoned air of great cities. 
Fresh air is a great complexion painter. 

Healthy children and young people have bright scar- 
let cheeks — the sure signs of pure, sweet, healthy lives. 
When one sees such complexions as those, it is no 
wonder he is led to compare them to "peaches and 
cream," or to lilies and roses. 

DISEASE SIGNS IN THE COMPLEXION- 
BEWARE OF THE COMPANY 
YOU KEEP 

Very pale people have lost their vitality; their blood 
is thin and a tonic is badly needed. 

Kidney Trouble. — People with kidney trouble have 
complexions which look like underdone pie-crust, 
puffed in places, especially under the eyes. 

Bloated, blotched faces tell a very bad story on their 
possessors, and persons who associate with them 
should have a care, lest they be judged by the com- 
pany they keep. * 

A dull red complexion with the red spread all over 
the face instead of appearing only in the cheeks, may 



96 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

mean a very bad temper, it may mean ungoverned pas- 
sions, and it may mean a tendency to gout. All of 
these things are very properly, according to our no- 
tion, classed under "signs of disease," because there 
are moral diseases just as surely as there are mental 
and physical disorders. This fact has been recognized 
by Dr. Worcester of Emmanuel church, Boston, an 
account of whose work will be found on page 301 of 
this book. 

Bright, vivid redness comes from nervous troubles. 

Dark, purplish redness is the sign post on the road 
to congestion and apoplexy. 

Cheeks Not Alike. — When one cheek is red and the 
other pale, the person has brain trouble, and should 
see a physician. Observe the cheeks of any insane 
person you know. 

Paleness Around the Mouth. — When children turn 
pale suddenly, especially around the mouth, mothers 
may be sure that they have colic and need attention. 
This is equally true in the case of "children of a 
larger growth." 

A yellowish tinge of the cheeks and complexion is 
usually found when the person has liver trouble. Dark 
brown spots often appear in the cheeks of persons so 
afflicted. 

MORAL SIGNS IN THE COMPLEXION 

Purity. — It is hardly necessary to repeat, because it 
is so well known, the fact that bright, scarlet cheeks, 
accompanied by a healthy, creamy, clear skin, are the 
badge of purity and right living. 

Impurity, on the other hand, takes away the healthy 
glow of the cheek, and leaves in its stead a dull, brick- 



OR CHARACTER READING 97 

red color, or a sickly paleness, which by the enlight- 
ened observer, is never misunderstood. 

Drunkards' cheeks, like their noses, present an ugly 
purplish-red appearance, and are extremely repulsive 
to all pure-minded people. 

"GOOD" AND "BAD" COMPLEXIONS 

Compare the face of a sweet young girl, pure as a 
lily, with the cheeks of a "woman of pleasure." The 
cheeks of the one are a clear, beautiful red, while the 
face of the other is a dark, brownish red, muddy and 
unpleasant to see. Or worse still, the ugly color is 
covered with paint in order to simulate the color of 
health and purity. No wonder these poor, unfortunate 
creatures are so often called "painted ladies." 

Town and Country Complexions. — Compare, too, 
the clean, healthy complexion of a young farmer with 
the complexion of a man of the town, one who drinks 
and keeps late hours, and lives a fast life, and it will 
need no "Philadelphia lawyer" to tell which bears the 
signs of morality and which the signs of sin in his 
face. 

A good 'complexion, then, it will be seen, is very 
much more than "skin deep," and the men or women 
who take good care of their morals and their health 
will need few cosmetics to keep the complexion good 
and clear. It stands every one in hand to have clear, 
honest complexions because these mean good health, 
good morals and good standing in the community. 



98 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



CHAPTER VIII 



THE EYES, LANGUAGE, COLOR AND CHAR- 
ACTER 

We have seen that the lips tell their story when no 
word is spoken by the tongue, and if this be true of 
the lips, how much more so is it true of the eyes ! 

A Girl's "No." — When the eyes say one thing and 
the tongue another, the "wise ones" depend on what 
the eyes say. For this reason young men often say 
that when a girl says "no" she often means "yes," 
and he is encouraged accordingly. 

Windows of Soul. — The eyes being the center of 
the upper or mental third of the face, are the windows 
of the mind or soul, and so give out a man's real 
message. 

Telltale Eyes. — When you have convinced a man of 
something that he does not wish to believe, his eyes 
will tell you so even though his lips refuse to do so. 

Laughing Eyes. — If a man is going to tell a funny 
story his eyes will begin to dance before he utters a 
word, and his listeners know that "something good" 
is coming. 

Forbidding Eyes.- — If you call at a neighbor's and 
she greets you with a smile on her lips but none in 
her eyes, you may know that you are far from wel- 
come. 

Ferret Eyes. — Some eyes are like ferrets — they hunt 
out every defect, every speck of dirt, every cobweb, 



OR CHARACTER READING 99 

and when in the houses of others, they roam all over 
the room finding things to criticise. After people with 
such eyes leave, you feel sure your short comings are 
going to be discussed at the next house visited. Rov- 
ing eyes are not at all reliable. 

Shifting Eyes. — Beware of the person who does not 
look you in the eye when speaking. His eyes are 
either hunting defects in your house, or he has done 
something which makes it impossible for him to look 
straight at you. Shifting glances are generally indica- 
tions of shifting or wicked characters. 

Hypnotic Eyes. — If you want a child, a servant, or 
an animal to obey you look straight into his eyes, and 
be sure there isn't any mud in yours. In other words, 
remove the beam from your own eye, before you try 
to extract the mote from your child's or your neigh- 
bor's eye. 

THE WONDERFUL WORDLESS LANGUAGE 
OF THE EYES 

All the emotions are expressed in the eyes — love, 
passion, hate, mirth, anger, pity, fear, adoration, sur- 
prise — everything is told in this wonderful wordless 
language of the eyes. In these pictures notice how 
the emotion named under each is expressed by the 
eyes. 

Wonder. — Tell a very young boy or girl some mar- 
velous tale of adventure or exhibit a fine piece of ma- 
chinery, or a beautiful Paris doll, and observe the 
look of wonder in the childish eyes. 

Astonishment. — Tell an older person some remark- 
able news and notice the expression of the eyes as 
you unfold the tale. 



100 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



Credulity. — Tell some ignorant person a perfectly 
impossible tale of adventure, and notice how his eyes 
follow your every word and gesture, showing you 
that he believes implicitly all you tell him. 

Curiosity. — Observe the expression of your "nosy" 
neighbor's eyes if a man brings a freezer of cream 
to your back door, or a handsomely dressed stranger 
knocks at the front. You will have an excellent ex- 
ample of curiosity as mirrored in the eyes. 

Distress. — Notice the agonized expression in the 
eyes of a mother when her child lies very ill, and she 
can do nothing to relieve it. You will see distress 
plainly painted in those faithful eyes. 





Contempt as Shown in Eyes. 



Contempt and Anger in Eyes. 



Anger. — Notice how the eyes narrow down to mere 
slits, and what a sinister expression comes into them 
when a man or woman grows intensely angry. 

Anger in a Cat's Eyes — Notice the dangerous ex- 
pression in the eyes of a cat when, with low growls, 
he lies ready to spring at another cat, or the look of 
exceeding shrewdness that precedes his fatal spring 
at a hapless bird. The eyes of other animals are 



OR CHARACTER READING 



101 



very expressive also, and many chapters could be 
written upon that theme. 

Triumph. — Observe the eyes of a man or woman 
who has achieved a great success or a signal victory. 
Is not the very word triumph spelled in large letters 
in the expression of the eyes? 

Sadness. — Above all is the emotion of sorrow shown 
in the expression of the eyes. A sad person looks 
down — he has no "eyes" for the blue sky, the trees 
or the beauties of nature. His view is an inward one, 
and there he sees only that which distresses him. One 




Despair. 



Happiness. 

glance at such eyes is usually sufficient to check the 
blithe greeting on the lips of a caller, or to hold back 
the word of merry banter. 



102 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

A WARNING SIGN FOR YOUNG GIRLS 

Unholy Desire. — Happy the girl who is wise enough 
to read an unworthy intent upon the part of a male 
companion before his lips or actions have betrayed 
it. This evil inclination is not so easily read as 
some of the other emotions, because sin does all it 
can to cover its tracks, but to those from whose eyes 
the scales have fallen, the expression is plainly visible 
in the eyes, where it lurks like a beast of prey ready 
to spring upon its victim in the form of acts or words. 

The Rule ; of Three. — Eyes may be divided, along 
with the other features, into three general classes, or 
kinds, viz. : the large and round, the narrow and elon- 
gated, and the oblique, or slanting. 

Large Eyes See Much. — Did it ever occur to you that 
large eyes are able to see more tnan small ones? This 
is true, and it is for this reason that such animals 
as the deer, the hare, the squirrel, the cat, -etc., who 
have to be always, on the watch, have large (often 
beautiful) eyes ; while the hog, the rhinoceros, etc., 
have very small eyes, and small intelligence also. 

"Wide-awake" people have large, wide-open eyes, 
which seem to always be on the watch for oppor- 
tunity. These people usually speak and move rapidly, 
and seldom miss a chance to further their own best 
interests. 

Sleepy, half-closed eyes usually belong to people who 
get very little accomplished. The speech of "sleepy- 
eyed" people is usually slow and calculating. These 
are secretive people, too. However, they are gener- 
ally the eyes of good-natured, easy-going folk, who 
would rather agree to all one says than to wake up 
sufficiently for an argument. 



OR CHARACTER READING 



103 




Deceitful Eyes. 



Oblique or slanting eyes show not only secretive- 
ness, but also cunning and 
deceit. 

Language Sign in the 
Eyes. — There is a portion of £\ 
the brain in which the abil- 
ity to speak or write well 
and to learn other languages 
is located. This is situated 
immediately back of the 
eye, and pushes it outward 
and downward. So that 
people who have full eyes and fullness under the eyes 
are said to have ''good" language. For illustrations 

of this sign notice our pic- 
ture on this page, also the 
eyes of Bishop Quayle, 
page 157 of this volume. 

Beautiful Eyes. — The 
most beautiful eyes have 
a long, rather than a wide 
opening, and are found more frequently in the faces 
of women than of men, though men who have the 
artistic temperament frequently have fine eyes. 

"Cat" Eyes. — Eyes that are too wide open look too 
much like the eyes of a cat or owl. People with owl 
eyes are given to day-dreams and never amount to 
much. 

Deep Thinkers. — On the contrary, eyelids which 
droop over the eyes show that the person gets a clearer 
insight into things than the owl-eyed individual and 
show that he or she is a deep thinker. The eyes of the 
late Bishop Potter are an excellent example of this 




Language Sign in the Eye. 



104 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 




class. His life story 
certainly shows how far 
he saw into the "hidden 

things of righteousness," Bishop Potter's Eyes. 

and how clearly he observed and reckoned with the 
signs of the times. It is better to learn one lesson 
well than to skim through a whole volume superfi- 
cially. Half covered eyes do not see all the detail of a 
picture or a situation but they see and remember the 
main points. 

Good entertainers have large, full eyes. They get 
a good deal of knowledge by seeing and they have 
peculiar ability to retain knowledge thus gained. 
Women with eyes of this kind make good wives and 
brilliant hostesses. 

Prayerful Eyes. — Prayer uplifts the eyes and gives 

them an expression like 
this picture. What could 
be more beautifully de- 
vout than the expression 
on the face and in the 
eyes of this dainty little 
maiden, who so earnestly 
addresses the Throne of 
Grace? In the language 
of the poet: 

"Prayer is the upward 
glancing of the eye 
When only God is 

near." 
"I will lift mine eyes 

Prayerful Eyes. untQ the h[ ^ gays the 

Psalmist, "from whence cometh my help." 




OR CHARACTER READING 



105 




Humility. 



Humility draws the eyes down and is a good sign 
in children or those who work 
for us. It shows that they 
are willing to obey those over 
them to the best of their abil- 
ity and do not think too 
highly of themselves. This 
picture shows an eye with the 
sign of humility in it. This expression is fre- 
quently noticeable in the eyes of great geniuses, be- 
cause the more real ability a man has, the more does 
he become humble and sweet like a little child. In 
other words, the more a man learns, the more fully 
he realizes how very little he knows. 

Sensitive People. — If the lower eyelids are wide, the 
person is one who apologizes readily, and is always 
anxious that people "understand" him and that they 
do not think ill of him. Such eyelids "go" naturally 
with the thick nose-end, which also signifies sensitive- 
ness. This is essentially the eyelid of the natural poet 
or painter; and of the musician. 



PEOPLE WHO SAY THE RIGHT THING 
AT THE RIGHT TIME 



People with "tact" have eyes with a slight down- 
ward curve. They seldom 
get into trouble through 
their tongues. They never 
say things to hurt the feel- 
ings of others, and often 
Tactful Eye. save a situation by the 

right word in the right place, when some blunderer has 




106 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 




made an uncomfortable "break." Someone has truth- 
fully said that tact is the greatest of the Christian 
graces. Nothing is worse than to say the wrong word 
at the wrong time, but the person with eyes like the 
picture on preceding page, may invariably be de- 
scribed, in the words of the Bible, as one of those who 
know how to choose their words properly, i. e., "words 
fitly chosen are like' apples of gold in pictures of 
silver." 

Robbers' Eyes. — Notice in the illustration given of 
such eyes, the peculiar down- 
ward curve which is typical of 
. the thief's eyes. To be sure 
some criminals' eyes are round- 
ing (convex), and some flat, but 
there is, about each and all, a 
shifting, uneasy expression, like 
animal. This expression is not 
always in evidence, but if a man is caught unawares, 
his eyes will, in many instances, give him completely 
away. 

THE WOMAN WHO LOVES BUT ONCE 

The "Madonna Eye" is found in its perfection in the 
woman who never loves but 
once, and who, if she is 
widowed, never marries 
again. She is the perfect 
mother and comes near be- 
ing a saint. This is a wide- Madonna Eye. 
open eye with nicely arched eyelids and sharp angles. 

Eyes of Genius. — An eye round and sparkling, but 
hard, proves that its owner has a hot, domineering dis- 
position. Genius is often found in company with large' 



that 



Thieves' Eyes. 

of a hunted 




OR CHARACTER READING 107 

bright eyes. Eyes of this kind may be softened by 
love or sympathy and become the index of a strong 
and helpful soul. 

The Coquette's Eye. — The eye of a flirt scarcely 
needs description. It is an eye >^^j^l§^^=§^ 
that is "in evidence" every mo- j0p^^ s== ~-^- 

ment in the day and evening. ^ 
It may be long or round, wide ^U- ^ ^"^S h 
or narrow, but its owner is flK ^Ba r ^?^ffV 

"making eyes" constantly. Love "^: "^* 

Miss Coquette if you must, Coquette's Eye. 

young man, but don't stake your happiness on her sta- 
bility. She is like a butterfly, flitting from flower to 
flower, and soon getting tired of each. She is very 
good company in society and far more fascinating than 
the quiet girl who has little to say, but the quiet girl 
will make the better wife. 

Honest Eyes. — Good faith, frankness and honesty 
are indicated by a clear eye, widely open and with an 
eyelid free from wrinkles. Truthful eyes are round 
and wide open. The human physiognomy has noth- 
ing more attractive or satisfying than the honest eye. 

THE COLORS OF THE EYES AND WHAT 
THEY MEAN 

Dark eyes mean power of various kinds, and light 
eyes mean delicacy, not necessarily weakness. Dark 
eyes are like volcanoes, the flame is not always visible, 
but it is there, and woe unto the one who calls it forth 
in anger. Who calls forth this hidden fire by the 
magic wand of love, is, however, most favored of for- 
tune and the fates. 

Black eyes are of several kinds, the small, brilliant, 



108 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

hard black eye that looks like a bead ; the glowing deep 
black eye, full of jealousy or hot with hidden fires of 
passion, which are likely to blaze up at any moment; 
the soft, sleepy black eye, and the beautiful finely 
shaped passionate black eye, full of intense love and 
passion when aroused, and when in repose lovely be- 
yond compare. 

Dark eyes usually go with a dark complexion, great 
toughness of body, much strength of character, and 
strong affections. 

Light eyes may glow with love and good cheer, but 
they do not burn like the darker orbs. Light eyes are 
usually accompanied by light complexions, but this is 
not always the case. 

Light Eyes and Dark Complexions. — When the com- 
plexion and hair are dark and the eyes light, the per- 
son may be a very strong character, and have a fine 
physique, but he will also be refined, and have deli- 
cate tastes and tendencies. 

Light brown eyes go with a merry, cheerful dispo- 
sition, light hair and a fair, fresh complexion. 

Dark brown eyes are very beautiful; they go with 
black hair and a dark, rich complexion. 

THE MOST BEAUTIFUL EYES IN THE 
WORLD 

Blue eyes are said to indicate an even temper and 
are thought by many to be the most beautiful eyes in 
the world. Do you remember the old school-day coup- 
let, "Blue eye beauty, do your mother's duty?" 

The light blue eye is the peaceful eye, and its gaze 
calms hot tempers and brings peace to stormy lives. 

The sad blue eye thrills all who look into it. 



OR CHARACTER READING 109 

The wide-open blue eye is beautiful indeed, and 
when accompanied by natural golden hair and a rose- 
tinted complexion is heaven enough for many a world- 
ly-minded young man, or for others who find the most 
of their religion in loving a good and noble woman. 

Blue eyed people are naturally full of "good works ;" 
they are also up to date and want to make progress 
in life. 

Blue eyes, as has been seen, are not so easily aroused 
by temper, as are the darker orbs ; but once aroused 
they grow hard and give off angry sparks, like moulten 
steel beneath a hammer. If the blue-eyed man is the 
typical patient man, then indeed I adjure my readers 
to "beware the fury of a patient man." 

Transparent Blue Eyes. — When eyes are so light as 
to be almost transparent when seen in profile, they be- 
long to people who have great ability, especially in 
the business world. I know a man with eyes of this 
kind, who seemingly "never fails" in anything he at- 
tempts in a business way. His eyes seem to look 
through every proposition before he "tackles" it, and 
he as yet has never failed, to my knowledge. Such 
eyes are said also to be very witching and it may be 
well to add in this connection that the gentleman who 
has been so successful in business, has broken a good 
many susceptible feminine hearts, in spare moments. 

Hazel Eyes. — A woman with hazel eyes never elopes 
from her husband, never indulges in scandal, and is un- 
selfish. No wonder so many of the poets have been 
inspired by hazel eyes. 

Grey eyed People. — People with grey eyes are 
shrewd; they make good bargains and are good judges 
of human nature ; they are also the sign of talent in 
some line or other. 



110 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

Cold Grey Eyes. — There are grey eyes so harsh and 
cold that they may truthfully be called "steel" grey 
and there are others so beautiful that they baffle de- 
scription. 

Calm Grey Eyes. — Steady, calm, clear grey eyes are 
the best of them all. Their owner is reasonable and 
has pity for people who do wrong, even if he can not 
understand their weakness. 

Soft grey eyes with large pupils full of sunshine, 
twilight, moonbeams, and storms, are the most likely 
of all the grey eyes to lead Love captive, but they 
will laugh at the chains and run away. If their owner 
is once made fully captive, however, by the little blind 
god, then the grey eyes are full of love-lights, and de- 
votion for their captor. 



OR CHARACTER READING 111 



CHAPTER IX 



THE FOREHEAD, THE HAIR, THE EARS, AND 
THE NECK 

Shapes in Foreheads. — While the forehead has no 
way of telling its story, such as is given to the eyes 
and the mouth, yet by its shape alone it contributes 
its share of help to the character reader. 

Outlines. — "Considered merely in their outlines no 
two foreheads are exactly alike. One is high and 
towering; another is Villainously low.' This is broad 
and massive; that is narrow and small. Here it is 
built up perpendicularly like the wall of a house; 
there it slopes like a roof or like the sides of a pyra- 
mid; and none of these forms are accidental or un- 
meaning as we shall now proceed to show." So writes 
a great authority on Physiognomy and we hope to 
show our readers wherein he tells the truth. 

Home of the Mind. — The forehead belongs to the 
third and highest division of the face — the portion of 
which the eyes are the center, and it is the home of 
the mind, or intellect, and the question for the char- 
acter reader to settle is how much brain has he in 
that department, and to what uses that brain is con- 
stantly put. 

Comparisons. — If we compare the two pictures given 



112 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



herewith, we may easily see which woman has the 
most brain power. 




Foreheads Compared. 

Comparing also the pictures of "Professor Owen,' 1 
and "The Idiot," we see the two extremes. 




Another Comparison. 

The "Seeing Ridge."— Some people learn through 
the eyes, that is, they "see a thing" at once, without 
reasoning it out. People of this kind have a ridge 
above the eyes like that in the picture. Such persons 
are said to have great perceptive faculties. Many 



OR CHARACTER READING 



113 



actors have this ridge. They are not composers, but 
they readily perceive the 
ideas of the playwright, 
and interpret his ideas 
with astonishing correct- 
ness. 

The other picture is of 



a youn 



sr man who sees 




quickly but who does not 
retain the knowledge very 
long. Every teacher is The Seein e Rid s e - 

familiar with this sort of pupil. He "gets" his lessons 
without the least difficulty, but he does not retain what 

he learns long enough 
to pass his examina- 
tions, and is conse- 
quently always being 
held back. 

Memory in the Fore- 
head. — In every local- 
ity and in every fam- 
ily of any size, there 
will be one who is con- 
sidered authority on 
names and dates. He 
is a walking diary. 
Such people can tell 
The Seer. exactly upon what day, 

month and year certain things happened, and they are 
very convenient to have around. People with this 
ability will have foreheads with the middle portion 
full. They are also able to adapt themselves nicely 
to circumstances. 

Reason in the Forehead. — Some people reason every- 

8 




114 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



thing out, and to do this they must have foreheads 
like this picture. These people make few mistakes, 
but are very tiresome companions. 

The Fun Sign. — People who see the "funny" side 
of everything have the sign in the forehead well de- 




Mark Twain. 

Fun Sign in Forehead. The Reasoner. 

veloped in the upper and outer portions. I once knew 
a woman with such a forehead, and although she 
seemed to have a great deal more than her share of 
trouble she always found something to "laugh at" 
in the situation, and so chased the "blues" away. 
The man or woman who carries about this "fun" sign- 
in the forehead is a particularly favored individual. 
They will not worry for long over any situation be- 
cause invariably they will see "something funny" in it. 
Observe this sign in the forehead of Mark Twain (por- 
trait herewith). 



OR CHARACTER READING 115 

Artists' Foreheads.— Artists and poets show fore- 
heads which extend farther back and higher than the 
ordinary, as shown in the picture of Alfred Mont- 
gomery, the artist (page 144 of this book), and in 
the heads of many of our great poets. 

WRINKLED FOREHEADS AND WHAT 
WRINKLES MEAN 

Desirable Wrinkles. — Did you ever notice how un- 
natural and really ugly the faces of women of middle 
or advanced age appear when by the use of some 
cosmetic they "take out the wrinkles"? Wrinkles are 
not always a blemish, and usually give character to 
the face. An old-time authority (Lavater), gives the 
following notes on wrinkles, which I believe are very 
nearly exact: 

Wrinkles Between the Eyes. — "When a finely arched 
forehead has in the middle, between the eyebrows, a 
slightly discernible, perpendicular, not-too-long 
wrinkle, or two parallel wrinkles of that kind — espe- 
cially when the eyebrows are marked, compressed and 
regular, it is to be ranked among the foreheads of 
the first magnitude. Such foreheads, beyond all doubt, 
appertain only to wise and masculine mature char- 
acters ; and when they are found in females, it is dif- 
ficult to find any more discreet and sensible, more 
betokening royal dignity and propriety of manners. 

Weak Brains. — That forehead betokens weakness 
of intellect which has in the middle and lower part 
a scarcely observable long cavity — being itself conse- 
quently long — I say scarcely observable; for when it 
is conspicuous, everything is changed. 

"Suspicious" Foreheads. — Foreheads inclining to be 



116 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



long, with a close-drawn wrinkleless skin, which ex- 
hibit no lively cheerful wrinkles even in their few 
moments of joy, are cold, malign, suspicious, severe, 
selfish, censorious, conceited, mean, and seldom for- 
give. 

Foolish Foreheads. — Strongly projecting, in the up- 
per part very retreating, foreheads with arched noses, 
and a long under part of the coun- 
tenance (see cut), continually hover 
over the depths of folly. 

The Imbecile's Forehead. — Every 
forehead which above projects and be- 
low sinks in toward the eye in a per- 
son of mature age is a certain sign of 
incurable imbecility. 

Smooth Foreheads. — The fewer hol- 
lows, arches and indentations, and the 
more of smooth surface and apparently 
rectilinear contour are observable in a 
forehead, the more is that forehead 
common, mediocre, destitute of ideas 
Foolish Forehead, and incapable of invention. 
Scanty Eyebrows. — There are finely arched fore- 
heads that appear almost great and indicative of 
genius, and yet are little other than foolish or half- 
wise. The mimicry of wisdom is discernible in the 
scantiness or in the wildness and perplexity of the 
eyebrows. 

"Mixed Foreheads. ,, — Long foreheads with some- 
what spherical knobs in the upper part not commonly 
very retreating, have always an inseparable three-fold 
character — the glance of genius with little of a cool 
analyzing understanding, pertinacity with indecision, 



OR CHARACTER READING 117 

coldness with impetuosity. With these they are also 
somewhat refined and noble. 

Crooked Minds. — Oblique ^ ZZT - ~- 

(slanting) wrinkles in the ^ - " J - |i — — ■ . 

forehead, especially when 

,1 1 -i-i 1 Wrinkles of Inteligent Forehead. 

they are nearly parallel, or 

appear so, are certainly a sign of a poor, oblique sus- 
picious mind. 

Intelligent Foreheads. — Parallel, regular, not too 
deep wrinkles of the forehead, or parallel interrupted, 
are seldom found except in very intelligent, wise, ra- 
tional, and justly thinking persons. 

Dull Heads. — Foreheads, the upper half of which is 
intersected with conspicuous, especially if they are 
circularly-arched wrinkles, while the under is smooth 
and wrinkleless, are certainly dull and stupid, and are 
almost incapable of any abstraction. 

HOW TO TELL WHAT WRINKLES MEAN 

Wrinkles that Sink Deep. — Wrinkles of the fore- 
head which, on the slightest motion of the skin, sink 
deeply downward, are much to be suspected of weak- 
ness. If the traits are stationary, deeply indented, and 
sink very deeply downward, entertain no doubt of 
weakness of mind or stupidity combined with little 
sensibility and with avarice. But let it be remembered, 
at the same time, that genius, most luxuriant in abili- 
ties, usually has a line which sinks remarkably down- 
ward in the middle, under three, almost horizontal, 
parallel lines. 

"Harsh Foreheads." — Perplexed, deeply indented 
wrinkles of the forehead, in opposition to each other, 
are always a sign of a harsh, perplexed and difficult- 



118 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



to-manage character. A square surface between the 
eye-brows or a gate-like, wrinkleless breadth which 
remains wrinkleless when all around it is deeply fur- 
rowed — that is a certain sign of the utmost weak- 
ness and confusion of intellect. 

Obliquely Wrinkled Foreheads. — Rude, harsh, in- 
delicately suspicious, vain-glorious, ambitious are all 
those in whose foreheads are formed strong, confused, 
oblique wrinkles, when with side-long glance they 
listen, on the watch with open mouth. 

Kindly Wrinkles. — Kindhearted, generous people 
have three horizontal wrinkles in the center of the 
forehead. These people not only have kind feelings 

for others, but they 
take hold and help 
people who are in 
distress or who need 
assistance of any 
kind. 

Conscientious peo-' 
pie have wrinkles 
between the eye 
brows. One wrinkle 
means absolute hon- 
esty in small or large 
money matters, 
amounting to what 
is called closeness. 

Justice and Truth. 
—The disposition to 
require justice in 
others is indicated by two wrinkles. These wrinkles 
also mean a love of justice and truth and belong to 
the very best foreheads. 




The Honest Head. 




OR CHARACTER READING 119 

Proper Proportions. — The proportionate height of a 
forehead should be one-third of the entire face; if a 
man's forehead is higher than this he has a great in- 
tellect and a fine brain, but 
hasn't sufficient "get up" 
about him to utilize his 
brains. The breadth of a 
forehead should be twice its 
height. A broad, low fore- 
head denotes mental weak- 
ness. 

The Outline Of a forehead The Dishonest Head. 

is a perfect arch, high and even. The heads of inven- 
tors show this arch ; and so also do the foreheads of 
others who are deep and profound scholars. 

THE HAIR, THE EARS, AND THE NECK 

The City Walls. — We have now come to the out- 
posts of our little city called the Face, and these out- 
posts are the Hair, the Ears, and the Neck. 

The Hair. — First we shall consider the Hair, which 
bounds the forehead on three sides, and which has its 
own interesting story to relate. 

Black Hair. — As was remarked of dark complexions, 
so may be said of dark hair — blackness means strength. 

Public Speakers. — Black-haired speakers carry their 
audiences with them, and sway them as they please, 
melting them now to tears, and now convulsing them 
with laughter. Coarse black and coarse red hair in- 
dicate coarse passions, but a corresponding strength 
of character. 

Good Tastes. — Fine light or auburn hair indicates 
quick susceptibilities, together with refinement and 
good taste. 



120 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR • 

Strong Character. — Fine dark or brown hair means 
fine susceptibilities and great strength of character; 
also great refinement. 

Fine Characters. — Auburn hair and a florid face 
stand for a fine character — the person feels very deeply 
in every way. Such persons are naturally pure and 
good. Many great beauties have hair of this shade. 

Curly hair and beard stand for an excitable and 
changeable disposition, now "blowing hot, now cold." 
Its owner will have intense likes and dislikes. So 
look out for curls and do not ruffle them, if you want 
smooth sailing on your domestic seas. The woman 
with naturally curly hair is envied by all who have 
to resort to curling irons and patent "curlers." 

Dark haired women control their lovers as by magic, 
if they wish. The men will be "spell-bound" in their 
society and feel that they must do as the lady wishes. 
It will be apparent, therefore, that a good woman 
with dark hair may be an angel in her home and out 
of it, and a bad, jealous woman with dark hair may 
be just the reverse. With the dark hair comes the 
forceful character. 

Success goes with dark hair, and if properly di- 
rected, the efforts of dark-haired men and women will 
bring much pleasure and sunshine into the world. 

BEWARE OF THE DARK-HAIRED 
BACHELOR 

Black-haired bachelors are extremely popular with 
the ladies. They are the real "heart-smashers." Blond 
ladies, you should have a care concerning these dark- 
haired charmers or the first thing you know you will 
be in captivity, and find yourselves both unable and 
unwilling to break your chains. 



OR CHARACTER READING 



121 



Red haired people are generally impulsive. They 
are also noted for quick tempers and sharp tongues. 

Pale red hair indicates the power to do and to dare ; 
also great powers of endurance. 

Dark red hair — the kind that is sometimes called 
reddish-brown — is a very good kind to have, for it 
means purity and goodness with plenty of strength 
to keep good and pure. 

Flaxen hair and a pale complexion mean a warm 
heart, a bright, clear mind, and good, pure, unselfish 
motives. 

Smooth hair usually goes with a smooth nature ; at 
least, with a well-fed and healthy body. Good health 
puts a finer gloss into the hair than all the "prepara- 
tions" sold in drug stores 
or by agents. 

Hair Parted in Center. 
— Hair which parts nat- 
urally in the middle, eith- 
er in man or woman, in- 
dicates the feminine ele- 
ment, so if a man's hair 
parts in the middle he 
will have the tender feel- 
ing of a woman together 
with the thoughts and in- 
stincts of a man. 

Pictures of Christ and 
other refined and beauti- 
ful characters are almost 
always painted with the 
hair parted in the middle. 
The Bishop of London 
wears his hair parted at the center, and those who 




Head of Christ, showing hair parted 
in the middle. 



122 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



heard his addresses or read his articles during his re- 
cent visit to America will remember how gentle, cour- 
teous and Christlike are his characteristics. 

Hair Parting at the Side. — Many men, however, dis- 
like so much to be considered feminine in any way 
that they overcome the natural tendency of their hair 
(if it has it) to part in the middle, and habitually part 
it at the side. This is only a matter of personal opin- 
ion, because, to be a really strong character, every 
man should have a "little slip of a woman" hidden 
away somewhere in his personality. He must have 
gentleness along with his firmness, and he must have 
sympathy as well as understanding with the weak- 
nesses and illnesses of the world, if he would win its 
heart. 

THE EARS— WHAT THEY TEACH 




The Sentinels.— The ears 
are the sentinels at the two 
sides of the face, and they 
keep the brain posted on what 
is going on "around and be- 
hind." 

Large ears hear more than 
small ears. 

Ears talk as well as the lips 
and they have their part to 
"speak" in the reading of 
character. 

No two people have ears 
exactly alike, and many per- 
sons' right and left ears are 
not alike. We may, nevertheless, apply general rules 
to the ear. 



An Outline of the Ear. 



OR CHARACTER READING 123 

The Size. — It has been demonstrated that the* larger 
the ear the better the hearing, provided that several 
"other things" are "equal." 

Thickness or Thinness. — One of these things is the 
thickness or thinness of the organ — a thin, large ear 
has the greatest ability to hear. The ideal telephone 
girl will have these thin ears. 

Great People — Great Ears. — People with large ears 
usually finish any job they "set out" to do, no matter 
how monotonous the work may be. Horace Greeley, 
Abraham Lincoln, Harriet Beecher Stowe and Julia 
Ward Howe had large ears; so has Thomas A. Edi- 
son, whose ears tell of the power to endure which 
made possible continuous work without rest or sleep 
for sixty hours ! "When after thirteen months of tire- 
less investigation," says The New Idea Magazine, 
"for a substance that would make a suitable filament 
for an electric light, Edison at last evolved a thread 
of carbonized cotton ; for three days and two nights 
without sleep ,or rest the inventor and his associates 
worked to produce an unbroken filament which would 
burn and last. When it did burn they watched it 
forty hours !" Many other folk not so talented, but 
with plenty of good, sound brain and will power, have 
long ears. Every one knows how these persons that 
I have just named "stuck to" tasks which were very 
hard to do. 

Generous Ears. — Large ears usually "go" with large 
minds — minds that can see beauties and good quali- 
ties in persons who occupy a lower position in life. 
They are the ears of the philanthropist — the man 
who would rather than not divide his loaf with a 
less fortunate brother. 



124 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



THE MOST BEAUTIFUL EARS 

The Handsomest Ears. — Ears that lie flat to the 
head are considered the most beautiful and indicate a 
finer disposition than those that stand out from the 
head. Queen Alexandra's are a good example of these 
beautiful ears. 

Good "Hearers." — Ears long between the upper 
edge and the lobe are able to determine the height, 
depth and intensity of sounds, while an ear broad in 
the middle will be able to "pick out," as it were, sep- 
arate sounds where there are a great many noises — 





Wm. Gladstone's Ear. Queen Victoria's Ear. 

one voice, for instance, amid a dozen talking or sing- 
ing. This would be the ideal detective's ear. 

Uneven Surfaces. — Ears that have many elevations 
and depressions — that is, many "ups and downs" upon 
their surfaces belong to persons who have great deli- 
cacy of feeling; in other words, persons who are very 
refined. 

Smoother Surfaces. — Ears that have few of these 



OR CHARACTER READING 



125 



irregularities belong to people of a coarser grain — 
who are more like animals, in short. 

Small ears indicate refinement and delicacy or a 
small amount of vital power and are known as ''aristo- 
cratic" ears. Unfortunately they also indicate stingi- 
ness. 

Long ears indicate long life. Notice the ears of 
some very old person of your acquaintance. These 
pictures are illustrations among famous people of typi- 
cal long ears. 

Patti's Ears. — Ears that project forward and out 
from the head are capable of hearing sounds distinctly. 





Plainer View of Patti's Ear. 



Patti's Ear. 

Adelina Patti had such ears. They of course are the 
ideal ears for a musician who should be able to hear 
sounds very accurately. 

Pointed Ears. — Ears pointed at the tip like the pic- 



126 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



ture are said by some writers to mean selfishness, de- 
ceit, and passion. By others they are said to mean a 
disposition that overcomes many difficulties. Perhaps 
both of these writers are correct — the natural tendency 
of such ears being toward the bad 
qualities mentioned, but some persons 
who have them have strength of mind 
to overcome these great difficulties and 
so succeed in doing right and being 
great in spite of them. 

The Borders. — Looking for a mo- 
ment at the picture of the ear, page 
122, it will be seen that there are two 
borders, one called the outer, the other 
the inner border, and these borders 
have their meaning. For instance in the ear of Ade- 
lina Patti, given on page 125, it will be seen that this 
outer border is plain and uncurved, which means a 
fine mind, well controlled. This plain border also 
shows, if it is extreme, that its possessor is perfectly 
self-satisfied and will make his way in the world. 




Selfishness. 



QUEEN VICTORIA'S EARS 



"Enthusiastic" Ears. — Curved outer borders mean 
ardor and enthusiasm and Queen Victoria's ear has 
this beautiful curve. It is the curve that makes the 
"world go 'round." How refreshing is the enthusiasm 
of youth ! How exasperating the entire lack of enthus- 
iasm in men and women of the world who consider it 
"so provincial," don't you know, to enthuse or be sur- 
prised over anything! 

Every perfect ear has the inner border, or curve, 



OR CHARACTER READING 127 

and the more distinct it is the more will the person 
be able to concentrate or "keep" his mind on what he 
is doing. 

Coarse people have ears with a coarse skin, and 
irregular, vulgar, curves. 

Ears large at the top indicate generosity and a de- 
sire to improve one's self. They are the exact opposite 
of the pointed ears. 

Long Life Sign. — Ears long at the bottom stand for 
long life. 

The Tattle-Tale's Ears. — Long ears and small eyes 
hear everything that is being said, and their owners 
tell all they hear. Be careful not to say anything in 
the presence of such people that you do not wish re- 
peated. 

Other Talkers. — Large eyed, small eared people see 
more and hear less, but they tell it all, too. 

"Conscientious" Ears. — An ear with a wide opening 
and curve at the top belongs to a good, conscientious 
person. 

"Dull" Ears. — When the outer border is broad and 
thick the person is not especially bright, and it is not 
easy for him to understand things which are very 
plain to others. 

A Strong Mind Indicated. — An ear with a large up- 
per lobe and narrow outer border indicates a strong 
mind. It is the ear of the reformer, the ruler, and the 
successful politician. See ear of Gladstone, page 124. 

THE NECK 

The Southern Wall. — While the neck does not oc- 
cupy so prominent a place as the eye, the ear, the nose 
or the mouth, still it has its significance, and as it is 



128 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

more or less exposed to view should be taken into ac- 
count in character reading. 

Usefulness of the Neck. — Necks also are extremely 
useful — you have all heard the story of the braggart 
man who said to a dainty little woman : "Oh, well, 
no matter what they say about equality, I believe the 
man is the head of the house." 

The demure little lady replied, as quick as a flash : 
"Yes, sir; I agree with you; but the woman is the 
neck, and you know the neck always turns the head." 

Indians naturally have short, thick necks. 

Murderers almost always have short, thick necks, 
and that part of their brains called, in phrenology, "de- 
structiveness" is large. (See Phrenological chart, page 
18, of this book.) Upon one occasion when a mur- 
derer was told that he was about to be hanged, he said, 
"It will be of no use, my neck is so big and my head 
so small, the rope will slip off." 

Sex in the Neck. — Men have larger necks than 
woman, and usually their necks are lacking in the 
beauty belonging to the "fair sex." 

DON'T CRIPPLE CHILDREN'S NECKS! 

Children's Necks. — If children are allowed to grow 
up naturally and are not wrapped up too much when 
they go out, their necks will grow large and strong, 
but if they always wear mufflers and furs around their 
necks, they will have weak throats, too slender to be 
natural. 

Firm Necks.— When a man or woman has a firm, 
stiff neck, well developed like that of the gentleman 
in the picture on page 129, he will be firm in character. 



OR CHARACTER READING 



129 



Love of children is shown 
in the development of the 
neck at the base of the brain. 
A recent magazine article 
speaks of this characteristic 
in'connection with the neck 
of the great prima donna, 
Madame Schumann-Heinck, 
as follows : "The large, 
strong neck of Madame 
Schumann-Heinck indicates 
a large development ■ of the 
lower, rear part of the skull. 
This at once points to love 
of children as a dominant 
characteristic in her make-up. 





Conceit in Neck. 



Stiff Necked Person. 

And the great singer 
is as famous for her devo- 
tion to her eight children 
as she is for her artistic 
abilities. Several years 
ago at Christmas tide, 
Madame Schumann- 
Heinck was in the Far 
West, and her children in 
New Jersey. To get to 
them for Christmas day 
meant a tiresome journey, 
a brief, a very brief meet- 
ing, and another tiresome 
and hurried journey back 
to work. It was, too, win- 



ter, and there was the possibility that fatigue and the 
naturally resultant cold, might render her incapable 
9 



130 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

of singing for some days after her return. Her man- 
agers expostulated, stormed and threatened, but the 
diva laughed. 'What ! spend Christmas without my 
babies? Not if it were across two continents,' she 
said. And she came, saw her 'babies,' one of whom 
is now a great lad of seventeen, spent her day with 
them, and returned to her engagement well, strong 
and happy, all the discomforts of the journey for- 
gotten in the happy memory of those few hours with 
her own." 

Self-Conceit in Necks. — When a person thinks very 
well of himself his neck is thrown back like that of 
the lady in the picture and the wind-pipe is long and 
arched. 

The difference between self-esteem and firmness is 
that Firmness says, "Stand your ground; let them 
come; you were put here to hold this position, never 
to yield it," while Self Esteem says, "Carry your 
head high; be independent; have opinions of your 
own and pin your faith to no man's sleeve." 

A Woman's Neck. — It is one of the glories of wom- 
an to have a beautiful neck, and she should not 
wear high stiff collars that mar the flesh and inter- 
fere with the circulation. 

Every woman should study the fashions in neck 
dressing, and having discovered what is most becom- 
ing and comfortable, stick to it as long as possible. 

Beautiful Necks. — A slender, graceful neck is a sign 
of refinement, and is also considered very beautiful. 
Observe the length, grace and beauty of the neck in 
this illustration, page 131. It was, no doubt, one of 
the outward signs of a graceful, beautiful character. 



OR CHARACTER READING 



131 




Beautiful Neck. 



132 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



Prize Fighters' Necks.— Pugilists' necks are very 
thick and muscular and indicate great brute force and 
endurance. 

Necks to Beware of.— Passion also thickens the 
neck. By this is meant ungoverned, animal-like pas- 
sion. Young ladies should see well to it that their 




John L. Sullivan 

The Prize Fighter. 



Dangerous Neck. 



prospective husbands have a firm, but not animal-like 
neck. Much sorrow 'and actual suffering may thus be 
avoided. The picture called "The Unreliable Hus- 
band," page 133, illustrates exactly what is meant. 

A Firm, Good Neck. — A man with a neck like that 
in our second cut is usually trustworthy. He has all 
his animal propensities under good control, and will, 
in nine cases out of ten make a kind and considerate 
husband. (See picture next page.) 



OR CHARACTER READING 



133 




Neck of Unreliable Husband. 



Neck of Reliable Husband. 



CHARACTER READING FROM 
OLD SHOES 



HOW THE COBBLER CAN TELL WHAT 
YOU ARE 

Phrenologists have for years been telling people's 
dispositions by the bumps on their heads, the lines on 
their hands, the contour of their faces, their hand- 
writing, and a dozen or more other methods. Now 
a new "ology" has come into the field, called "shoe- 
ology"; and by it the cobbler to whom you take your 
shoes can tell whether you are "square" or "crooked," 
level-headed or rattle-brained, shiftless or painstak- 
ing, fickle-minded or stubborn and so on ad infinitum. 
Just as a man's handwriting or his eyes or the way 
he wears his clothing betray some characteristic part 



134 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

of his nature, so is the way he wears his shoes out 
said to tell its story. 

Why Is It So? — The shape of the foot has some- 
thing to do with the way the shoe wears out ; the way 
a man walks is of greater importance. But why the 
honest man walks one way and the dishonest man 
walks another, or why the heels of changeable men 
are inclined one way and the heels of stubborn men 
inclined the other, is a question yet to be solved. 

The Thief. — The man who wears his sole off across 
the toe will steal. 

Shop-Lifters. — It is very seldom that a man does 
shop-lifting, and this is therefore almost an exclusive 
profession for women. If the shoes of shop-lifters are 
examined, it will invariably be discovered that they 
wear the soles off across the toe. 

The Honest Man. — A man who wears his shoes off 
evenly across the bottom is pretty level-headed. He 
doesn't go off half-cocked and when he says a thing 
you can pretty generally rely upon it. 

The Unreliable Person. — But when the shoe wears 
out on the outside of the sole look out for that man. 
He isn't a man of his word. Don't extend any credit 
to him, because you're likely not to get paid. He's 
liable to be a pretty slippery customer in a deal. 

The Counter. — This is the part of the shoe that 
passes around the heel. The person who breaks the 
counter down toward the inside of his foot is very 
changeable in his nature, but if the counter is worn 
outward from the foot, the wearer is a person of 
strong, steadfast character. Thus you will be able 
to read people's character by walking along behind 
them and watching the heels of their shoes. 



OR CHARACTER READING 135 



CHAPTER X 



THE HUMAN FACE CLASSIFIED, OR HOW TO 
TELL A PREACHER, A LAWYER, A 
TEACHER, A STATESMAN, ETC. 

Just as a man is born with a peculiarly shaped 
nose, suited to receiving certain delicate odors with 
delight, and other unpleasant scents with abhorrence, 
or has an ear attuned to harmonies and terribly 
shocked by discords, so any person who is set apart 
by Nature for a particular profession or kind of work 
will have the "signs" of this calling stamped upon him 
from his birth. 

Probably the best example of this peculiarity may 
be found in the clergyman. The true minister of God 
is as surely born as is the poet, and he who consci- 
entiously acknowledges and follows his calling will 
come to have the unmistakable signs of priesthood 
upon him. 

THE CLERGYMAN 

Thousands of examples might be cited, but it is our 
opinion that the late Bishop Charles C. McCabe of 
the Methodist church is as good a man as could be 
found for the purpose. 

Bishop, or "Chaplain" McCabe, as he was lovingly 
called to the last by his old Civil War comrades, pos- 
sessed all the outward signs of the beautiful interior 
life that was his. 



136 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

Glance, for instance, at our picture of him; notice 
the towering head, indicative of hope, benevolence, 
spirituality and conscientiousness. 

That his mind as well as his heart was highly de- 
veloped, may readily be seen by his high, broad fore- 
head. No man loved a good, clean joke better than 
the Chaplain, and the sign of a love of humor is as 
plainly writ as print upon his brow. (See cut, page 
138, of this book.) 

He was a man who was beloved by his fellows al- 
most to worship, and he appreciated and craved that 
love to a wonderful degree. This is also indicated by 
the deeply cleft chin. 

His eyes, which were soft and expressive, it may 
readily be seen were sad, thoughtful and tender, and 
all of these characteristics were born of his constant 
contact with sinful and suffering humanity. It was 
only when amused by a joke, or when telling a funny 
story that the light of mirth drove the more somber 
expression away. When he was singing the Gospel 
songs he loved (and what a wonderful voice he had !) 
the expression Of his eyes was exalted and full of a 
deep, spiritual joy. 

His mouth shows the victory of spirit over flesh. 
Notice the prominence of the long, strong upper lip 
holding in check, as it were, the full lower lip or ani- 
mal passions. This mouth in itself is a sermon on 
the victory of the spirit over the flesh. 

I think the strong, good nose, speaks plainly for it- 
self of bravery, defence (for he was a soldier of the 
Union as well as of the cross), . generosity, love of 
poetry — it is all there, for those who through these 
pages have learned "how to read" the human counte- 
nance. 



OR CHARACTER READING 137 




Bishop McCabe. 



138 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 




Theodore Roosevelt. 



OR CHARACTER READING 139 

Bishop McCabe had also good "Language" (shown 
by the fullness under the eyes), and I doubt if the 
modern platform has known many more brilliant, sym- 
pathetic, heart-reaching orators than Charles C. Mc- 
Cabe. 

He raised $150,000 for new churches from the pro- 
ceeds of his wonderful lecture, "The Bright Side of 
Libby Prison." 

THE STATESMAN— THEODORE ROOSEVELT 

It would be unfair to Mr. Roosevelt to assert that 
he could not be classified as anything but a states- 
man. He is, in truth, a soldier, an author, a politican 
and a number of other things, but as a statesman he 
stands pre-eminent, and to his physiognomical char- 
acteristics as such, I would call the reader's attention. 

First, his forehead. Notice its height and breadth, 
showing not only an abundance of gray matter, but 
a clever intellect with which to use it. Above the 
eyes is the bump of inventiveness or originality, and 
there is surely no one who reads the daily papers who 
would deny that Theodore Roosevelt is original in 
every thing he does — especially so in his absolutely 
honest and fearless policies. 

His eyes are the fearless sort — the kind that while 
they intimate an ability to keep a secret and to read 
men with great shrewdness, look straight at a man 
or a question, and "see clear through." They are 
nevertheless kindly eyes, and no straightforward man 
need have a fear of them. I think, too, that they would 
look with pity rather than sternness upon a personal 
enemy. 



140 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

Mr. Roosevelt's nose is what some of our "smart" 
writers would call "well-set-up." It has the three 
characteristics, self defence, relative defence and na- 
tional defence, about equally developed. There is 
absolutely no compromise about the nose of Theodore 
Roosevelt. He has, however, the bump of sensitive- 
ness, and while one would not expect this characteristic 
in a man of such strength as Theodore Roosevelt, it is 
there — the merciful balance-wheel for all that aggres- 
siveness we know. There is a decided dip of the sep- 
tum between the nostrils, too, which emphasizes the 
characteristic of originality (see cut, page 138 of this 
book), denoted by the forehead ridge, and a full sweep 
of wing which shows Mr. Roosevelt to be something 
of a mimic. This characteristic is, of course, mostly 
employed in his works of fiction and in his oratorical 
efforts. 

His mouth is stern, and when closed expresses a 
very serious turn of mind — certainly no frivolity. 
Like the rest of the man his lips are well balanced — 
the lower and higher natures in perfect "balance," 
or equipoise. The upper lip and the firm chin, with 
plenty of breadth "both ways," denote a goodly share 
of the mental and material man and that both are 
very powerful. 

Roosevelt's mouth is very similar to that of Glad- 
stone, who was the greatest statesman England ever 
knew. The cartoonists have given us abundant evi- 
dence that Theodore Roosevelt can "show his teeth" 
upon occasion, and it is one of the greatest blessings 
the masses of American citizens have known that 
those teeth have been shown fearlessly against the 
trusts and other evils that threaten the national life 
and prosperity. 



OR CHARACTER READING 141 

His face shows not only great intellectual and moral 
tendencies but abundant ability to carry them into 
execution. 

By every rule of ear Physiognomy Theodore Roose- 
velt is a statesman, for in this member, if in no other, 
are strength, dignity, command of others and splen- 
did physical health apparent. By turning to our chap- 
ter on the ear (page 122, of this book), the reader 
may judge for himself. 

As to temperament, Mr. Roosevelt may be called a 
mental-motive-vital man, with all three generously de- 
veloped. 

THE SOLDIER— GENERAL ULYSSES S. GRANT 

Among comparatively modern soldiers, General U. 
S. Grant undoubtedly stands foremost. His is the 
typical warrior's face. 

First — the high, generous forehead betokens him a 
man of unusual intellect, without which no. man could 
be a great leader in war or peace. 

We may be sure from the contour of his beard that 
Grant had the firm, square chin which speaks elo- 
quently of a stubborn will, and the firm jaws that were 
quite capable of snapping out the immortal sentence : 
''I shall fight it out on this line if it takes all summer." 

He had a powerful nose, very much like that of 
Julius Caesar. It was on the order of the Roman nose, 
denoting aggressiveness, and oddly enough has a 
somewhat melancholy droop. 

General Grant's mouth was typical of the soldier — 
the thin, tightly compressed lips, denoting first of all 
great secretiveness, and secondly iron determination. 
We all know how well his character tallied with those 



142 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

lips, for was he not known the country over as "the 
silent man?" These straight lips are also, as we have 
already learned, indicative of executiveness. 

His eyebrows droop at the inner corners of his nose 
with true fidelity to the general rule for warriors, and 
his keen eyes have the appearance of looking through a 
subject or a person. They sound the keynote of 
Grant's character, i. e., penetration, far-sightedness 
and shrewdness. 

His ear, with its strong upper lobe, signifies that 
his moral and intellectual capacities were well devel- 
oped. 

The two perpendicular lines, just above the nose, 
are the hall-marks of truth and justice. 

In his war time days, Ulysses S. Grant's physique 
bespoke vigor of body as well as mind. His every act 
radiated self-reliance, coolness and indomitable cour- 
age. 

In all the annals of ancient and modern warfare no 
man typified the soldier more perfectly by the visible 
signs of the outer man than did that gallant gentle- 
man, Ulysses S. Grant. 

ARTIST— ALFRED MONTGOMERY 

The physiognomy of Alfred Montgomery, "the far- 
mer painter," is one of the most strikingly character- 
istic of any living artist. If his nose alone were taken 
as a criterion, the initiated would immediately dub him 
a "natural-born" artist. This feature is of the per- 
fect Greek style, and indicates great love of the beau- 
tiful with decidedly artistic tendencies. 

In addition to these indices of character in the nose 
is the downward curve of nostrils, showing that Imi- 



OR CHARACTER READING 143 




Gen. U. S. Grant. 



144 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 




Alfred Montgomery. 



OR CHARACTER READING 145 

tation is largely developed; that is, he has the powers 
of the mimic in a large degree. 

It is said that yellow corresponds with the senti- 
mental, and Montgomery, whose beautiful and amaz- 
ingly natural reproductions of Indian corn on canvas 
have made him famous, has certainly given birth to 
a new and beautiful sentiment for this distinctly 
American product through the blending of the rich 
yellows and warm browns of corn and barrel and barn 
interiors. 

His strong chin shows determination, and the long 
upper lip indicates his ability to overcome the temp- 
tations to weakness which many artistic temperaments 
possess. 

His ears are strong in every particular, but of that 
delicate thinness which strongly sets forth the artistic 
temperament. 

His brow is both high and broad, showing that he 
is both intellectual and clever, and his luxuriant au- 
burn hair carries out the characteristics of his Greek 
nose — i.. e., refinement, elegance of taste, and the 
artistic temperament. 

The lines on his forehead, forming a decided dip, 
stamp him the genius that his work has proven him 
to be. 

THE INVENTOR— THOMAS A. EDISON 

Modern times furnish no more wonderful example 
of the inventive genius than Mr. Thomas A. Edison. 
His inventions are legion, and we feel inclined to quote 
from Goldsmith and exclaim : 
"And still the wonder grew 
How one small head could carry all he knew." 



146 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

To the student of Physiognomy, however, there 
are a good many reasons why Thomas A. Edison's 
head can carry all he knows. He has all the natural 
faculties of the inventive genius. 

First, Mr. Edison's physiognomy shows a mental- 
vital temperament (see chapter on Temperaments, 
page 19, of this book)." 

His bump of Constructiveness is very large, and that 
of Causality, or the ability of tracing back a result to 
its cause, is highly developed in the forehead of Mr. 
Edison. 

Mr. Edison's forehead is long, high and wide — the 
typical inventor's brow. His eyes are large and full, 
and possess the quality which enables him to "see" a 
great deal more in a piece of iron or wood or stone 
than ordinary eyes could possibly behold. He has a 
generous nose and a large mouth — both indicative of 
a large mind and a generous spirit; for it matters not 
what wealth may come to a man like Edison, the in- 
ventor is a great deal more than a money-maker. He 
gives his very life for the comfort and uplift of man- 
kind. 

Mr. Edison's square chin and jaw indicate wonder- 
ful powers of endurance and "stick-to-it-iveness," and 
all the world knows what marvelous powers of this 
nature he possesses. 

Mr. Edison has Ideality and Spirituality, also, 
largely in evidence, and thus his face shows that he 
has that sublime faith which makes invention pos- 
sible, and gives to the world such marvels as the 
kinetoscope, the telephone, etc., etc., which in them- 
selves should be a sufficient proof of the existence of 
an infinite Creator. If one of His creatures can invent 



OR CHARACTER READING 149 

and make possible such wonders as we are every day- 
beholding, how small a thing it must have been for 
Him to create a world ! 

THE DISCOVERER— CHRISTOPHER 
COLUMBUS 

The world has known many discoverers, but none 
more patient, persevering, daring and dauntless than 
Christopher Columbus. 

In the character of the discoverer, as well as of the 
inventor, there must be a marked degree of faif*h. He 
must be willing to sail strange seas undismayed— *-to 
penetrate trackless forests, or to travel over burning 
deserts with only his compass for a guide. The head 
of Christopher Columbus is a veritable dome of rev- 
erence which spells Faith, and his firm belief in God 
and himself never, for an instant, faltered. "He had a 
high, long and large head," says Dr. Wells, "the per- 
ceptives and reflectives being both large, while self- 
esteem, firmness, veneration, and spirituality were all 
prominent.. We infer that he had the motive-mental 
temperament, which gives clearness, susceptibility and 
endurance." 

The bump of originality was large in this man, also, 
and his eyes have that determined, fearless, penetrat- 
ing expression which seems to say: "I know what I 
am about; I shall go ahead. Do not try to stop me." 

He had the firm, square jaw and chin which are 
absolutely essential in the physiognomy of the truly 
great. 

In imagination I can hear his quiet voice as, when 
one of the mutinous and frightened crew of his car- 
avel said to him, morning after morning, "What are 



150 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

the sailing orders today, Admiral?" he replies, with 
steady gaze and unflinching lip, the single word, "On !" 
His was the motive-mental temperament — the high 
cheek bones, the long nose, ears and head were needed 
in his business of forging ahead, and accomplishing 
great results, and the mental powers necessary to do 
this work of discovery intelligently were not lacking 
either. (See Motive-Mental Temperaments, page 27, 
of this book.) 

THE POET— JAMES WHITCOMB RILEY. 

Few poets of any age have found and held so warm 
a spot in the hearts of the people as has James Whit- 
comb Riley. He is truly a poet because he is so wholly 
human and sympathetic in his verses. He has the 
mark of the humorist (page 18, of this book) largely 
apparent in his forehead, and his wide brow denotes 
not only a goodly supply of gray matter, but also a 
mind of original turn. 

He has the large nose which is noticeable in the 
majority of those who have become famous. His 
nose, broad at the tip, denotes also that keen sensi- 
tiveness, without which no man or woman could be 
a poet. His firm-set lips indicate tenacity, and this 
he has — for, as he laughingly told a friend, "One of 
my first poems came back fifteen times before a maga- 
zine would accept it, but I kept on sending it until it 
was positively dog-eared." There are a good many 
other ways in which Mr. Riley has shown his ability 
to stick to a thing until his end was accomplished. 
He has large Ideality (see chart, page 18, of this 
book), which enables him to idealize the common 



OR CHARACTER READING 



151 




James Whitcomb Riley. 



152 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 




Joseph Jefferson. 



OR CHARACTER READING 153 

things and make readers see beauties in objects never 
before beautiful. 

Perhaps for us no mystic charm 
May hover o'er a humble farm, 
But when his glances on it fall, 
The house, the fence, the garden wall 
Grow fairer than a park and hall, 
Their ragged rows the orchards lose 
Transformed to stately avenues. 
The prairie grasses seem to be 
The billows of an inland sea. 

% ^ $z H< * * 

He has the vital-mental temperament, being short in 
stature with a round face, but the delicately tapered 
chin indicates the poetic temperament. The vital- 
mental is the ideal poetic temperament, as it balances 
the otherwise too spiritual tendencies and gives health 
and vigor of body as well as mind. 

The poet's eyes are large and expressive, and to the 
initiated there is within their depths the true poetic 
fire. Indeed, James Whitcomb Riley, beloved by the 
high and the low, and the writer of ideal child rhymes, 
is truly typical of the man — a people's poet in very 
truth. 

THE ACTOR— JOSEPH JEFFERSON 

Where can we hope to find a finer, more expressive 
countenance than that of dear old Joe Jefferson ! Wit, 
pure and sparkling, shone in his eyes, and his nose 
had the low swung wings of the mimic highly devel- 
oped. His brow was lofty, and broad, bespeaking 
cleverness and superior intellect. 



154 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

He had the long, narrow ear that betokens long 
life, strength of character and tenacity (see paragraph 
on page 125, of this book), and his life fulfilled the 
promises of his. physiognomy. 

His was a generous, genial, whole-souled nature, 
and his face is built entirely on generous lines. 

Had Mr. Jefferson not chosen the stage he would 
undoubtedly have turned to the brush and canvas as 
his leading profession. He was an artist T>i much 
ability and in studying his noble features it is a matter 
of surprise and delight to see how the art features 
and the dramatic are interwoven and how plainly his 
face tells of his dual talents. 

ORATOR— BISHOP QUAYLE 

Bishop Quayle has been said by an admiring friend 
to be the "greatest orator in America," and he cer- 
tainly bears about with him the marks of his high 
calling. 

Let us begin with his hair — always tossed back 
carelessly from his forehead, it falls into natural waves 
and curls, and these show him to be of a warm, kindly 
and cheerful temperament. 

Then the grand arch of his forehead indicates that 
a giant and unusual intellect dwells within. 

He has great Ideality, and it is this that makes his 
style of spoken and written language beautiful, grace- 
ful and imaginative. 

His slightly-arched nose saves his face from being 
wholly that of an artist or dreamer, because it shows 
that while he has the artistic temperament (mental- 
vital) to such a degree as to stamp him a genius, he 



OR CHARACTER READING 155 

has also a saving grain of commercial sense, and he 
will put his talents to profitable use. 

Benevolence, Veneration and Sublimity are promi- 
nent in his head, and individuality has set its seal 
prominently above his nose and in the drooping sep- 
tum. A wonderfully suggestive and eloquent nose is 
that of Bishop Quayle — it tells of good, healthy lungs 
to help send out his spoken message to the farthest 
corner of the auditorium, of the mimic's power highly 
developed, and of a fineness of taste that would make 
him hard to please in esthetic matters. 

His upper lip is fine — full of character, not stubborn, 
but firm, while the broad, dimpled chin stands for just 
what he possesses, a warm, sympathetic nature, anx- 
ious for the love of his people but firm as a rock 
against iniquity. 

His lips are the lips of affection and eloquence. 

His ears show great Intuition, and the well-devel- 
oped lower lobe prophesies longevity. His ear cor- 
responds in length to that of his nose and chin, and 
thus meets the requirements of the symmetrical phys- 
iognomy. 

The pointed appearance of Bishop Quayle's ear indi- 
cates great will power and determination of mind, as 
well as a plodding disposition. He is one who has 
succeeded or will succeed in the face of great difficul- 
ties. If this portion of his ear, however, were the only 
index to his character, he would be somewhat "near" 
in money matters. 

The backward slant of the ears is indicative of am- 
bition, and this is certainly being gratified in the life 
of Bishop Quayle. 

His eyes, although extremely light in color and weak 



156 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

in appearance possess the saving grace of Expression 
and this expression is one of perfect sincerity. One 
looks into the Bishop's eyes and knows he is really 
speaking with a true Vicar of Christ. Language is 
large, too, and this, of course, is one of the hall-marks 
of the natural orator. 

THE MUSICIAN— PHILIP SOUSA 

The martial music of Philip Sousa, and his delight- 
ful, sprightly "quick-step" marches, are an index to 
his personal character. He is a patriot first of all, 
and this is indicated by the fullness of that portion 
of the chin. (See cut, page 158, of this book.) 

He has the faculty of Tune highly developed (see 
chart, page 18, of this book), while Constructiveness, 
without which he could be no composer, is much in 
evidence. 

His forehead needs but to be seen to be read as the 
home of a rare and far-reaching intellect. 

His are the thoughtful eyes of the man who has the 
gift of the inner vision, and his heavy, straight brows 
speak of strength of intellect and breadth of human 
sympathy and understanding. 

His nose is of the Greek type, showing that he is a 
lover of the beautiful in nature and art, while the 
droop of the septum shows native ability and origi- 
nality of thought. There is a sensitive arch to the 
nostrils which indicates a love of harmony and a keen 
sensitiveness to discord. 

The long upper lip, hidden though it is under his 
mustache, indicates strength and tenacity of char- 
acter. 



OR CHARACTER READING 



157 




Bishop Quayle. 



158 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 




Philip Sousa. 



OR CHARACTER READING 159 

His ear is a splendid indicator of fine moral, intel- 
lectual and physical strength. 

His is the mental-motive-vital temperament, and he 
is pretty well balanced as to all three. 



160 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



CHAPTER XI 



ACTION IN WALK AND VOICE 

Walking. — In how many ways one may read an- 
other's character! We have now shown by his every 
feature how a man may be known, but there are still 
other ways, among which is his manner of walking. 

The Motive Man's Walk. — Men with the motive 
temperament — the long boned men, it will be remem- 
bered — if well built and proportioned, and if the chest 
is thrown well forward and the shoulders back, will 
have a fine, manly stride. 

Such a walk means self-confidence — the feeling that 
"I must succeed," and a real joy in being alive. Notice 
how dignified these tall men are in their walk and 
manner. It is a real pleasure to meet them in the 
street. 

Lack of Self-Confidence. — A person who stoops 
when walking and has a narrow chest and contracted 
shoulders, is lacking in self-confidence. He ought to 
"straighten up," and have more faith in himself. 

Heads in the Air. — These people are often very gen- 
erous, religious and careful, but they will never get 
on in the world like the man who walks with his head 
in the air, his lungs expanded so as to take in as much 
of God's fresh air and sunshine as possible, and a gen- 
eral air of prosperity and happiness in their pose and 
stride. 

Throw Up Your Head. — If you have been stooping, 



OR CHARACTER READING 161 

throw up your head; throw back your shoulders, take 
a long breath and a few long, powerful strides, and 
notice how much more you think of yourself. Others 
will very soon begin to think more of you also. 

Walking Into Success. — Men and women may walk 
into success, if they just know how. Be kind to all, 
but let no one "walk over" you. God himself doesn't 
require that. 

Remember that manly men take manly strides, and 
weak men have a sort of loose-jointed walk that "gives 
them away" at once. 

A Woman's Walk, or the Ideal Walk in Women. — 
A fine, well-developed woman has a dignified manner 
of walking. She is not mannish in her walk, but she 
will take even, strong, swift steps and carry herself 
gracefully. 

Mincing Steps. — A woman who is just a little bit 
afraid of herself in public, or a little "too nice" for 
common streets, minces along, taking short, bird-like 
steps, and making herself appear ridiculous, though 
she does not know it. 

Rude Characters — Rude Walk. — A rough, rude man 
or woman will show this coarseness in walking as 
much as by the facial signs. He will swing along with 
a "get-out-of-my-way" manner, and if a person should 
not get out of the way, would not hesitate to brush 
past none too gently, or even to use his elbows. 

Poor Husbands. — Such men never make good hus- 
bands. They are the sort who are in the wife-beaters' 
class, and do not deserve any notice from good women 
and nice girls. 

An Authority's Opinion. — Of such a walker Profes- 
sor Wells remarks as follows : "He 'bears the mar- 



162 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

ket,' shaves notes, lends money on the best securities, 
where he can double it, he bonds and mortgages — 
and forecloses when he can. He is a good judge of 
roast beef, plum pudding, brown stout. Looks out 
for squalls and storms, and prophesies 'hard times.' 
He is opposed to innovations and internal improve- 
ments; doesn't believe in reforms, and regards it a 
loss of time and money to educate children beyond 
'reading, writing and ciphering.' He is a man of facts 
and of the world. His heaven is situated directly un- 
der his jacket. He struts, swells, eats, drinks, sleeps 
and — looks out for number one. His walk is more 
ponderous than light, coming down solid on his heels. 
When shaking hands he permits you as a special priv- 
ilege to do the shaking." 

Young ladies, beware of the young man with the 
affected walk, who minces like a silly school-girl, and 
who recites poetry and looks sentimental — he will not 
hesitate to talk about you as his "girl," in the saloons 
and public places which he frequents, and he will never 
make a living for you if you marry him. He has a 
small head and little brain matter. 

Strutting. — The man who struts like a turkey gob- 
bler, wears loud, flashy clothes and uses cheap cologne, 
is also to be avoided. His character will also be loud, 
flashy and cheap, for he is deceitful, vulgar and very 
much in love with himself. 

Walking on Tiptoes. — The person who has a sort of 
tiptoe step will be one who is very anxious to please, 
and walks on his toes as though he were afraid of dis- 
turbing somebody. He, too, is a great admirer of his 
own person, and seems to be constantly saying: "Don't 
you think I'm good-looking?" Such people are none 
too choice, either, in their words or their morals. 



OR CHARACTER READING 163 

An Honest Walk. — A good, honest, straightforward 
person will have a straightforward walk, and not vac- 
illate to right or left. 

Influence of Education. — If such a person is not edu- 
cated he will appear to be "heavy on his feet," as he 
walks, but if educated, his walk will be springy, and 
his steps regular. 

The Foxy Walk. — A person who slips along in a 
stealthy way may be set down at once as a human fox. 
Such people may be either large or small, heavy or 
light, they will still move noiselessly. (Note the In- 
dians, for example, for cruelty and secretiveness.) 
They step lightly and often walk on their toes. 

Bog Trotters. — Did you ever see a bog trotter? If 
so did you notice how he walked? He comes 
down very lightly on his heels, no matter where he 
may be, and throws his body in such a way that he 
gets his name very honestly. His walk is a trot. 

MOODS EXPRESSED IN THE WALK— BY 

YOUR WALK WE SHALL KNOW YOU— 

CARELESS WALKING DANGEROUS 

TO YOUNG WOMEN 

A modest man has a quiet, dignified, unobtrusive 
walk. 

The vain man struts, and instantly calls up to the 
observer's mind the image of a peacock with his "fan- 
tail" spread. 

The cheerful man walks briskly with head up and a 
pleasant expression, and it is a pleasure to meet him 
in the street. 

A Discouraged Walk. — The man with the blues has 



164 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

a dragging, moping gait. He thinks he is going to die 
immediately and doesn't "care a rap." 

The good business man who knows how to boss, 
tells the whole world so by his quick, energetic, de- 
termined way of walking. 

The "trailer," that is, the man who could never rule 
others, slouches along in a "don't-care-a-cent-whether- 
I-get-there-or-not" sort of a way. Even his dog will 
slouch beside him. Haven't you seen him pass many 
and many a time? If you knew him better you would 
find out that he is always complaining of his "hard 
luck" — always imagining himself sick and taking pat- 
ent medicines. 

How to Read by the Walk. — If you want to read 
the character of a person by the walk, watch it closely ; 
then imitate it, and you will soon feel just as he feels 
and know what he is. 

Experienced detectives often get their man by watch- 
ing him walk. Fear will invariably show itself in the 
walk. 

Some young ladies, I regret to say, walk on the 
streets in such a manner as not only to attract the at- 
tention of idlers, but to call forth all that is base in 
their natures. Some of these girls are merely follow- 
ing the fashion — i. e., imitating that ungainly animal, 
the kangaroo. Others are vain and would do almost 
anything to attract attention, but these are not the 
girls that the good, substantial young man is going 
to seek out when he wants a wife. 

A Proposal Through the Walk. — I once knew of a 
young lady's having a proposal from a gentleman be- 
cause of her modest, ladylike walk and bearing upon 
the street. He did not know who she was, but being 



OR CHARACTER READING 165 

acquainted with the young woman with her, he sought 
acquaintance. This ripened into love and the two are 
married and happy today. He judged first of all by 
the walk, and he found the lady's character harmonized 
with her dignified walk, and he sought her for his wife. 

The Flirt's Walk. — A slow, undecided, loitering walk 
on the part of a young woman is taken by most fast 
young men as an invitation to flirting. 

How Nice Girls Walk. — The girl who walks down 
the street with a brisk gait, and head held high, who 
always sees and bows to her acquaintances, but is 
utterly oblivious of staring men on the curbs, will 
never be molested. A man must be pretty brazen to 
approach a woman who walks in this way. 

Girls and women should always walk as though they 
were about important business, and had no time for 
frivolity. I mention this particularly because in her 
walk and carriage lies a young woman's greatest safe- 
guard in the public streets. This, of course, is doubly 
true if she is so unfortunate as to be compelled to 
appear on the streets in the evening, and many a girl 
has to do this in this day when so many women and 
men are employed at work which keeps them out after 
dark. 

A good "carriage." — Young ladies should feel highly 
complimented when told that they carry themselves 
well, for by their walk men will know and judge them. 

CHARACTER IN THE VOICE— IF YOU KNOW 

THE NOTES YOU CAN READ YOUR 

NEIGHBOR'S CHARACTER 

Every throat is different, and as it is the organs of 
the throat that make the voice, so it comes about that 



166 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

every voice is different. This is also the case with 
musical instruments, what is known as their tone be- 
ing the same as the voice in an animal or human be- 
ing. Did it ever occur to you that every piano in the 
world has a different tone? Two instruments may be 
built exactly alike, so far as expert workmen can make 
them, and yet there will be that difference in tone — 
it may be ever so slight, but it is there. So it is with 
the human voice. Voices may "sound alike," but never 
exactly so, and in these differences of tone lie the dif- 
ferences of character. If you "know the notes" and 
your ear is properly attuned you may read the har- 
monies or discords of your neighbor's character very 
readily. 

Comparison of Voices. — For example notice the 
voices of two persons — one educated and refined, the 
other uneducated and coarse. The first speaks in a 
low, musical key, the other bawls out in a loud, high 
key, and flies into a passion on the slightest occasion. 
Any one of either sex who constantly talks in a loud, 
high key, is a person whose temper has had little or 
no restraint, and who has little or no refinement. 

Shakespeare once said of a woman : "Her voice 
was soft and low, an excellent thing in woman," and 
of all his true and wonderful sayings none was more 
pointedly true than this. What is more soothing to 
a tired heart and nerves than a soft, musical woman's 
voice, and what is more rasping than a sharp female 
voice pitched in a high key? I know of one woman 
who can soothe a ruffled temper in five minutes by her 
soft, tender tones, and I know another that, while she 
is a successful, cheerful person, has the effect of get- 
ting immediately upon the nerves, for her voice is 



OR CHARACTER READING 167 

high, thin and rasping to the last degree, and it does 
not take her temper very long to get on that same 
high pitch, either. If I were a young man, looking for 
a wife, I should take her voice very largely into con- 
sideration, if for no other reason than that I should 
have to listen to it for the rest of my days. 

Love in the Voice. — As anger is expressed more by 
the voice than by words, so also is love. A blind man 
cannot thrill his sweetheart by languishing glances, 
but he may do it by a certain gentle and passionate 
intonation of his voice. A man may have no chance 
to speak words of love to his sweetheart in a crowded 
car or at a hurried parting, but his single word — 
"Goodbye," may mean "I love you, dear," as plainly as 
those words themselves if spoken in the proper tone. 
Then, what is sweeter to a child, especially one of 
older years, than a mother's voice. Why? The voice 
may be harsh and high-pitched for others, but when 
mother-love is put into it, it is sweet, and gentle and 
kind. The negro poet, Dunbar, gave expression to 
this in his poem dedicated to his mother and called 
"When Malindy Sings." Here is one stanza of it 
where he is speaking of her singing: 

Oh, hit's sweetah dan de music of an edicated band, 
An hit's dearah dan de battle-song of triumph in the 

Ian'; 
It seems holier dan evenin' when de solemn church 

bell rings, 
Ez I sit an' ca'mly listen 

While Malindy sings! 



168 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



HOW TO TELL THE BAD VOICE— THE 
SIGN OF SCARLET WOMEN 

The Tempter's Voice. — There is a kind of soft voice 
of which I would warn young ladies to beware. It 
belongs to the man with the thick neck, the passionate 
eyes and the thick lips. This man's voice when raised 
in anger sounds like that of a bull, but when he is 
bent upon ruining a young girl it is soft and insinuat- 
ing, and has the effect of lulling the conscience and 
the senses into sleep. Beware of it. Get the man 
angry if you cannot escape his presence, and notice 
his voice change. Then you will wake up to your 
danger. 

A gentleman has a soft voice, too, but it doesn't 
sound like that. You will soon find what the differ- 
ence is if you study voices a little while. 

The Voice of the Scarlet Woman. — To young men 
I would also throw out a warning word. Perhaps you 
have always known good women in your little town 
or in the country, and then you go to town. You will 
meet some woman who seems to be good and virtuous, 
and who is perfectly fascinating to you. You wonder 
how you could ever have been satisfied with the quiet, 
unpretentious home girls, but, I want you to notice 
her voice. It may be sweet and soft and gentle — too 
gentle, alas — but does it ring true? You will soon 
know what I mean if you do not now. There will be 
something in the tones that in spite of yourself will 
appeal to your lower nature and make you want to 
know the lady better, and not in a way that you would 
have your mother or sister know. Take care, young 



OR CHARACTER READING 169 

man — she may be the means of your losing your good 
position before you are more than half aware of your 
danger. If you must know women, find one with a 
sweet and gentle voice whose tones inspire you to 
better living; that make you long for something higher 
and better in your life than you have ever known. 
Such voices are the human organs that give forth 
God's loveliest harmonies. Listen to them all you will. 
Over many weary miles traveled Hiawatha, whose 
love story is so beautifully told by the American poet, 
Longfellow, because of a pleasant voice. Read how 
the poet puts it — 

"Thus departed Hiawatha 
To the land of the Dacotahs, 
To the land of handsome women ; 
Striding over moor and meadow, 
Through interminable forests, 
Through uninterrupted silence 
With his moccasins of magic. 
At each stride a mile he measured: 
Yet the way seemed long before him, 
And his heart outran his footsteps, 
And he journeyed without resting, 
Till he heard the cataract's laughter, 
Heard the Falls of Minnehaha 
Calling to him through the silence. 
Tleasant is the sound/ he murmured, 
'Pleasant is the voice that calls me.' " 



170 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



WONDERFUL LANGUAGE OF FLOWERS 
OR, HOW FLOWERS TALK 

Did you know that flowers can be made to speak? 
For many centuries certain flowers have been gen- 
erally accepted as the expression of a certain senti- 
ment, and in the following list of different flowers we 
give the meaning of each, separate or also in combi- 
nation. Aside from the sentiment expressed by the 
flower itself, there is also a special meaning attached 
to the particular manner in which the flower is offered, 
and other conditions of which we mention a few. 

Reversed. — If a flower is offered reversed its original 
significance is contradicted and the opposite is implied. 

A rosebud divested of its thorns, but retaining its 
leaves, conveys the sentiment, "I fear no longer; I 
hope." Stripped of leaves and thorns it signifies, 
"There is nothing to hope or fear." 

Secrecy. — A full-blown rose, placed over two buds, 
signifies "secrecy." 

"Yes" is implied by touching the flower given to 
the lips. 

"No" is implied by pinching off a petal and casting 
it away. 

"I am" is expressed by a laurel leaf twined around 
the bouquet; "I have," by an ivy leaf folded together; 
"I offer you," by a leaf of Virginia creeper. 



OR CHARACTER READING 



171 



THE MEANING OF SINGLE FLOWERS 



Arbor Vitae — Unchanging 
friendship. 

Camelia, White — Loveliness. 

Candy-tuft — Indifference. 

Carnation, White — Disdain. 

China Aster — Variety. 

Clover, Four-Leaf — Be mine. 

Clover, White — Think of me. 

Clover, Red — Industry. 

Columbine — Folly. 

Daisy — Innocence. 

Daisy, Colored — Beauty. 

Dead Leaves — Sadness. 

Deadly Nightshade — False- 
hood. 

Fern — Fascination. 

Forget-me-not. 

Fuchsia, Scarlet — Taste. 

Geranium, Horseshoe — Stu- 
pidity. 

Geranium, Scarlet — Consola- 
tion. 

Geranium, Rose — Preference. 

Golden-rod — Be cautious. 

Heliotrope — Devotion. 

Hyacinth, White — Loveliness. 

Hyacinth, Purple — Sorrow. 

Ivy — Friendship. 

Lily, Day — Coquetry. 

Lily, White — Sweetness. 

Lily, Yellow — Gayety. 



Lily, Water — Purity of heart; 
elegance. 

Lily of the Valley — Uncon- 
scious sweetness. 

Mignonette — Your qualities 
surpass your charms. 

Monkshead — Danger is near. 

Myrtle — Love. 

Oak — Hospitality. 

Orange Blossoms — Chastity. 

Pansy — Thoughts. 

Passion Flower — Faith. 

Primrose — Inconstancy. 

Rose — Love. 

Rose, Damask — Beauty ever 
new. 

Rose, Yellow — Jealousy. 

Rose, White — I am worthy 
of love. 

Rosebud, Moss — Confession 
of love. 

Smilax — Constancy. 

Straw — Agreement. 

Straw, Broken — Broken 
agreement. 

Sweet Pea — Depart. 

Tuberose — Dangerous pleas- 
ures. 

Thistle — Sternness. 

Verbena — Pray for me. 

White Jasmine — Amiability. 

Witch Hazel— A spell. 



MEANING IN COMBINATIONS 

Moss Rosebud, ) A c c , 

Alvrtle \ confession of love. 

Mignonette, 

Colored Daisy. 

Lily of the Valley, ) Your unconscious sweetness has fasci- 

Ferns. \ nated me. 

Yellow Rose, ) 

Broken Straw, [• Your jealousy has broken our friendship. 

Ivy. ) 



"I Your qualities surpass your charms of 
J beauty. 



11 



172 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



MEANING IN COMBINATIONS 



Scarlet Geranium, 
Passion Flower, 
Purple Hyacinth, 
Arbor Vitae. 
Columbine, 
©ay Lily, 
Broken Straw, 
Witch Hazel, 
Colored Daisy. 
White Pink, 
Canary Grass, 
Laurel. 
Golden-rod, 
Monkshead, 
Sweet Pea, 
Forget-me-not. 



(continued) 

I trust you will find consolation through 
faith, in your sorrow; be assured of 
my unchanging friendship. 



Your folly and coquetry have broken 
the spell of your beauty. 



Your talent and perseverance will win 
you glory. 

Be cautious; danger is near; I depart 
soon; forget me not. 



OR CHARACTER READING 173 



CHAPTER XII 



GRAPHOLOGY— HOW YOUR PENMANSHIP 
REVEALS YOUR CHARACTER 

General Style of Writing. — There are so many influ- 
ences brought to bear upon the handwriting of any 
person that Graphology, or character reading by the 
penmanship, is not so exact as it otherwise would be. 
There are a number of general styles of writing, how- 
ever, which indicate as many general styles of char- 
acter. These, according to an acknowledged author- 
ity, are : 

1. The Fine and Regular. 

2. The Irregular and Unsightly. 

3. The Rounded and Measured. 

4. The Angular and Pointed. 

5. The Large and Bold. 

6. The Small, the Cramped and the Weak. 

7. The Formal and Precise. 

8. The Ornate. 

9. The Plain and Legible. 
10. The Dashing and Illegible. 

The Fine and Regular. — First, then, select from 
among your correspondence, the letters in a. fine, reg- 
ular hand, and you will discover that this sort of 
writing is done by persons who are either good me- 
chanics, or would succeed in that line if they tried. 

Other Possibilities.— They are good business men, 



174 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

artists, poets, writers or musicians. They have ability 
also to construct and invent. They have a good mem- 
ory of form, and hence remember faces easily; they 
notice resemblances between parents and children, or 
the difference in size of two objects. They are gen- 
erally good readers and spellers. They are also sys- 
tematic and neat, but we will not find this sort of 
writing among the truly great. 

The Irregular and Unsightly. — While persons who 
write in this manner have little order about them and 
are not original or inventive. They are very fre- 
quently great men and women, and the irregularity 
of their writing shows that they are developed in 
some directions more than in others, and all geniuses 
are that, 



Irregular Writing. 

Horace Greeley, who was one of the greatest as well 
as one of the brightest men America has produced, 
wrote in this irregular way. (Notice facsimile here- 
with.) 

The Rounded and Measured. — The person who 
writes this way will be very orderly, cool-headed, 

Op-run aft %J <L 

Round and Pointed. 




OR CHARACTER READING 



175 



steady, and have plenty of perseverance. He will be 
calm, resolute and even-tempered. 

An Example. — I am giving here a letter addressed 
to me by such a person. This gentleman has every 
one of the qualities named. He never becomes greatly 
excited; he does not enthuse readily, but he is one 
who may be depended upon in an emergency. 



Round and Pointed. 

HOW THEODORE ROOSEVELT'S HAND- 
WRITING SHOWS HIS CHARACTER 

The Angular and Pointed. — Persons writing in this 
way may not have so great a love of order and perfec- 
tion, but they will know exactly what they want to do, 
and they will do it. They are energetic, analytical and 



^^<^^-^ 



L,arge and Bold. 

forceful. (Note signature of Theodore Roosevelt here- 
with.) Mr. Roosevelt's writing is a very good example 
and certainly his character corresponds. When "Ted- 
dy" goes after a bear he usually knows where the bear 
is and generally gets it. People who write this way 
are independent, self-reliant, brave and steadfast. 

The Large and Bold. — A person who writes in this 
way is capable of hard, dangerous work. He will not 
care so much for poetry as for practical things, and 



176 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

nothing can hold him back when he believes himself 
to be in the right. If rich he will be generous because 
he is broad-minded; if poor, he will bear it "like a 
good soldier," and not be constantly complaining of 
his "hard luck." 

Small and Cramped. — This kind of writing seems to 
indicate weakness of character, perhaps of body. The 
person will not have any self-confidence, and will" be 
afraid of attempting anything of any importance. He 
will be lazy, timid and easily irritated, and so afraid 
of trouble that he has no hope of anything good ever 
coming into his life. He is not, therefore, likely to 
succeed. 

The Formal and Precise. — In such writing one 
would think the writer had measured every letter, so 
very regular is the script. The writer is usually nar- 
row-minded and as precise and "cranky" about every- 
thing he does as he is in his penmanship. He will 
have little warmth of disposition, or sympathy with 
any one who is not as particular as himself. Dickens 
tells about a school for young ladies where the teacher 
made the pupils practice saying "prunes and prisms" 
so that they would be sufficiently prim, and the people 
who write this little precise hand doubtless had some 
such training in their youth. 

The Ornate, or Ornamental. — We have all seen this 
kind of writing — the person being very extravagant 
with his flourishes and with his ink. Such persons are 
usually able to remember the forms of things they 
have seen, and sometimes to reproduce them with 
brush and paint. They hold high ideals, but are not 
deep thinkers ; they are light-hearted, energetic and 
daring. They are not only active in body, but also 



OR CHARACTER READING 



177 



in mind; they do not like to sit still. They begin 
many things with great enthusiasm but they finish 
very few of them. 




Ornate or Ornamental. 

The Plain and Legible. — This was the style of Abra- 
ham Lincoln, and was an exact key to his character — 
for everybody knows that "honest Abe," was just that 
plain, easily-read sort; there was no "style" about his 
clothes, nor anything to conceal or "decorate" about 
his life. He lived to serve and not to make a show, 
and although he filled the highest office in the gift 
of the country, he was always the same rough, honest, 
homespun man, who was equally conscientious when 
splitting a rail or ruling a nation. 




Plain and Legible. 

The Dashing and Illegible. — These names, given by 
Professor Wells, are descriptive in themselves. Show 
me a dashing "hand," which is almost impossible to 
read, and which seems to intimate that the writer has 
scarcely time to throw the ink upon the paper, and 
I will show you a person who is dashing, always in a 
hurry, who has an unusually brilliant intellect, but 
who is ruled too much by his imagination, and does 
not accomplish much real good. Such persons are too 



178 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

often carried away by excitement or the inspiration of 
the moment, and the hand cannot keep up with the 
thoughts, and so writes an illegible scrawl, known by 
some persons as "hen scratching." People who write 
that way are lively companions, but they are impa- 
tient, cannot bear to be contradicted, and usually get 
very angry when arguing. However, if they are in- 
clined to be religious they are very charitable and give 
lavishly to the poor. 

HOW EDUCATION CHANGES WRITING 
AND CHARACTER 

Educational Influences. — Education has a great in- 
fluence in the forming of the handwriting, and gradu- 
ally study will give strength and character to it. How- 
ever, I have known many finely educated people who 
write like school children, and this is a thing hard to 
understand. This is not a general rule, however, for 
an uneducated person's writing usually lacks force and 
uniformity, while whatever the "style" of the educated 
man's script, there will be a strength in it that means 
that the hand is directed by a trained head. 

National Peculiarities. — A lady of my acquaintance 
who has lived much abroad is very expert in telling 
the nationality of a person by the handwriting. At a 
glance she can tell whether a writer is German, French, 
English or American, although each has written in 
good English. 

Business Handwriting. — Business men and women 
write or should write a plain, easily read hand, and 
bookkeepers and clerks who are not so fortunate as 
to have a typewriter at their command, are required to 
write plainly. Here is a very good specimen of a good 



OR CHARACTER READING 



179 




business hand. It was written by an experienced 

bookkeeper. 

Business Hand. 

Feminine Handwriting. — There was a time when the 
handwriting of women was much alike — small, neat 
and "feminine," but in this day, when women are do- 
ing almost every kind of work, side by side with men, 
it cannot be said that there is any style of writing that 
could be called distinctly "feminine." 

Rail-Fence Writing. — Many society women affect 
what is known as the "rail-fence" style, for which a 
stub pen is used. This makes black, heavy lines, and 




Rail Fence Writing. 



the letters are always large and bold, but they are 
legible and severely plain, and remind one of the 
"mission furniture," now so popular — plain and severe, 
but most artistic. The specimen presented herewith 



180 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

is in the handwriting of a young woman of great force 
of character and many talents, both literary and artis- 
tic. It shows that while one may follow a certain 
style of chirography, his or her own individuality will 
assert itself, so that it may be recognized by friends. 

"Imitation." — Some people are such mimics that 
they are usually imitating somebody else and for this 
reason haven't any decided handwriting of their own; 
in short, they never write their name twice alike. The 
writing of such persons is of no value in character 
reading, except that it shows a lack of character. 

Nervous Handwriting. — One must not judge a per- 
son too closely by penmanship, however, because a 
man or woman may be a very fine writer, naturally, 
but owing to nervousness or other temporary weak- 
ness the hand may tremble and jerk, and fail to follow 
out the dictates of the brain. Just as a person may 
speak very clearly and distinctly into a telephone re- 
ceiver, but if there is "trouble" along the line, his voice 
will sound broken and unnatural to the man who hears 
at the other end of the line. 

Old age makes the hand tremble, too, and the writ- 
ing is uncertain, weak, and tremulous. 

Murderer's Signature. — This is the signature of a 
man who committed murder, and his name as he 
signed it at police headquarters shortly after his cap- 
ture. Notice how unsteadily he wrote. No doubt 
the wavering lines w^re caused by fear. 

Murderer's Handwriting. 



OR CHARACTER READING 181 



THE VALUE OF AUTOGRAPHS 



WHAT SIGNATURES OF PROMINENT 
PEOPLE ARE WORTH 

Autograph Collectors. — Many persons have a hobby 
of collecting autographs from prominent people. 
While this in itself is quite an innocent amusement, 
it is rather expensive. Some have collections which 
they value at several thousand dollars, and they have 
cost them that much. 

United States Presidents' Signature. — The standard 
price for the 'autograph of any president of the United 
States since Garfield is $1.00. President Garfield's sig- 
nature sells now at from $2.00 up. The price for 
Lincoln's autograph is $10.00. A letter written by 
Lincoln early in the war has recently been sold for 
$50.00. Thomas Jefferson's signature brings $10.00, 
and it is rather difficult to procure it at any price. 

Foreign Autographs. — These are still more difficult 
to obtain, and they cost much more. The First Na- 
poleon's autograph is worth from $25.00 to $50.00, and 
Dr. Johnson's about the same. Queen Victoria's is 
sold as low as $6.50. King Edward has been very 
sparing with his autographs. There is record of only 
one sale, and that was at $12.50. Lord Beaconsfield's 
is worth $5.00. The Hon. Wm. Gladstone was most 
liberal in furnishing his autograph. Most any one by 
sending him a letter could obtain his signature. For 
this reason his autograph, at the present time, has 
practically no value, but probably within twenty-five 



182 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

years it will sell at a high price. Boulanger's auto- 
graph sells from $1.00 upwards, and Bismarck's from 
$3.00 to $5.00. 

Forgeries. — It is needless to say that many of these 
autographs are pure forgeries, and any one dealing 
in them should exercise the greatest care in securing 
only genuine signatures. 



OR CHARACTER READING 



183 



CHAPTER XIII 



THUMB IMPRESSIONS AND FINGER 

PRINTS— HOW THEY SHOW 

CHARACTER 

An Ancient Custom. — Few persons, nowadays, who 
are familiar with the various methods of character 

reading, resort to the an- 
cient practice of the Chin- 
ese, who believed that 
t they could tell the future 
by studying the impres- 
sion made by a thumb on 
a ball of soft wax. 

Making the Mark. — 
People in ancient times 
"made their mark" by dip- 
ping the thumb into ink 
and impressing it upon 
parchment or paper, for 
every thumb impression 
different, and the 
signature" would be 
recognized by those who 
knew. 

The Thumb as an In- 
dex. — The thumbs of 
every human hand being 
thus different, the thumb is known as the "index" of 
the hand. 




was 
it 



Different Thumbs. 



184 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

A large thumb means that the person has plenty 
of self-confidence; he will not be easily influenced for 
good or ill; he is likely to be very "bossy," and his 
actions are ruled by the head rather than the heart. 

A small thumb means a lack of self-reliance; its 
owner is easily influenced; he is governed more by 
what his heart says than by his head. He may have 
"great ideas," but he will never carry them out. 

The Extravagant Thumb. — A thumb that bends 
back easily shows its owner to be extravagant not 
only with money but in everything he does. 

Stubborn Thumbs. — A thumb that will not bend 
back at all, or very little, shows its owner to be stub- 
born ; he will also be very careful about everything; 
he will not tell all he knows ; he will always want to 
see "fair play;" and he will have a lot of good, com- 
mon sense. On the other hand he will not care to 
know many people out of his own family, unless he 
can use other people, in which case he will pretend a 
friendliness he does not feel. 

The First Phalange.— That part of the thumb con- 
taining the nail is called the "first phalange." It 
stands for will power, self-reliance, and a domineer- 
ing (ruling) spirit. In proportion to its length these 
three traits are more or less strong. 

A Bossy Thumb. — If this first phalange is too long 
for the rest of the thumb, the person is entirely too 
"bossy." If it is short, the person will be an "oh-I- 
don't-know" or "don't-care" sort, who doesn't like to 
be "bothered" about anything. 

A Weak Thumb. — A very short first " phalange 
shows a very weak will and a tendency to the blues. 

Strength and Justice. — If the first phalange is long, 



OR CHARACTER READING 



185 



and the fingers have square tips, the will is strong, 
but it will be softened by a love of justice. 

A Fitful Nature. — If the first phalange is long and 
the hand is soft, the will power will be strong, but 
it will only show itself in fits and starts, because as 
the soft hand has been shown to stand for laziness, 
its influence is felt in the will, something in the way 
described by St. Paul when he says, "When I would 
do good, evil is ever present with me." 

Mixed Meanings. — When the first phalange of the 
thumb is "medium length," and is wide, the person is 
stubborn, unless the end is square, when it would 
mean good, firm judgment. 

Warnings in the Thumb, or "The Murderer's 
Thumb." — When it is very long and very broad its 
owner will have an "ungovernable temper," and the 
unlucky person who happens to be a wedded partner 
will have to "go very carefully all his days," to escape 
and prevent outbursts of anger. Men with such 
thumbs do not hesitate to beat their wives or to com- 
mit murder. 

Thumb Impressions and Finger Prints. — In connec- 
tion with these thumb impressions, it might be well 
to say that this is the thumb of a man who was con- 
victed of murder in the first degree. The act was 

RIGHT HAND ' 




committed in an outburst of temper, as the broad 
and short first phalange of the thumb indicates as 
being quite probable. (See cut herewith.) 



186 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

Finger Prints. — It is a most remarkable fact that 
no two persons whose finger-prints have been taken 
as a means of identification, have ever had exactly 
the same shaped fingers. It is therefore very import- 
ant for the police to have such a means of identifica- 
tion. The accompanying cuts show how these finger 
impressions appear. They are secured by having the 
person dip the finger-tips into printer's ink and then 
press each one upon paper. 

The second phalange "stands for" logic, reasoning 
power and judgment, and these three traits will be 
great or small according to the length or width of 
this second division of the thumb. 

Wasp Shaped Thumbs. — When the second portion 
of the thumb is *wasp-shaped and slightly curved in- 
ward, the person is brilliant, sharp and a deep thinker. 

THE SHAPE OF YOUR HAND SHOWS 
WHAT YOU ARE 

Combinations. — Now, let us see what the thumb 
means when certain first and second phalanges are 
combined. 

Strong Will and Good Sense. — When the first and 
second are of the same length and the thumb is com- 
paratively longer than the other fingers, it will show 
a strong will and abundance of good sense. This per- 
son will rule others with sense and reason. 

A Splendid Thumb. — If the same thumb is only of 
medium length, the person will not care to rule any- 
one — but the character will be strong, wise and beau- 
tiful. 

Good Reason, Poor Decision. — If the first phalange 



OR CHARACTER READING 187 

is short and the second long, the person will have good 
reasoning powers, but will not be able to decide im-? 
portant matters. They will always take pains to prove 
that they are "right" in every argument. They make 
great plans, but hardly ever carry them out. They 
can give very good advice to others, but seldom take 
"their own medicine." 

Impulsiveness. — If the first phalange is long and the 
second short, the person is likely to act or speak "be- 
fore he thinks," or to run too many risks. Such people 
are apt to "marry in haste and repent at leisure." 

The Third Phalange. — This is the fleshy part of the 
thumb and has its place in palmistry, where it is 
known as the Mount of Venus. There are a few mean- 
ings, however, that may rightfully be given in this 
chapter. 

Passion. — If the third phalange is thick and long, 
high and extending out into the palm of the hand, the 
person will be very passionate, and not curb himself 
in any respect. 

Kindness to the Poor. — If the third phalange is of 
medium size, and in proper proportion to the rest of 
the hand, the owner will be loving, good to the poor 
and a very agreeable person to know. ■ 

Coldness. — If the third phalange is weak and flat, 
the person will be cold, selfish, and distant. This may 
be overcome by the lines of the head, but it is a pretty 
sure sign and I should not advise any loving, affec- 
tionate, passionate man to marry a woman in whom 
this sign is very plainly marked. 

Will and Love Wedded. — A person whose thumb 
has a long first phalange will rule by sheer force of 
will ; he will, however, love his friends and the whole 

12 



188 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

human race. He will love even if not loved in re- 
turn, and will be constant in this love. A person with 
the second and third phalanges longer than the first 
will rule his passions by Reason. 

Easily Tempted. — A person who has the first and 
second phalanges small and undeveloped and the third 
very large, will have a poor chance of resisting temp- 
tation. He will be changeable, inconstant and tor- 
mented by a bad temper. He will not be able to keep 
a secret, and will more than likely be subject to fits 
of the blues. 

Duty. — If the first phalange is long and the hand 
soft, the person will not like work, but will do it as 
a duty. 

The "Rolling Stone."— A flat hand with a short 
thumb lacks "stick-to-it-iveness," and its owner is like 
the rolling stone which gathers no moss ; he may, how- 
ever, be very loving and genial. 

Success. — If, however, the second phalange is well- 
developed in the flat hand, the short thumb will stand 
for good judgment and consequent success. 

Love of Money. — If the thumb bends inward toward 
the fingers the person will be fond of grasping the 
money bags and holding fast to them. 



CHAPTER XIV 



PALMISTRY—OR THE SIGNS AND LINES 
IN YOUR HANDS AND WHAT 
THEY MEAN 
The Living Tablets. — Palmistry, as the name im- 
plies, deals with the palm of the hand. Upon this 



OR CHARACTER READING 



189 



Mental Order/ 



Material Ordei 



wonderful, living "character chart" are many signs, 
lines and symbols which by many are believed to tell 
the whole history of one's life — past, present and fu- 
ture. 

Successful Palmists. — My own opinion is that the 
character reader who employs palmistry should also 
know a great deal about 
the other branches of 
Physiognomy, and if he is 
gifted also with clairvoy- 
ant powers he will be a 
success indeed. 

A Fascinating Study. — 
However, the best that 
science has so far found to wi,r 
be true we give herewith, 
as a most excellent addi- 
tion to our already rich f 
store of knowledge on the 
fascinating theme of 
Character Reading by 
Physiognomy. 

THE FINGER OF JUPITER 




Mounts) 



Reason 



The Rascette 



Map of the Hand. 



Overbearingness. — Of the thumb we have already 
learned the most important facts, hence we come at 
once to the first finger called in Palmistry the Finger 
of Jupiter. 

If this finger is long and straight, as compared with 
the other fingers, the owner will be thoughtful and 
economical. If "too" long, the person is inclined to 
"lord" it over others. 

Impulsiveness. — If comparatively short, the owner 
is apt to be very impulsive and to come to conclusions 
without due thought. 



190 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

Religion. — If long, with a pointed tip, the person 
will be inclined to be religious ; he will also be a lover 
of good reading. 

Truthfulness. — If this first finger is of medium 
length and has a square tip the person must have the 
truth about everything; he cannot endure deception. 

Superstition. — If of medium length and the tip is 
flat, the owner is likely to "believe in ghosts," and to 
frequently change his religion. 

Ambition. — If the first finger is the same length or 
longer than the third, the person will be unduly am- 
bitious. Napoleon's first finger was of this kind. 

THE FINGER OF SATURN 

Melancholy. — The second, or middle finger, is called 
the Finger of Saturn. If this finger is long and flat 
the person will be given to spells of the blues, and 
might commit suicide under some circumstances. If 
this finger is longer and pointed, which seldom occurs, 
the person will be wholly selfish and forever worrying. 

Seriousness. — If the middle finger is long and square 
the person will be of a very serious turn of mind. 

Love of Animals. — If long and flat the person will 
be fond of animals. 

THE FINGER OF THE SUN 

Mercenary Art. — The third (ring) finger is called 
the Finger of the Sun. If this finger is short and the 
tip is neither pointed, round, nor square, the person 
will perhaps be an artist, but will paint merely for 
the money there is in it. 

Love of Art. — If the Sun finger is pointed at the 
tip, the person will be a "natural-born" artist. 



OR CHARACTER READING 191 

Frivolity. — If this third finger is pointed at the tip 
and the other fingers are not, the person will be very- 
giddy and frivolous. 

Mercenary Finger. — If this ring finger is square at 
the tip the sign is also that of an artist who works only 
for money. 

Historical Art. — If the tip is flat the person will be 
a painter of historical pictures, or an actor, whose 
work is to help make "living pictures." 

FINGER OF MERCURY 

Influence. — The fourth or "little" finger, is called the 
Finger of Mercury. If this finger reaches almost or 
quite to the nail of the third finger, the person will be 
a great student, and love to make the best of his tal- 
ents. He will also have great influence over others. 

Reason. — If the Finger of Mercury is very short, 
the person will be a good reasoner. 

Mechanics. — If this "little" finger is flat at the tip 
the person will be a good mechanic, will make a good 
speaker or a good scientist. 

FINGER TIPS— THEIR SHAPE AND 
MEANING 

The Kinds — In every hand the finger-tips differ, but 
there have been found by students of Palmistry to 
be four distinct kinds of tips which we shall call here 
the pointed, those that resemble a cone, "cone-shaped ;" 
the square, and the flat, i. e., those shaped something 
like a beaver's tail. 

The Pointed.— A hand with this sign usually be- 
longs to a poet, and the person possessing it has such 
high ideas of what people should be that it is almost 



192 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

impossible for him to be happy in this world. Paul 
Laurence Dunbar, although a negro, had this hand 
in its perfection, and of him it was said after his death 
by a very dear friend : "I thank God he is gone ; this 
world was too sad a place for him." 

Insanity. — If the fingers are pointed so as to appear 
almost sharp at the ends, the person may become in- 
sane. Monks and sisters of charity who "keep them- 
selves unspotted from the world," are also likely to 
have these "ideal" fingers. 

The Cone-Shape — Lucky. — When these fingers are 
found with a well-formed thumb they are very lucky 
finger-tips to possess. Their owners are great nature- 
lovers and are unselfish in their motives. They are, 
however moody, and are easily cast down from great 
heights of bliss to the depths of despair. 

Fickleness.— They are not happy in a humdrum life, 
and when married are often failures unless their un- 
selfishness makes them keep down their natural im- 
pulses. They are warm and generous but inclined 
to be fickle. 

Laziness. — If these cone-shaped fingers are found in 
perfection the person will be lazy, over-indulgent of 
his passions, not able to keep his mind on anything 
and will not make anything of his life. 

The Square-Tipped. — These belong to people who 
are "on the square." They are the good, honest people 
and the world would be a sorry place without them. 
It will be safe to trust them, for they are honesty it- 
self. They like hunting and are good shots. They 
like to read books of travel, but care nothing for seri- 
ous poetry. They usually love their own families, but 
do not care much for anybody outside. If they have 
children they care more for them than for their wives. 



OR CHARACTER READING 



193 




The Flat, or Beaver-Tailed. — These fingers are 
slightly wider at the tip, and look like the picture here- 
with. This person will have 
plenty of self-confidence. He will »») Jji) 

crave wealth, and he does not 

"gush" Over anything. Such fin- Beaver-Tailed Finger Tips. 

gers belong to successful farmers, good mechanics, and 
good musicians. They like everything to be in "apple- 
pie" order. 

THE MOUNTS AND THEIR IMPORTANCE 
TO THE CHARACTER READER 

The Names. — So much for the finger-tips ; let us 

now see what is to be 
found at the finger-roots. 
Here are little elevations 
such as one sees about a 
properly-tended plant, and 
these little elevations are 
very naturally called 
"mounts." They take 
their names from the 
"trees" or fingers whose 
roots they cover, and 
hence are known as fol- 
lows : 

For the thumb — the 
Mount of Venus. 

For the first finger — the 
Mount of Jupiter. 

For the second finger — 
the Mount of Saturn. 

For the third finger — the Mount of the Sun, or 
Apollo. 




Palm Showing Mounts. 



194 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

For the fourth finger — the Mount of Mercury. 

Mount of Luna. — Then just across from the thumb 
mount (Venus, or Love), is the Mount of Luna, or 
the Moon. Between this mount and that at the base 
of the little finger (Mercury), is another mount which 
is called the Mount of Mars. This mount has a com- 
panion bearing the same name, and this second Mount 
of Mars is found just beneath the mount at the base 
of the first finger, viz., the Mount of Jupiter, and just 
above the thumb mount, or the mount called Venus. 

Meaning of Mounts. — First let us "get at" the mean- 
ings of the five mounts, beginning with the first (in- 
dex) finger, and called as we have seen 

THE MOUNT OF JUPITER 

Absent. — If this mount is absent, the person will 
have little respect for himself, for his fellow-men, or 
for God. He will show no respect to old age, and will 
like low company. 

Religion. — If the Mount of Jupiter is developed in 
good proportion to the balance of the hand then the 
person will be an honest believer in religion; have 
a fine sense of honor; and will have a reasonable love 
for social pleasures; he will also be fond of pretty 
landscapes, flowers, trees, and fine sunsets. 

Faithfulness. — He will, however, stick closer to old 
friends than to new. 

Judgment. — He will take his own part and he likes 
a little "blarney." Such people have good judgment 
in marriage and do not often make a mistake. 

Large. — If, however, this first mount is very large, 
then take care ! The person will be entirely too fond 
of showing off as to his brains and his clothes; don't 



OR CHARACTER READING 195 

marry such a man or woman for he or she will be 
jealous past all endurance; in fact, persons with this 
mount very large have been known to commit murder 
through jealousy. 

Slanting. — Sometimes it will be found that this 
mount as well as the others is not located exactly un- 
der the finger which bears its name, but will lie be- 
tween it and the next finger, and if the mount of Jupi- 
ter is so situated the meaning is entirely different; i. e., 
it then means that the person is inclined to the study 
of religious subjects, deep studies of other kinds and 
mathematics, and he will not only be very proud but 
very sad. 

MOUNT OF SATURN 

We now come to the mount at the base of the sec- 
ond, or middle, finger — the Mount of Saturn. 

Absent. — If this mount is not found in the hand the 
person is not really worth while, and his life will 
amount to nothing of any consequence. 

Large. — If the Mount of Saturn is large but not ex- 
aggerated, the person will be a child of fate. This 
is the most important finger in the reading of the 
hand. 

Sensitiveness. — With this mount well developed the 
person will be very sensitive, and often very blue; 
he will like to be alone at least a part of the time, 
and he will not want to run into any danger or take 
any chances. 

Good Farmers. — The owners of this large Mount 
of Saturn seldom marry; they have very few friends, 
and the best kind of work for them is farming. Such 



196 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

persons love serious music, but are driven half mad 
by "rag time." 

Very Large. — When the Mount of Saturn is very 
large (exaggerated) so much so as to attract imme- 
diate attention it is a forerunner of insanity. 

Fate Overcome. — If the Mount of Saturn is not im- 
mediately under the Finger of Saturn, but inclines 
toward the Mount of the Sun, the person can over- 
come his bad fate and make a success of life in spite 
of it. 

MOUNT OF THE SUN 

The third mount is at the foot of the third, or ring, 
finger, and is called the Mount of the Sun. (Some 
palmists call this Apollo.) If this mount is not to be 
found in the hand the person is very dull and ignorant. 

Small. — If it is but slightly developed the person 
will love everything beautiful, but have no ability to 
create anything beautiful in art, music or letters. 

Normal. — If this mount is well developed or "nor- 
mal," the person will become successful, wealthy and 
famous through art of some kind or public speaking; 
the person will also have great self-confidence, pleas- 
antness of manner, beauty and generosity. Very 
bright people have such a Mount of the Sun, and al- 
though they are passionate they have themselves in 
perfect control. They are not often lucky in their 
marriages because they expect too much of the other 
party. 

Very Large. — If this Mount of the Sun is extremely 
large the person will be too vain for words and con- 
stantly wanting someone to praise him. Such persons 
think they are too great in their work to be criticised. 



OR CHARACTER READING 197 



MOUNT OF MERCURY 

Absent. — The Mount of Mercury is situated at the 
base of the fourth, "little," ringer. If this mount is not 
to be found the person will never succeed in business 
where figuring and calculating has to be done. 

Large. — If the mount is comparatively large the per- 
son will be a good talker, a good business man or 
woman, and may perhaps^ be an inventor. He will 
move quickly, both as to mind and body. He will 
like to travel and if his fingers have pointed tips will 
be brilliant as a public speaker. If such persons study 
they will be successful, because they are not afraid of 
hard work. 

Very Large. — If this mount is very large the person 
is sure to be deceitful and treacherous and probably 
a thief, and will certainly be very ignorant. They are 
great humbugs. 

MOUNT OF VENUS 

Absent. — This, as has been stated above, is the 
mount at the base of the thumb ; in fact, it forms the 
third phalange of the thumb. If this mount is absent 
or very flat it is a sure sign, of coldness and lack of 
sympathy, and its owner takes very little interest in 
anything of a humanitarian nature. 

Normal. — If this mount is normal in size, neither 
remarkably small nor remarkably large, the person will 
be pure, tender and generous, and have a great love 
for the beautiful. This one will also be fond of danc- 
ing and gay music. It is much better for a woman 
to have this mount well developed than for a man to 
have it so. 



198 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

In a Man's Hand. — Men who have this mount in 
evidence are usually womanish and not at all manly. 
Some persons call them "sissies." 

Very Large. — If this mount is very large in either 
women or men its owner is very passionate, a heartless 
coquette and extremely selfish. 

THE MOUNT OF THE MOON 

Absent. — This is found between the upper Mount 
of Mars and the "Bracelets." If there is no Mount 
of the Moon the person will be wanting in imagina- 
tion, will care nothing for books or studies of any 
kind, and have no inventive powers. 

Proper Shape. — If this mount is present, it should 
be fuller near the wrist than above. Its owner will 
have a pure, sweet character; will be fond of poetry 
and of traveling. 

The Fortune Teller's Mount. — People with this 
Moon mount well developed make good fortune-tel- 
lers, but they will have too many dreams to niake them 
very happy. Their marriages are unusual. They 
sometimes have lazy minds but always active bodies. 

Normal. — If this mount is of the right size (that 
is, normal), and is full in the middle, the person should 
be careful about bowel troubles. If normal, with the 
fullness at the top, the person will suffer a great deal 
from biliousness and catarrh. 

Very Large. — If the Mount of the Moon is too large 
the person will be very easily angered, and frequently 
very sad. 

THE MOUNTS OF MARS 
Two Mounts. — There are really two mounts of Mars, 



OR CHARACTER READING 199 

as has already been explained, one immediately below 
the Mount of Mercury and above the Mount of the 
Moon; the other lying just below the Mount of Jupi- 
ter. Above the Mount of Venus and between the two 
mounts is a space called the Plain of Mars. We will 
mention the meanings of the first mount first, i. e., 
that one lying between the Mounts of Mercury and 
the Moon. 

Absent. — If this mount is absent, the person is a 
coward, i. e., "afraid of his own shadow." 

Small. — If the Mount of Mars is but slightly raised, 
the person will be brave, have plenty of self-possession 
and will be generous to friends and enemies alike. 

Generosity. — If the first phalange of the thumb is 
short and the Mount of Mars is "normal," the person 
will be a little loud and rough in his talk, but will 
be kind and generous just the same. 

Danger. — If this mount is very large, the person will 
be a dangerous individual, and the kind it is best to 
keep away from, especially when angry. If this is 
found in a man's hand no pure young girl ought to 
honor him with her acquaintance. 

The Upper Mount. — If the second Mount of Mars 
is well developed the person will be active ; when there 
is a lion in the path he will meet him half way, and 
show him that he is not afraid. He will show great 
presence of mind when the house is on fire, for in- 
stance. He is, in short, a brave man. 

PRINCIPAL LINES FOUND IN THE HAND 

The Names. — Having now learned the names and 
significance of the mounts, we shall go a little further 
into their mysteries, and learn what the meaning is 



200 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



of the lines written by the truthful hand of Time and 

Fate upon these tablets, 
and also upon the tiny 
"valleys" lying between. 

The lines, according to 
their importance, are 
named as follows : 

(1) The Life Line. 

(2) The Heart Line. 
The Head Line. 
The Luck or 

Fate Line. 
The Sun Line or 
the Line of 
Brilliancy. 
The Bracelets. 
The lines of next impor- 
tance are: 




The Rascette 



(3) 
(4) 

(5) 



(6) 



The Fourteen Lines. 



(1) The Health or "Liver" Line. 

(2) "The Milky Way" Line. 

(3) The Girdle of 

Venus. 



ifvibvyUnea Veroken Lines 3.SjsWUnes 4 Chained ertlOkeA 



(4) Sister Life Line &e^«iarie<»un«&fttiMtfut» 

(5) Marriage Line. ' 

(6) The Third 

Bracelet. 

(7) The Line of the 

Moon. 

Other lines are frequently found in every hand, and 
these are the "mount lines," "influence lines," "emer- 
gency lines," etc., etc. 

The picture herewith shows other marks frequently 
found in the palms, and the name of each is given. 



•^Ascending- e Descending aT5tol«JUne Imported line 
Branches .^ _ 

^ —s=s _ -Jfcpo *• ft * *+* T 
«2. An Island 13 Squares 14 Stars 15 Crosses. 

OOQO 4-3^-17' ** *8- * *K 
16. Circles 17 Triangles 18 (JMlles or Gridirons. 

Various Kinds of Lines. 



OR CHARACTER READING 



201 



TIME 

Length of Life. — On this picture it will be seen that 
the Life Line is divided into parts numbering as high 
as 100, and these divisions 
represent the correspond- 
ing years in the person's 
life, and any event record- 
ed in the hand will occur 
or has occurred when the 
person reached or shall 
reach the age indicated by 
the location in the hand. 
For example, if there were 
a distinct break in the 
Life Line at the point cor- 
responding to that marked 
50 in the picture it is a 
sign that the person will 
die at that age. 

Time is counted down- 
ward on the Life Line, but on the Line of Fate it is 
counted upward. On the Line of Heart it is counted 
from Jupiter to the outer edge of the hand. 

THE LIFE LINE SHOWS WHETHER YOU 

WILL BE HEALTHY OR SICKLY AND 

HOW LONG YOU WILL LIVE 

Sickness and Death. — This line indicates first of all 
how long a person will live and at what times he had 
or will have sickness or accidents. 

Characteristics. — This line should be long, narrow 
and deep, and not highly colored. It should go corn- 




Time and the Mounts. 



202 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

pletely around the Mount of Venus as in this "Time" 
picture. 

A "Brute." — If the Life Line is pale and broad the 
person is not much above the brute in his nature. 

"Blow Hot, Blow Cold."— If it is sometimes thick 
and sometimes thin the person's disposition is the 
same way — he will seem to be a friend and interested 
in others' affairs, but will forget a friend and his in- 
terests as soon as something new comes along to claim 
his attention. 

A Health Sign. — If the Life Line is very thin in the 
center the person will have poor health at middle age. 
If this thinness ends in that spot death will result. 

Chained.— If this line is chained, as in the picture 
(see cut, "Various Kinds of Lines," page 198, of this 
book), the person has a weak constitution. 

Early Illnesses. — If this chain is seen only under 
the Mount of Jupiter it indicates that the person had 
ill health when a child. 

Long Life. — If the Life Line should (which it does 
not often do) come out in a great circle into the palm 
of the hand and reach the Mount of the Moon, it 
means long life to the person. 

Sudden Death. — If it commences directly under the 
Mount of Jupiter the person's life will end suddenly. 

"Breaks." — "Breaks" in the line (see cut 2 in the 
table showing the different signs, page 198, of this 
book), the person may expect sudden illness at the 
age indicated by the break. 

Sensitiveness. — If the line of life is connected with 
the head line at the start the person's life will be 
guided by good sense and judgment, but he will be 
extremely sensitive. 



OR CHARACTER READING 203 

Terrible Death. — If the Life Line joins both the 
head and heart lines at the commencement the person 
should be extremely careful, as this combination fore- 
tells a terrible death by accident. 

Foolhardiness. — If the Life Line is entirely sepa- 
rated from the Head Line and there are a good many 
little lines forming sort of a net between them, the 
person will be so foolhardy as to be worthy to be 
called a fool. 

"Push." — When there is a small space between the 
Head and Life Lines the person will have a lot of 
push about him, but not very much judgment. 

Sterility. — If the Life Line in a woman's hand comes 
down close to the base of the thumb (Mount of Venus) 
and the Health Line is joined to the Head Line with 
a star, she will have no children. 

Saved. — If the end of the Life Line joins the Fate 
Line, the person's life has been in some dreadful peril, 
but was saved. 

WHAT A FORKED LIFE LINE MEANS 

Faithfulness. — If there is a very clearly marked, 
small fork at the beginning of the Life Line, the per- 
son is honest and just, and will make a good and 
faithful friend. 

Unfaithfulness. — If it is forked at the beginning and 
the forks come from the inside of the hand, the per- 
son will not make a good friend or a faithful sweet- 
heart. 

Kindness. — If it is forked at the beginning and this 
fork goes to the Head Line, the person will be very 
faithful, good and kind. 

A Warning. — If there is a fork in the very middle 



204 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

of the line the person is warned to take care of his 
health or he will lose it completely. 

Poverty Threatened. — If there is a break at the end, 
the person should not overwork when old, or he will 
become poor. 

Poverty Prophesied. — If the line is tasselled at the 
end the person may expect to be poor in his old age, 
if not sooner. 

A Sad Death. — If forked at the end, and the forks 
run wide apart the person will end his life in poverty 
in a foreign land. 

Riches. — If, from the life line, there are ascending 
branches, the person will become rich. 

Riches Deserved. — If these lines pass through other 
lines the person's riches and success will come through 
his own worthiness and efforts. 

Nervous Trouble. — If there is a black spot on the 
line, and a branch starts from it, the person has some 
nervous trouble caused by some disease. 

A Prophecy. — When the branches on the Life Line 
go downward instead of upward, the person will lose 
property and health at the age indicated by the be- 
ginning of these branches on the Life Line. 

Salvation Bars. — If the line is broken, and across the 
broken place there is a bar, the person's life will be 
saved in a severe illness. 

Headache Lines. — If the Life Line is constantly 
crossed by little bars he will have a good many little 
sicknesses — headaches, for example, but nothing very 
serious. 

Danger Signals! — Black spots are danger signals. 
They always mean that the person has or is threat- 
ened with some disease, and if the spots are very 



OR CHARACTER READING 205 

deep the person is likely to be murdered or to die 
suddenly. 

Blindness Threatened. — If there are circles or spots 
on the line the person is threatened with blindness, if 
it has not already come. 

An Early Accident. — If there are circles and spots 
on the line the person has had an accident in early life. 

A Hard Old Age. — If there is a cross at the end of 
the line, the person will certainly have a hard old age, 
and it will not be deserved, either. 

Brain Storm Forecast. — If two of the branches going 
in different directions make a cross the person is in 
danger of brain troubles, and will be greatly afraid 
to die. 

Indigestion. — If there is an island on the line and 
the Line of Life is wavy, the person will have much 
bilious trouble and indigestion. 

THE HEAD LINE 

IT SHOWS HOW YOU WILL LIVE, WORK 
AND ACT 

The Second Important Line. — The head line is con- 
sidered next in importance to the Life Line. It is 
found under the Line of the Heart, more or less par- 
allel to it, and separated from it by what is called the 
quadrangle, which will be considered with the Life 
Line. 

Common Sense. — If the Head Line is long, clear 
and straight, the person will have a generous supply 
of common sense. 

Love of Detail. — If it is long and straight on a long 
hand, the person will have to know all the details of 
a story or of a piece of machinery. 



206 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

A "Good Partner." — If it is long and narrow and the 
Mount of Venus is of the proper size, the person will 
make a faithful friend, lover or wedded companion. 

Concentration. — If it is long and narrow and the 
Mounts of Jupiter and Mercury are plainly visible, the 
person will have the power of keeping his mind on 
his work or on anything he wishes. 

Thoughtfulness. — If the Head Line is long and, the 
distance between it and the Heart Line is wide, the 
person will be of a thoughtful turn of mind. 

Economy. — If the Head Line is long and straight, 
the Heart Line well defined, and the finger of Jupiter 
longer than it would be naturally, the person will be 
saving, but not a miser. 

A Good Medium. — If it crosses the Line of Life the 
person would make a good medium. 

A good memory is shown by a Life Line which ex- 
tends clear across the hand with a good strong Health 
Line. 

Frivolity. — If the Head Line is thin and weak the 
person amounts to very little, and cares only for silly 
and useless things. 

Headaches. — If this line is chained (see picture illus- 
trating this, page 198, of this volume), the person is 
subject to severe pains in the head. 

Untrustworthiness. — If the Head Line is long and 
very poorly marked and the Mount of Mercury is un- 
usually large, the person cannot be trusted. 

A "Good-for-Nothing." — If the Head Line is short 
and the Mount of Mercury very small, while the 
Mounts of Venus and the Moon are very large, the 
person will be a lazy, "good-for-nothing." 

Ignorance. — If the Life Line is broad but not very 



OR CHARACTER READING 207 

plain, the hands hard, and the Mount of the Sun 
scarcely developed, the person will be an ignoramus. 

Lack of Tact. — If the Life Line is straight and the 
ring finger is short with large knots at the joints, 
the person will always say the wrong thing in the 
wrong place, and be constantly getting into trouble 
because of it. 

Consumption. — If the nails are fluted -and the Head 
Line has little islands (see picture, page 198, of this 
book), the person has or is threatened with consump- 
tion. 

Dishonesty. — If the Life Line is crooked, with little 
distance between it and the Heart Line and the Mount 
of Mercury is very large, the person is a thief, and 
should not be left alone with valuables. 

Narrow-Mindedness. — If the Head Line is short and 
the quadrangle (the distance between the Head and 
Heart Lines) is small, and the Mount of Venus high, 
the person has a very narrow mind, and will have little 
sympathy with persons who do not walk in the same 
straight path as himself. 

Brain Troubles. — If the Head Line runs close to the 
Life Line for a long distance the person will have 
brain fever. 

A Good Worker. — If the Life Line does not join the 
Head Line at the start, and all the lines of the hand 
are deep, with flat, beaver-tail fingers, the person will 
be a good worker in any line, not easily getting tired 
of his job. 

Self-Reliance. — If the Head Line is not joined with 
the Life Line at the start and the other lines in the 
hand are good, the person will have plenty of reliance 
on himself. 



208 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

"Big Talkers, Little Doers."— If the Head Line be- 
gins far away from the Life Line, and the Mount of 
Mercury is very flat or not present at all, while the 
two Mounts of Mars are very large, the person will 
be reckless and will do anything dangerous just to 
"show off." 

Stubbornness. — If this line starts under the Mount 
of Jupiter, slants across to the Mount of the Moon, 
the first phalange of the thumb is short and wide, 
while the Heart Line is weak, the person will be ex- 
tremely stubborn and hard to get on with. 

WHEN LOVE MAY KILL 

Death Through Love. — If the Head Line drops down 
almost to the Life Line the person will die because 
of some unlucky love affair. 

A "Foxy" Character. — If the Head Line is slanting 
and ends in a fork on the Mount of the Moon the 
person is "foxy" and should be watched. 

Gambling. — If the Head Line is long and slanting, 
the Sun Line in each hand, and the second and third 
fingers about the same length, the person is a born 
gambler. 

Lack of Energy. — If the Head Line ends in the cen- 
ter of the hand and the Mounts of Mars are very 
small, the person has little energy and will not make 
much of a success of life. 

A Fatal Attachment. — If the Head Line goes partly 
across the hand and then turns back toward the Mount 
of Venus, the person will lose his life because of some 
love affair. 

Short Life. — If the Head Line ends just before it 
comes to the Line of Fate, the person will not live 
long. 



OR CHARACTER READING 209 

A Good Manager. — If it turns up at its end and 
points to the Mount of Mercury, the person will be a 
good business manager. 

Acting. — If it reaches the Mount of Mercury, the 
person will be a good imitator and would make a fine 
actor. 

Cool-Headedness. — If the Head Line is very long 
and plainly marked and ends on the lower Mount of 
Mars, the person is a good one to prevent a panic 
when there is a fire or accident. In other words, he 
is said to have great ''presence of mind." 

Loss of Memory. — If the Head Line seems to be 
broken into little squares the person will lose or has 
already lost his memory. 

Wounds. — If the Head Line is broken under the 
Mount of Saturn in both hands, the person has pos- 
sibly been a soldier, as these breaks mean wounds. 

Capital Punishment. — If the Head Line is broken 
under the Mount of Saturn with a cross inside the 
triangle., and the Line of Life ends suddenly, the per- 
son will probably die in the electric chair. (For tri- 
angle see map of hand, page 1ST, of this book.) 

Beware of Quadrupeds. — If the Head Line is broken 
under the Mount of the Sun, some accident will hap- 
pen to the owner through a four-footed beast. 

Great Inheritance. — If the Head Line has a sister 
line the person will have a great deal of money left 
him. 

A Still Tongue. — If the Head Line joins clearly with 
the Life Line, making a very sharp angle, the person 
will be very careful in all he says or does. 

Blind Infatuation. — If the Head Line joins the Life 
Line and then rises as in the picture the person will 



210 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



fall blindly in love without any special reason, and 
it will be the kind that would die for its object, such 

as the author of Annie Laurie 
must have felt when he wrote: 

"An' for bonnie Annie Laurie 
I'd lay me down and dee." 

Sudden Death.— If the Head 
Line, the Life Line and the 
Heart Line are all joined at the 
beginning the person will meet 
a sudden and violent death. 

Brain Disease. — If the Head 
Line is forked at its beginning 
and joins with the Line of 
Health, the person is likely to 
have brain trouble. 

Blind Infatuation. 

YOUR HANDS SHOW WHETHER YOU ARE 

TO HAVE JOY OR SORROW, WEALTH 

OR POVERTY 

Good Times Coming! — If there is a small break in 
the Head Line the person will have a change for the 
better in money matters at the age indicated by the 
place the break occurs. 

Widowhood. — If the Head Line is broken and there 
is a line from the Line of Heart to the Line of Fate 
in the hand of a woman, the lady will become a widow. 

Unexpected Happiness. — If when the Head Line 
reaches the Mount of the Moon it runs on and up to 
the Heart Line and becomes a part of it, and the Heart 
Line starts on Jupiter, the person will have a great 
happiness come to him unexpectedly. 




OR CHARACTER READING 211 

A Single Love. — If the Head Line loses itself in the 
Heart Line, which has started from the Mount of 
Jupiter, the person will love only once. 

Money Troubles. — If there are lines on the Mount 
of Venus which reach the Line of the Head the per- 
son will have a good deal of trouble over money mat- 
ters. 

Riches. — A line going from the Head Line to the 
Mount of Jupiter means that the person will become 
very rich and prosperous. 

Great Wealth. — If a line going from the Head Line 
to the Mount of Jupiter is accompanied by an angle 
or cross on the first bracelet, the person will become 
wealthy. 

Business Success. — If there is a clear line from the 
Head Line to the Mount of Mercury, the person will 
have success in some business venture. 

A Fatal Love. — If the Head Line is joined to the 
Line of Heart by a cross which is lost in the Line of 
the Heart, the person will be the victim of a fatal 
infatuation. 

Outside Influences. — If there are lines from the 
Head Line to the Heart Line which do not cut the 
latter, the person will be influenced by others. 

Ruled by the Heart. — If there is a line at the end 
of the Head Line which goes upward till it reaches 
the Heart Line the person will be ruled more by the 
heart than the head. 

Success in Love. — If a line from the first bracelet 
crosses both the Head and Heart Lines and ends on 
Jupiter, the person may seek whom he likes in mar- 
riage and hope for success. 

Riches Prophesied. — If there are three or four 



212 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

branches on the Head Line reaching to the Mount 
of Jupiter, the person will grow rich. 

THE HEART LINE— REMARKABLE REV- 

ELATIONS OF THE CONDITION OF 

THE HEART 

The Third Line. — This line, as shown on the map 
of the hand (page 187, of this book), lies under the 
mounts, and crosses the hand from the upper Mount 
of Mars to the extreme outer edge of the hand. 

Jealousy. — If this line is very high in the hand — that 
is, very near the roots of the fingers, the person is 
warm, passionate and jealous. 

Selfishness. — If the Heart Line is very low in the 
hand the person will be cold and selfish. 

Strong, True Love. — If the Heart Line is very long, 
and if it stands very high on the Mount of Jupiter 
the person will be a good, true friend, and his love 
will be as strong as death. 

Constancy. — If the whole Heart Line is long and 
plain, its owner will be constant in his love. 

Unselfish Devotion. — If the Heart Line reaches en- 
tirely across the hand its owner will love blindly and 
sacrifice personal comfort to the one he loves. 

Sorrow in Love. — If there are two Heart Lines the 
person will love so deeply as to bring sorrow because 
of disappointment in the one loved. 

A Good Palmist. — If this Heart Line goes half way 
around the Mount of Jupiter the person ought to study 
Palmistry and other things of that kind, as he would 
make a success. 

A "Bad Character." — If the Heart Line starts under 
the Mount of Saturn and not under or on the Mount 
of Jupiter, it is a sign of a bad character. 



OR CHARACTER READING 213 

Early Death. — If the Heart Line begins under the 
Mount of Saturn (middle ringer) and there is a cross 
at the center of the Head Line, the person will die 
young. 

Sudden Death. — If the Heart Line begins under the 
Mount of Saturn and there is no fork at the beginning 
there is great danger of sudden death. 

A "Mean" Disposition. — If the Heart Line drops 
down in the middle toward the Head Line the person 
has a mean disposition. 

A "Stiff" Person. — If the heart line sinks toward a 
Head Line which is joined for quite a distance with 
the Life Line, the person will be very stiff in his man- 
ners. 

Desperate Love. — If the Heart Line is very red the 
person is a desperate lover. 

Murder. — If the Heart Line is very narrow and 
long, beware of the owner; he is, by nature, a mur- 
derer. 

Unreliability. — If the Heart Line is thin and weakly 
traced, and the Head Line is chained, the person can- 
not be relied on in business or love. 

Flirtation. — If the Heart Line is chained its owner 
is a born flirt. 

Improper Flirtations. — If the Heart Line is chained 
and weak and the Mount of Venus is very large and 
covered with cross lines, the person is always carry- 
ing on flirtations, some of which are likely to be be- 
yond the line of respectability. 

Hatred for Opposite Sex. — If the Heart Line starts 
under the Mount of Saturn and is chained it is the 
hand of one who hates the other sex. 

Poor Circulation. — If the Heart Line is broken 



214 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

under Saturn and the ends lie close together the person 
has had a long and serious sickness from poor circula- 
tion. 

A Broken Engagement. — If the Heart Line is brok- 
en under the Mount of Saturn he has had a broken 
engagement, but not through his fault. 

A Foolish Whim. — If broken under the Mount of 
the Moon the engagement was broken off on account 
of some foolish whim of the person in whose hand it 
is found. 

TO KNOW THE HEART LINE, A GREAT 
PROTECTION 

Extreme Selfishness. — If there is no Heart Line in 
a hand, Heaven pity the owner and those who have 
dealings with him, for he will be cold in every way, 
and will be extremely selfish, and if the Mount of Mars 
is large, the person will be cruel. 

Romance. — If the line is well marked and the 
Mounts of the Moon and Venus are a little larger 
than the ordinary, the person will be romantic. 

Tact. — If the Heart Line is good and the Head Line 
the same, and if at the very end of the Life Line there 
is a triangle the person may always be depended upon 
to say the right thing in the right place. 

A Short Life. — If the Heart Line joins the Head 
Line under the Mount of Mercury by curving down 
to it, the person will die young. 

Sudden Happiness. — If the Heart Line starts on 
Jupiter and is joined by a clear Fate Line which 
started on the Mount of the Moon and stops on the 
Heart Line, unexpected happiness will come to the 
person. 



OR CHARACTER READING 215 

Heart Trouble. — If a lot of little slanting lines cut 
across the Heart Line the person will have heart 
trouble, brought about by his own wrong doing. 

"Heart Sickness." — If there are small lines running 
to the Heart Line from the Life Line the person has 
had much trouble and sickness because of unhappy 
love affairs or by functional heart troubles. 

Influence of Opposite Sex. — If there are downward 
lines from the Heart Line which do not reach as far 
as the Head Line, the person is greatly influenced by 
the opposite sex. 

An Unworthy Love. — If a line goes upward from 
the Heart Line to the Mount of Saturn and then turns 
round and comes back, the person has loved some one 
who was not worthy. 

Business Failure. — If there is a cross on the Mount 
of Mercury and one of the branches cut the Heart 
Line, the person will fail in business. 

Apoplexy. — If there are two straight lines running 
from the Mount of the Moon to the Heart Line and 
not cutting it, the person will die of apoplexy. 

Widowhood. — If there is a line from the Heart Line 
to the Fate Line it means widowhood. 

Unhappy Marriage. — If there is a line starting on 
the Mount of Venus and cutting the Life, Head and 
Heart Lines, the person's marriage is not happy. 

Great Good Luck. — If the Heart Line has three 
forks on the Mount of Jupiter the owner may consider 
himself very lucky, as great good fortune awaits him. 

Constancy. — If the Heart Line has even forks on 
Jupiter and a cross on the Mount of Venus, he will 
love but one. 

Happy Love. — If the Heart Line is forked and one 



216 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

fork rises on the Mount of Jupiter, the person is very 
happy in his love. 

Business Errors! — If the Heart Line is forked with 
one fork on Jupiter and one on Saturn the person 
has made a great many mistakes in business. 

A Good Sign. — Do not regret it if there are branches 
on your Heart Line for if fhere were not your heart 
would be dry of all love or human kindness. 

Poverty. — If there are no branches under the Mount 
of Jupiter the person will suffer from poverty. 

Barrenness. — If there are no branches at the end 
of the Heart Line the person can have no children. 

Disappointments. — If there are downward branches 
from the Heart Line they are caused by disappoint- 
ments brought about by those best loved. 

A Loveless Life. — If the Heart Line lies very far 
from the Head Line and both these lines have no 
branches, the person has had no love interest in life. 

Money Troubles. — If there are little branches where 
the Fate Line joins the Heart Line (if it does), the 
person has had a lot of trouble about money matters. 

Insanity. — If there is a line from the Heart Line 
to the Mount of the Moon, and this line ends in a star, 
insanity is in the person's family and he will himself 
become insane. 

Lucky Loves. — If there are white spots on the Heart 
Line the person has had successful love affairs. 

A Needless Worry. — If there is a dot on the Heart 
Line just under the Mount of the Sun some famous 
person has made you grieve needlessly. For instance, 
some actor who takes a tragical part in a play you 
have seen has done his work so well that jit was all 
real to you and affected you deeply. If you do not 



OR CHARACTER READING 217 

get over this foolish grief it will hinder you in all your 
attempts. 

Heart Trouble. — If there is a circle on the Heart 
Line the person has heart trouble. 

Broken Marriage Vows. — Islands on the Heart Line 
mean unfaithfulness to marriage vows. 

Indecency. — If there are islands on the Heart Line 
with an island on the Fate Line in each hand, the 
person is indecent. 

THE FATE LINE— SHOWING WHAT YOUR 
FATE WILL BE 

A Dishonorable Death. — If this line is of a deep red 
color and cutting through the ringer of Saturn goes 
to the third phalange of the second finger, the person 
will die a dishonorable death. 

"Troubles." — If the Fate Line is chained when it 
crosses the Heart Line, the person will have many 
real or fancied troubles. 

Troubles at Middle Age. — If the Fate Line is weak 
in the middle of the hand, the person will have much 
trouble in middle life. 

An Influence Line. — If a short sister line follows the 
Fate Line for some distance, the person is under the 
influence of others. 

Unhappiness. — If the Fate Line is wavy and chained 
and another line clings to it the person is doomed to 
be unhappy. 

An Uneventful Life. — If there is no Fate Line the 
person's life will be uneventful and not worth any- 
thing. 

An Unhappy Childhood. — If the Fate Line starts 
with a lot of crosses the person has had a very un- 
happy childhood. 



218 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

Great Sorrows. — If the Fate Line starts below the 
first bracelet the person will have great sorrows. 

Unlucky in Business. — If the Head Line is short 
and the Fate Line ends on it the person will not suc- 
ceed in any kind of business. 

A Good Fortune Teller. — If the Fate Line starts on 
the Mount of the Moon and the first and third fingers 
are long and cone-shaped at the top the person would 
make a good fortune teller. 

Energy. — If the Fate Line starts inside the triangle 
formed by the Life Line and the Head Line the per- 
son will be energetic. If this is true in both hands 
the person will overcome all obstacles by hard work. 

Late Successes. — If the Fate Line starts on the Line 
of the Head and goes on up from that point, the per- 
son will be successful in old age. 

A "Hard Time."— If the Fate Line starts on the 
Head Line and circles around the Mount of Saturn 
the person will have a hard life. 

Generosity. — If the Fate Line starts on the Life 
Line and the Mounts of Jupiter and Saturn are large, 
the person will be generous. 

Love Joys. — If the Fate Line starts on the Mount 
of the Moon and runs straight and clear to the Mount 
of Saturn, but does not cut that finger, the person 
will have great happiness through love. 

The "Blues.'-' — If the Fate Line ends on the Heart 
Line and the Mount of Saturn is very large the person 
will be given to long spells of the "blues." 

Prosperity. — If the Fate Line ends on the Mount 
of Mercury in both hands, the person will be very 
successful in business. 

Changes. — Each time the Fate Line is broken there 
will be a sorrow or change in one's life. 



OR CHARACTER READING 219 

"Tough Luck." — If the Fate Line in a hand is con- 
stantly cut by little lines the possessor will always be 
in hard luck. 

Many Sorrows. — If lines crossing the Heart Line 
cross the Fate Line too, the person will have a great 
number of terrible sorrows. 

THE LINE OF FORTUNE OR THE SUN 
(Sometimes called the Line of Brilliancy.) 

Fourth Line. — This line refers to successes or fail- 
ures in life, particularly those connected with art, writ- 
ing, and public speaking. Of course "art" covers a 
great many callings and pursuits ; for instance, there 
is the great field of art needlework in which so many 
ladies are employed ; a really good dressmaker is truly 
an "artist in her line." So, also, is the first-class tailor, 
etc. Indeed, any one who constructs things beau- 
tiful, is an artist, or deals in "art." Hence it will be 
seen how many people will have an interest in this 
little Fortune Line. 

(Locate this line carefully by referring to Map of 
Hand, page 198, of this volume.) 

Success Sure. — If the Fortune Line is well formed 
in both hands the person is "bound" to be successful. 

Riches. — If it is long and uncrossed riches are forth- 
coming. 

Famous Friends. — If the Fortune Line is deep and 
the Mount of Jupiter is good in each hand, the owner 
will have friends among people in high life. 

Fame. — If this line is clear in both hands and there 
is a star on the Mount of the Sun the person will be- 
come famous through his talents'. 

Wealth. — If the Fortune Line is narrow, deep and 



220 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

straight, and if, uncrossed, it reaches the Mount of 
the Sun in both hands, the person will be very- 
wealthy. 

Gambling. — If the Fortune Line is found in both 
hands and the Head Line is long, narrow and sloping, 
while the second and third fingers are nearly the 
same length, you have the hand of a gambler. 

Instability. — If the Fortune Line is broken repeat- 
edly you have talents in many directions, but do not 
succeed in anything. 

Picture Painting. — If the Fortune Line starts on the 
Line of Life in both hands the person will be success- 
ful as a painter of pictures and should have a very 
bright fortune. 

An Unsuitable Marriage. — If the Fortune Line is 
cut by a long Marriage Line which extends over and 
across it, the person has lost his social position by an 
unsuitable marriage. 

Luck. — If the Fortune Line is joined by a branch 
from the Head Line the person will have success in 
money matters. 

Final Success. — If, inside of the quadrangle, or be- 
tween the Head and Heart Lines, this Fortune Line 
is broken up and confused, the person will have a 
hard struggle for recognition in art, but will finally 
obtain it. 

Failure. — If the Fortune Line is cut by one from 
Saturn a lack of money will prevent success as an 
artist. 

Undreamed of Wealth. — If there are two deep lines 
running on either side of the Fortune Line and if this 
Fortune Line is deep, also, the person is going to be 
richer than his wildest dreams. 



OR CHARACTER READING 221 

Fickleness. — If the Fortune Line is cut by a line 
starting on the Mount of Mercury, the person will 
never be successful because of his fickle disposition. 

Love of Nature. — If this Line starts on the Heart 
Line and is plain, with no forks, the person will love 
beautiful things in art and nature, but never become 
rich thereby. 

Riches Through Effort. — If the Fortune Line is 
forked and looks like a three-pronged pitch-fork, the 
person will become very rich and famous, due to per- 
sonal efforts. 

Disappointments. — If the Fortune Line ends in three 
even forks or branches, and these branches are all 
curved, the person will be disappointed in his desire 
to become very rich. 

Blindness Threatened. — If there is a black spot 
where the Fortune Line joins the Heart Line there is 
a great danger of the person's going blind at once. 

The Star of Fortune. — If there is a star at the end 
of the Fortune Line others will help the owner to 
success. 

Early Drawbacks. — If there are cross lines on this 
Fortune Line they mean drawbacks, and if they bar 
the line near the start, the person's parents lost all 
they possessed when he was a child. 

THE HEALTH OR LIVER LINE 

Absent. — If this line is not found in a hand the 
person has a vefy strong constitution, and is to be 
congratulated. 

(Its location should be carefully noticed by a glance 
at the map on page 198, of this book.) 

A Green Old Age. — If a person has not this line he 



222 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

is one of the favored ones of the earth and is destined 
to live to a "ripe old age." 

Voyages. — If this Health Line is found at the ex- 
treme edge of the hand the person will make many 
voyages. 

Good Memory. — If this Health Line is very long 
and thin and takes a straight course on the hand where 
the Head Line extends clear across the hand the per- 
son has a good memory. 

Feverishness. — If the Health Line is very narrow 
and a dark red in color and the Life Line is like it, and 
there are dark spots on the Head Line, the person is 
very feverish and should be careful not to become 
overheated or excited. 

Poor Teeth. — If this Health Line is long and wavy, 
and the Fate Line is the same, and the third phalange 
is larger than the other two, the person should take 
the greatest care of his teeth, as they are likely to be 
very poor. 

Hay Fever. — If the Health Line is very pale and 
the distance between the Heart and Head Lines is 
short, because of the Heart Line's dropping to the 
Head Line, the person is in danger of hay fever. 

Heart Palpitation. — If the Health Line is red at its 
beginning, be careful not to become unduly excited, 
as you are likely to have palpitation of the heart. 

Wealth. — If the Health Line goes as far upward as 
the Mount of the Sun and the first bracelet is quite 
plain, the person is sure to be wealthy. 

A "Good Fellow."— If the Health Line is not pres- 
ent and Mount of Mercury is good, the person will 
be a good companion; a girl with a sign of that kind 
in her hand will be found to be a jolly companion for 
a young man and a good wife, too. 



OR CHARACTER READING 223 

Fainting. — If the Health Line starts on the Life 
Line and Head and Heart Lines are close together, 
the owner is likely to have fainting spells. 

The Mystic Cross. — If this line forms a clear cross 
with the Head Line, the person should study this book 
carefully, as he will profit by it. 

Brain Troubles. — If the Health Line joins the Head 
Line, and the Life Line has many little lines crossing 
it, the person is likely to have brain troubles. 

A Vivid Imagination. — If the Health Line crosses 
the Head Line on the Mount of the Moon the person 
has too strong an imagination. 

A Fine Clairvoyant. — If this line forms a triangle 
with the Head and Fate Lines the person is a natural 
clairvoyant medium. 

A Business Change. — If there are branches on this 
line pointing toward the Mount of the Sun the person 
will change his business at the age indicated by the 
position of the lines. 

LINES OF MARRIAGE— SOME PERSONS 
NOT FIT TO MARRY 

(The location of the Marriage Line or lines, as the 
case may be, may be found on the map, frequently re- 
ferred to, on page &&$, of this book.) 

Widowhood. — If the Marriage Lines slope down 
toward the Heart Line the person will be widowed. 

Divorce. — If the Marriage Lines are broken there 
will be a separation, possibly a divorce. 

Breakers Ahead! — If the Marriage Line is cut by a 
line which has its start on the Mount of Venus, and 
cuts in its course the Life, Health and Heart Lines, 
look out for trouble ahead, if you are married. 



224 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

Worry Lines. — If the Marriage Line is itself well 
denned, but has small hair-like lines falling from it, 
he or she will be worried by the ill health of the mar- 
ried partner. 

Opposition. — If the Marriage Line is cut by a line 
coming from the root of the fourth or "little" finger, 
there was or will be oppositon to the person's mar- 
riage. 

Divorce Sure. — If the Marriage Line ends in forks 
which slant toward the Heart Line it is a sure sign 
of divorce. 

A Broken Engagement. — If the Marriage Line forks 
on the Mount of Mercury there was an engagement 
of marriage which was broken by the person in whose 
hand the fork appears. 

An Unfortunate Marriage. — If there is a branch 
slanting toward the Line of the Sun, the person chose 
a wrong mate in marriage. 

A "Great" Marriage. — If there is a branch upward 
from the Marriage Line to the Sun Line, the person 
will marry a well-known or famous person. 

The Widow's Spot. — If there is a black spot on the 
Marriage Line, the person is going to lose his mate 
by death. 

Sudden Widowhood. — If the Marriage Line is slant- 
ing, or drooping, and there is a cross where the line 
droops, the mate will die suddenly. 

An Island. — If there is an island on the line there 
will be domestic unhappiness until the island disap- 
pears. 

Unworthiness. — If there are little islands on the 
Marriage Line of a single person, he or she is hot a 
fit person to marry. 



OR CHARACTER READING 225 

THE MOON LINE (INTUITION) 

(Locate line by map, on page 198.) 

Location. — This line does not extend beyond the 
Mount of the Moon, for which it is named, though it 
is sometimes joined by other lines. 

The Astrologer's Mark. — If the Moon Line is clear 
and straight and there is a cross in the quadrangle 
under the Mount of Saturn, the person should study 
palmistry, astrology and things of that sort. He will 
make a success in these lines. 

Long Voyages. — If the Moon Line is found in both 
hands and is crossed by many small lines which slant 
toward the Line of Fate, the person will take long 
voyages. 

Sleep Walking. — If the Moon Line starts in an 
island, the person is a sleep walker and also a clair- 
voyant. 

THE GIRDLE OR RING OF VENUS 

(See map, page 198, of this volume.) 

Different Meanings. — Authorities differ greatly as 
to the meaning of this ring when found in a hand. 
The older writers always took the stand that this ring 
was a bad sign, a sign that the person was a lazy or 
even immoral character, but later writers and students 
say this is not true, as all the immoral signs are shown 
in the lower part of the hand, and not the upper. 

Miraculous Powers. — At any rate a person in whose 
hand the girdle is found, but who has a good strong 
thumb with plenty of reason and will power, may al- 
most perform miracles by the proper direction of his 
powers. 



226 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

An American Sign. — This girdle is found in many 
American hands, and certainly no other nation has 
done more to bring great results out of a new country 
than these same Americans. 

The Magic Ring. — Hence, let us be glad if we find 
the "magic ring" in our hands, and see to it that we 
use its wonderful powers to the good of humanity and 
not to the lowering of our own natures and the un- 
happiness of our friends. 

PLAIN OF MARS 

Location. — This is the palm of the hand lying be- 
tween the lower and upper Mounts of Mars. (If the 
location of these two mounts is not already plainly 
fixed in your mind, consult the Map of the Hand, page 
199, of this book.) 

Fearlessness. — If the Plain is high it shows that 
the person will find his way through the world and 
not be afraid of anything. 

Peacefulness. — If it is low, the person has a peace- 
ful disposition and is not quarrelsome. 

Insignificance. — If the Plain of Mars is very hollow, 
the person will never become famous or well-known. 

Later Revelations. — When we come to the Quad- 
rangle and the Triangle the lines found in the Plain 
of Mars will be mentioned and their meanings told. 

THE QUADRANGLE 

IT GREATLY AFFECTS DISPOSITION AND 

BELIEF 

Location. — This is the space between the Head and 
Heart Lines, and extends from one side of the hand 
to the other. 



OR CHARACTER READING 227 

Broad-Mindedness. — If the Quadrangle is broad and 
wide nearest the outer edge (called the Percussion, 
because it is that portion of the hand which strikes 
when the hand is doubled into a "fist") the person is 
just, true and has a broad mind. 

Narrow-Mindedness. — If the Quadrangle is narrow 
it means a narrow mind. 

Lack of Sympathy. — If the Heart Line hangs down 
on the Quadrangle the person is mean and narrow- 
minded, having little sympathy with wrong doers. 

Deceitfulness. — If the Quadrangle is narrow in the 
middle and the third phalange of the fourth ringer is 
longer than the other two, the person will be deceitful. 

A Religious Bigot. — If the Quadrangle is narrow 
throughout and the Mount of Jupiter is very high, the 
person will have very narrow religious ideas. 

Cruelty. — If narrow and the Head and Heart Lines 
are red, the Heart Line short and the Mounts of Mars 
both large, the person will be cruel. 

Lies.— If the Quadrangle is very narrow in both 
hands and the Mount of Mercury is high, the person 
is a liar. 

Too Much "Starch." — If the Quadrangle is narrow 
and the ringers curl in toward the palm, the person is 
very stiff and awkward. 

Weak Mindedness. — If the Quadrangle has many 
lines upon it and the palm and ringers are very long 
the person has a weak mind. 

Lucky Voyages. — If there is a cross in the Quad- 
rangle near the upper Mount of Venus the person will 
have a lucky voyage. 

Great Prospects. — If there is a star in the Quad- 
rangle the person will become very great. 



228 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

Crosses. — Crosses in the Quadrangle show the in- 
fluence of others on the person's life. Those that come 
down from the Heart Line show influences made by 
the opposite sex. 

THE TRIANGLE 

Location. — This also lies in the middle of the hand, 
and is formed by the lines of the Head, Life and 
Health, and if there is no Health Line, the Fortune 
Line takes its place. If there are neither you must 
imagine a line closing the Lines of the Head and Life 
into a triangle. 

Long Life. — If the Triangle is plainly marked and 
wide and the palm of the hand is rosy, the person will 
have a long and healthy life and a good brain. 

Nobility. — When this Triangle is very large the 
person will be generous and noble. 

Ignorance. — When the Triangle is small and poorly 
marked the person will be mean and not very intel- 
ligent. 

Smaller Triangles. — Each of the three angles at the 
three corners of the Triangle have their names and 
meanings as follows : 
1st — That formed by the meeting of the Head and Life 

Lines is called the First Angle. 
2d — That formed by the meeting of the Life and 

Health Lines is called the Second Angle. 
3d — That formed by the meeting of the Head and 

Health Lines is called the Third Angle. 

Push. — If the Triangle is raised high in the hand 
the person is one who will push his way in the world 
against all odds. 



OR CHARACTER READING 229 

Fearlessness. — If the Triangle is raised in both 
hands its owner has no fear. 

Generosity. — If the Triangle is broad and well traced 
the person is generous and kind to the poor. 

"Cheekiness." — If the Triangle is very wide and 
large in every way and the Mounts of Mars are also 
large the person will be what is commonly called 
"cheeky," or "nervy." 

Kindness. — If the Triangle is large and well devel- 
oped and the Heart Line has a fork at its end, the 
person is generous. 

Intelligence. — If the Triangle is broad and clear and 
the three lines that make it are of good color, the per- 
son is very bright, and it is easy for him to understand 
anything that is explained to him. 

Insignificance. — If the Triangle is flat in each hand 
and the Mount of Saturn is very low, or not present 
at all, the person's life will amount to very little. 

Business Failure. — If the Triangle is not wide and 
the Life Line slopes over toward the Head Line, the 
person has had a business failure. 

Miserliness. — If the Triangle is not very plainly 
marked and the Head Line extends across the per- 
cussion the person loves gold better than his life. 

An Infidel. — If the Triangle is pale and has a heavy 
look with a large, broad palm and a short thumb and 
thick fingers, with all the three phalanges puffy in ap- 
pearance, the person does not believe in religion or 
spiritual things; in fact, he has been known to say 
that there is no God. 

Worry. — If the Triangle has many cross lines in it 
which look like a fine net, the owner is given to worry- 
ing a great deal over everything. 



230 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

Late Coming Fame. — If there are upward branches 
from the Life Line and these end inside this Triangle, 
the person will be very rich and well-known late in 
life, entirely through his own efforts. 

WEDDING ANNIVERSARIES 

There exists a beautiful custom of naming the dif- 
ferent anniversaries of the marriage-day and celebrat- 
ing them with appropriate ceremonies. There are 
only a few of these anniversaries that are quite gen- 
erally celebrated. Of these the twenty-fifth or silver, 
and the fiftieth or golden, are the most popular. The 
fifteenth or crystal and the twentieth or china, are 
also frequently celebrated. The seventy-fifth or dia- 
mond wedding, is of course, very rare. Following is 
the list of anniversaries that have been named: 

First Cotton 

Second Paper 

Third Leather 

Fourth Straw 

Fifth Wooden 

Seventh Woolen 

Tenth Tin 

Twelfth Silk and Linen 

Fifteenth Crystal 

Twentieth China 

Twenty-fifth Silver 

Thirtieth Pearl 

Thirty-fifth Coral 

Fortieth Ruby 

Forty-fifth Bronze 

Fiftieth Golden 

Seventy-fifth Diamond 



OR CHARACTER READING 



231 



CHAPTER XV 



ASTROLOGY—OR THE MYSTERIOUS 
INFLUENCES OF THE STARS 

Influence of the Stars. — From the most ancient times 
Astrology has been practiced by various peoples. It 
is the science which 
teaches the mysterious in- 
fluences of the stars and 
planets over the lives of 
men and women. 

Fear of Foreknowledge. 
— Some persons who be- 
lieve in the truthfulness of 
Astrology and the other 
mystic sciences will not 
employ them because they 
are "afraid" to know 
aught of the future. 

Fate. — Others say that 
"what is to be will be" and 
a knowledge of coming 
trouble would only be a 
source of worry and do no 
good. 

Why Look Ahead? — 
These are the very peo- 
ple to whom Astrology 
would be the most help- 
ful, i. e., because it would 
teach them the error of 




The Perfect Man . 



232 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

their way in thinking that "what is to be will be." 
True, if no effort is made to correct errors, or avoid 
troubles, then indeed what is to be will be, but if with 
a knowledge of these coming events, and a knowledge 
of one's weaknesses and tendencies, much evil may be 
avoided, and many wrongs righted, we should by all 
means get that knowledge. 

How Astrology Helps All. — What we wish most 
particularly to impress upon the reader is that upon 
the life of every living man or woman there is a star 
or a constellation which has its influence. To learn 
which sign of the zodiac is yours and to take heed of 
the counsel given for you in particular is to take a 
long stride upon the road to success. 

From all obtainable sources, both ancient and mod- 
ern, we have gathered the facts which we herewith 
pass on to our readers. 

A Warning. — If someone should stop a traveler on 
a lonely road at night and say: 

"My friend, go this way no further, for just beyond 
a bridge has been washed away and you will plunge 
into a deep and treacherous river," do you think the 
traveler would reply: 

"I do not believe it ; let me go on." 

Very few indeed who would not thank the inform- 
ant, turn back and escape destruction. 

Just so it is with the pilgrim on life's journey, who 
persistently turns away from the lights he might have 
for the betterment of his soul and the strengthening 
of his mind. 

Reliable Information. — All progressive, up-to-date 
people in every walk of life may find great help and 
comfort in these Astrological readings, which have 



OR CHARACTER READING 233 

been prepared by deep students of Astrology, who by 
secret and mysterious methods have found out the 
facts herein given, and have allowed the results to be 
published. They do not make known their methods, 
and indeed they could not do so in so short a space, 
but they give out the valuable thing, which is the 
results — the priceless facts. All who read carefully 
and follow faithfully the advice given for them will 
reap reward. 

Know Your Stars. — It is a true proverb which says : 
"The wise man rules his stars ; the fool obeys them." 
But it is not every man who knows his stars. Read, 
therefore, and be wise. 

The Birth Stones. — First, I give you the twelve 
birthday verses prepared by Dr. J. R. Phelps, an emi- 
nent modern authority in Astronomy. These verses 
in themselves, giving as they do the birth-stones and 
their influences, are invaluable to every earnest seeker 
after Truth. Such men take for their motto the beau- 
tiful bit of Scripture, "The truth shall make you free." 

January 

By those who in this month are born 
No gem save GARNETS should be worn : 
They will insure your constancy, 
True friendship and fidelity. 

February 

The February-born will find 
Sincerity and peace of mind, 
Freedom from passion and from care, 
If they the AMETHYST will wear. 



234 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

March 

Who on this earth of ours their eyes 

In March first open shall be wise, 

In days of peril firm and brave 

And wear a BLOODSTONE to their grave. 

April 

Those who in April date their years 
DIAMONDS should wear, lest bitter tears 
For vain repentance flow. This stone 
Emblem of innocence is known. 

May 

Who first beholds the light of day 
In Spring's sweet flowery month of May, 
And wears an EMERALD all her life 
Shall be a loved and happy wife. 

June 

Who comes with summer to this earth 
And owes to June her day of birth, 
With ring of AGATE on her hand 
Can health and wealth and peace command. 

July 

The glowing RUBY should adorn 
Those who in warm July are born : 
Thus will they be exempt and free 
From Love's doubts and anxiety. 

August 
Wear a SARDONYX, or for thee 
No conjugal felicity: 
The August-born without this stone 
'Tis said must live unloved alone. 



OR CHARACTER READING 235 

September 

A maiden born when Autumn's leaves 
Are rustling in September's breeze, 
A SAPPHIRE on her brow should bind 
'Twill cure diseases of the mind. 

October 

October's child is born for woe 
And life's vicissitudes must know : 
But lay an OPAL oh her breast, 
And hope will lull the woes to rest. 

November 

Who first come to this world below 
With dull November's fog and snow 
Should prize the TOPAZ' amber hue, 
Emblem of friends and lovers true. 

December 

If cold December gave you birth, 
The month of snow and ice and mirth, 
Place on your hand a TURQUOISE blue- 
Success will bless you if you do. 

THE MEANING OF BIRTH-STONES LINKED 
TO THE STARS 

To the uninitiated it may seem strange that these 
birth-stone verses are given under our Astrological 
chapter. The initiated know why. All these stone or 
jewel influences have a meaning, for the very ancient 
peoples believed that the fixed stars were great jewels 
in the sky, and hence the jewels are really "stars," and 
have their bearing on all the doings of men and women. 



236 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

An Exact Science. — " Astrology," says one writer, "is 
an exact science, and for thousands of years, among 
a few wise and learned men, familiar with the influ- 
ence of the Zodiac upon human life, has been known." 

Meaning of "Zodiac." — The "Zodiac," you must be 
told at this point, is the imaginary path which the Sun 
travels around the earth during the period of a year. 
I say "imaginary," because it is now known to all 
men that it is the earth that travels around the sun. 
In the early days of Astrology, however, men did not 
know this, and it would make it very awkward to 
change all the old established Astrological names ; 
hence this portion of the heavens is still known as 
the "Zodiac." 

Why Astrology is Reliable. — Astrology is as exact 
in its calculations as mathematics. It accepts the 
places of the planets as given out from the observa- 
tions of the astronomers, calculates the differences of 
time and place from the correct longitude and latitude 
of the birthplace, and so "casts the horoscope." 

The Signs of the Zodiac. — Now as the Sun travels 
around the earth (to use the old idea), it seems to be 
entering every thirty days among a new set of stars, 
which by astronomers are called constellations (con, 
together; stellations, groups of stars) which ever since 
men began to take pleasure in looking at the skies, 
have been known to be the successive monthly dwell- 
ings of the Sun, and which are called "The Signs of 
the Zodiac." 

Their Names. — We will, therefore, give here the 
names of these signs of the Zodiac, for throughout this 
chapter the reader will encounter them constantly. 

(We also call attention here to our map, which 



OR CHARACTER READING 



237 



shows the location of each of these 30-day periods, 
known in Astrology as Degrees, or "Signs." Each is 
30 days long except the Degree of Cancer, which is of 
35-day duration in order to make up the 365 days of 
the solar year.) 




North 
The Map. 

Aries. — The first, then, 
Aries, because of the ram 




Tauraus— The Bull. 

sign, Cancer (the Crab) 
June 19 to July 23. 



Aries — The Ram. 

of these periods is called 
shaped arrangement of the 
stars in that portion of 
the heavens, and the Sun 
"remains" in that Sign 
from March 21st to April 
19th. 

Tauraus. — The second 
is Taurus (the Bull), and 
this sign entertains the 
Sun from April 20 to May 
19. 

Gemini. — The third 
sign, Gemini (the Twins} 
(see picture), reigns from 
May 20 to June 18. 

Cancer. — The fourth 
(see picture), reigns from 



238 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



Leo. — The fifth sign, Leo (the Lion) (see picture), 
reigns from July 24 to August 22. 

Virgo. — The sixth sign, 
Virgo (the Virgin), (see 
picture), reigns from Aug- 
ust 23 to September 21. 





Gemini — The Twins. Cancer— The Crab. 

Libra. — The seventh sign, Libra (the Balance) (see 
picture), reigns from September 22 to October 21. 

Scorpio. — The eighth 
sign, Scorpio (the Scor- 
pion) (see picture), reigns 
from October 22 to No- 
vember 20. * 




Virgo— The Virgin. 



Leo — The Lion. 



OR CHARACTER READING 



239 



Sagittarius. — The ninth sign, Sagittarius (the Arch- 
er) (see picture), reigns from November 21 to De- 
cember 20. 

Capricorn. 
— The tenth sign, 
Capricorn (the 
Sea-Goat) (see 
picture), reigns 
from December 21 
to January 19. 

Aquarius. — Th e 

eleventh Sign, Scorpio-The Scorpion. 

Aquarius (the Water-Bearer) (see picture), reigns 
from January 20 to February 18. 

Pisces. — The twelfth sign, Pisces (the Fishes) (see 
picture), reigns from February 19 to March 20. 




Y" 



<£. 



Ve 1 
\\l 






%"V 




j,*;. ♦•••••jr/r 




C" , 


/In 


? • ■ • « 


' >*-..•• 


V- ; 


.*.•• 


« >.* 



*«.xv 




Libra — The Balance. Sagittarius — The Archer. 

The Perfect Man. — (Refer to cut at beginning of 
chapter.) "The twelve signs of the Zodiac represent 
the physical framework of man ; or, in other words, the 
human being is but a vessel of breath, motion and vi- 
bration, played upon by magnetic and planetary cur- 



240 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



rents, light and sound waves, to all of which we are 

more or less susceptible, 

according to the position 

of the Sun and planets at 

birth." 

Astrology's Teachings. 
— Astrology teaches the 
effect of these conditions 
and teaches plainly what 





Capricorn — The Sea-Goat. Aquarius — The Water-Bearer. 

we should do to master and control our natural ten- 
dencies in order to progress and be healthy, happy and 
prosperous. 

Character Readings. 
— We are about to pre- 
sent twelve character 
readings, based upon 
the studies of a great 
master of Astrology. 
Find the date of your 
birth, and read what 
the "signs and por- 
Pisces— The Fishes. tents" are for you. If 

you find after reading "your" character sketch 
that you are prone to certain weaknesses and errors, 




OR CHARACTER READING 241 

set your Will in motion. There is no greater human 
power than the Will, and God gave it to Man that he 
might rule the earth and his own life. Astrology will 
show you how to direct your Will. If you find that 
you have gifts and tendencies in good and successful 
directions, do all you can to cultivate these and do not 
neglect to take the advice herein- laid down by one 
who knows. 



ARIES (THE RAM)— MARCH 21ST TO APRIL 

19TH— IF BORN UNDER THIS SIGN YOUR 

POSSIBILITIES ARE UNLIMITED 

The Map — (You will find where this constellation is 
located by referring to our map, page 237 of this book ; 
you will find what portion of the Perfect Man it rep- 
resents by referring to our picture on page 231 of this 
book). 

Born to Rule. — This is the very best sign, as Aries 
people are noted for their energy, push and ability to 
get on in the world. For serious determination and 
ability to win they are unequalled. They do not ac- 
knowledge that there can be any obstacles in their 
road to success, and consequently they find few to 
overcome. Some of the greatest commanders and 
generals the world has known were born under this 
sign, as Aries people are "born to rule." 

Good Traits. — However, with all their natural desire 
to rule, the people born in the sign of Aries are usu- 
ally kind, gentle, noble, generous and magnetic. In- 
deed, many of them may truly be said to "rule by 
kindness." Many secret and strange powers are pos- 



242 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

sessed by these people and they are usually interested 
in just such studies as Palmistry, Astrology, etc. 

Wonderful Possibilities. — Indeed they ought by all 
means to study into the Mysteries of the Universe, for 
such studies will give them marvelous and wonderful 
powers. 

Good Company. — If these Aries people apply them- 
selves they are fine scholars in any branch of learn- 
ing and they have a great deal of natural wit and 
brilliancy. They are always good company and the 
life of any crowd. They are never at a loss for some- 
thing to say on a subject that is brought up, because 
they have the ability of learning and remembering 
many things. People with great electro-magnetic pow- 
ers are to be found in this sign. 

"Rolling Stones." — Many Aries people are broad- 
minded and true-hearted, but they are likely to be 
capricious (fitful), if they do not watch. This ten- 
dency may be overcome by careful effort, and it cer- 
tainly should be because it will sadly mar their suc- 
cesses if it is not. The old saying "a rolling stone 
gathers no moss," is very true in the case of human- 
beings. 

How to Get Rich. — They can become very wealthy 
if they are careful to improve their best selves always, 
and keep down the lower tendencies. 

Order. — The people born in this sign are great 
beauty lovers; they are also orderly in their daily 
habits. A woman in this sign keeps her dresser jdraw- 
ers neat and untumbled, and a man of the sign will 
hang up his clothes with great care, fold his ties care- 
fully before putting them away, and in all things fol- 
low out this law of order. The Aries people also like 



OR CHARACTER READING 243 

harmony and are greatly worried over discord of any 
kind. They have expensive tastes and are fond of 
luxurious surroundings. 

Unseen Helpers. — Around them, always near at 
hand, are unseen influences and sun fluids which they 
little dream of, but if they will be careful to cultivate 
a quiet, calm and unruffled state of mind, these influ- 
ences will lend wonderful strength, force and power. 

Self Examination. — If these people find evil assailing 
them, and seem to have "hard luck," it will pay them 
to look deeply into their own hearts, and if they find 
there the cause of these unhappy conditions, they 
should surely and forever cast it out. They will then 
become very great and wonderful indeed. None can 
be truly great if they allow evil to remain in the 
heart. However, they must not worry over the evil 
they have done, but, profiting by bitter experience, cast 
it out forever, and let all the good influences of earth 
and heaven in to '"clean the heart house" for all time. 

Greatness Unlimited.— When the Aries people live 
neither in the present nor the future, but in the eternal, 
there is no limit to their greatness. 

Mind Readers. — If an Aries person develops his 
powers he will be able to "see through everything and 
"everybody," and you cannot fool him. Thus they 
often become very fine mind readers and telepathists. 

Good Friends. — Aries people are frequently blind to 
the faults of their friends, and they make very stead- 
fast friends indeed, and are worth having. 

Good Fighters. — If Aries men are fighting they are 
the sort that "never yield," for they have no sense of 
fear and are very brave and courageous. They are 
not the kind that "look for trouble," but if a fight is 
forced upon them they are "in to win." 



244 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

Aries Women. — The Aries women are much like the 
men of that sign. They will not for one moment per- 
mit to hear their friends and favorites abused, and will 
defend them with strong and forcible language. Their 
impulses as a rule come from the heart, and they 
make good, trustworthy friends. 

Generosity. — Aries people of both sexes are very 
generous ; indeed they are the sort often spoken of 
as being "too kind for their own good." They fre- 
quently give to those who do not deserve it, and this 
is one of the lessons for them to learn, i. e., that to 
help by money when other help, such as steady em- 
ployment can be given, is to hinder rather than to 
help the recipient. 

Good Foremen. — Aries people make splendid fore- 
men in a shop, or foreladies or managers in factory 
or store, because they have splendid executive ability. 
This power is a blessing, if well used, but Aries people 
should guard against becoming conceited and too 
proud of their powers, or they will come to grief. 
Neither, if they fail, should they worry over it, as 
worry will make failure worse. 

Patience. — They should also learn to be very patient, 
and if they can "learn to labor and to wait," in sweet- 
ness of temper and quietness of spirit, success is sure 
to be theirs. 

Occupations. — Many of the best writers, essayists, 
novelists and poets are found in this sign ; they also 
make excellent teachers and speakers. In this respect 
they also need to use caution, because they are likely 
to study too hard, and wear out their physical strength 
while over-developing the mental. 

Personal Appearance. — Aries men and women may 



OR CHARACTER READING 245 

be either short or tall, but they are generally slender, 
strong, alert, quick in their movements, with clear and 
piercing eyes, oval faces, dark complexions and large 
shoulders. 

When Short. — The short Aries people are quick 
tempered, fickle, and very sensitive. If they are con- 
tradicted they get very angry. 

Good Money-Makers. — Aries people are good money 
makers and should go into business. This applies to 
both the men and women of the sign. However, they 
must be allowed to do their work in their own way, 
or they become unmanageable, and naturally useless. 

When Tall. — Tall Aries people care more for study, 
teaching, and other intellectual pursuits. They can, 
if they desire, develop occult powers, and be very 
successful. They are usually of a silent turn of mind 
and very religious. They are more generous than 
the short Aries people, are always trying to help oth- 
ers, but unfortunately do not succeed so well in their 
own affairs as do the short people. 

Proper Marriage Mates. — Aries people should marry 
Sagittarius people, i. e., those born between November 
21st and December 22d, or people born in their own 
sign, i. e., born from March 21st to April 19th. 

Faults, Why Told. — x\s the principal purpose of As- 
trology is to help humanity to develop its best and 
fullest powers, it is necessary that every one be told 
of his or her faults, so that they may be remedied. 
Hence under each of the twelve character readings for 
the various Signs of the Zodiac, we give the faults 
peculiar to the Sign. 

Faults of Aries People. — The faults of the Aries 
people are selfishness, anger, impatience, foolish gen- 



246 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

erosity and a tendency to be capricious and fickle. 
While they are rarely revengeful, they do not easily 
forgive a wrong. Many Aries people talk too much 
about themselves and are egotistical. 

The "Green Eyed Monster." — The Aries woman is 
inclined to be jealous, and this weakness often destroys 
her chances of becoming a most charming person. 
Jealousy is truly a "green eyed monster," and should 
be fought against as a deadly enemy, especially in 
persons whose natural tendencies lead that way. 

Diseases. — Aries people are subject to such diseases 
as headache, nervous prostration, eye and stomach 
troubles, and paralysis. However, if they quietly and 
calmly study themselves and hold anger and passion 
in check, they may become healthy, vigorous and 
happy. There are always unseen influences around 
to help and comfort them. The main thing is to place 
the mind and heart in such a condition that the higher 
powers can have sway. 

Silence. — Each day every Aries person should spend 
some time alone in quiet thought. These people should 
always settle important questions in this manner, and 
not ask the advice of every one they meet, taking 
none, but being influenced by all. 

Must Not Drink. — The worst thing in the world for 
Aries people to do is to take intoxicating liquors, 
drugs, or any stimulant. Simple nourishing food is 
best for them. 

Aries Children. — Children of this sign should meet 
with the kindest treatment. If they are driven, teased, 
hurt or abused they are apt to develop very ugly char- 
acters. Kindness will rule them ; cruelty or harshness 
will ruin them. 



OR CHARACTER READING 247 

Governing Planets, Gems, Astral Colors. — The plan- 
ets which govern this sign are Mars and Neptune, and 
Amethyst-Brazilian and Diamond are the gems. White 
and rose pink are the astral colors. 

TAURUS (THE BULL), APRIL 20TH 
TO MAY 19TH. 

Many Good Traits. — People born under the Sign 
of Taurus are fearless, kind and generous. Indeed 
they sometimes do too much for others and overload 
their own shoulders. They are so anxious for the 
world to become better that they often worry and fret 
because of its wickedness. 

Money. — They value money for the good it will do, 
and have no ambition to amass great wealth. They 
are the people who believe that more good can be 
done by giving money than by extending sympathy, 
and with their strong, generous impulses are often 
imposed upon by people who know they are easily 
affected by a tale of woe or misery. 

Magnetic Powers. — They possess wonderful mag- 
netic and healing forces, which make them invaluable 
in a sick room. They also have the power of project- 
ing their forces and helping people at a distance. 

Hospitality. — They are very hospitable, and, lik- 
ing all the good things of this world themselves, they 
are fond of entertaining their friends in a lavish man- 
ner. 

Economy. — It is very easy for them to amass great 
fortunes, but they are not good savers, and are likely 
to spend money as fast as they make it. 

Appetites and Passions. — If they will control their 



248 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

appetites and passions they will be prosperous in ev- 
ery way. These Taurus people have a very bad weak- 
ness, which is yielding to their lower passions, and 
often their brilliant prospects come to naught on this 
account. 

Tendencies. — They have great mental strength and 
frequently become excellent writers, brilliant and fas- 
cinating talkers and lecturers. 

Zeal. — No matter what work they take up they pur- 
sue it with great zeal, determination and enthusiasm. 

Politics. — They often become reformers and poli- 
ticians. They have so much animal magnetism that 
people are instinctively drawn to them, and as they 
have plenty of tact and diplomacy, they usually keep 
all the friends and followers that they acquire. 

Good Memories. — They have splendid memories and 
if public speakers, have no trouble in committing 
their lectures and speeches to memory. 

Settled Opinions. — They are loyal to their friends, 
but are not willing to give up their opinions to others. 
Unless they can have their own way they are stub- 
born and miserable. 

Relentless Enemies. — I should not advise any one 
to make an enemy of a Taurus person, for they are 
bitter and relentless, and do not forget or forgive 
easily. 

Mediumistic Powers. — Many Taurus people are 
spiritualists, and there are many fine mediums among 
them. They have rare clairvoyant gifts, and are often 
noted mind readers. 

Personal Appearance. — Taurus people usually have 
full faces, broad noses and wide mouths, red shiny 
skins, large shoulders and large bones. 



OR CHARACTER READING 249 

WHOM TO MARRY 

In selecting a life-partner, Taurus people should 
seek among those born under the sign of Capricorn, 
i. e., those born between jDec, 21st and January 19th, 
and Libra people, born between September 23rd and 
Oct. 2nd. 

Self-control should be continually practiced by 
Taurus people. They must become perfect rulers over 
their passions and appetites, if they would escape mis- 
ery and woe. Indeed most of their faults come under 
the head of the evil passions. If they allow 
themselves to get into a terrible fit of anger, which 
they too often do, they are perfectly terrible creatures 
and utterly unmanageable. In fact they appear to be 
temporarily insane from anger. They are like mad 
and infuriated bulls and want to rip, tear and destroy 
every one in reach. 

Cruel Husbands. — Taurus men are often harsh and 
cruel to .their wives, and cause them much unhappi- 
ness. A woman should think twice before marrying 
a Taurus man. 

Hard to Please. — Both men and women in this Sign 
are very hard to please, exacting, critical and irritable. 
They always think their way is the best, and if it is 
within the range of possibilities will carry out their 
own ideas regardless of results. 

Education. — The more education a Taurus man has, 
however, the better he has himself under control. He 
understands, then, how unwise and fatal it is to give 
up to anger and he holds himself in check. 

Educated Taurus People. — When the higher nature 
of Taurus people rules the lower they stand out as the 
very impersonation of dignity, bravery, purity and 



250 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

personal attractiveness. The great effort it has taken 
to overcome anger and passion gives them a calm and 
collected appearance which in itself carries weight. 

Respect. — Unless Taurus people respect themselves 
by having respect for others, they are continually 
miserable and often dangerously ill. They are subject 
to dreadful fits of the blues, also to heart trouble, 
dropsy and tumors. When they give full sway to 
their passions and animal appetites apoplexy and per- 
haps insanity is the result. 

Health. — However, these Taurus people may be 
and often are, the most vigorous and healthy people 
in the world, because by nature they have wonderful 
physical powers. 

Take Care! — A word of warning, oh ye men and 
women of Taurus ! Do not overestimate your 
strength in any direction. Some men do this and 
plunge into wild dissipations which prove too much 
even for their great strength and they never recover 
the shock. 

A Still Tongue. — Another piece of advice for the 
Taurus people is that they keep silent concerning 
their own affairs and also learn to be patient in all 
situations. 

Sexual Purity. — Taurus people MUST learn to look 
upon members of the opposite sex with pure minds. 
If they do not do so and allow their passions to have 
the mastery they may look for a terrible result, and 
disasters of every kind. 

Conquest of Self. — They should remember, as in- 
deed should we all, that the "greatest of all conquests 
is the conquest of self." 

Higher Influences. — "Surrounded as they are with 



OR CHARACTER READING 251 

wonderful planetary and solar influences, they are 
open to all the new discoveries of progress and hope, 
and can have at command all the potential powers and 
forces of the universe, if they will only live right." 

Solitude. — They should sit alone in the silence a 
great deal, and at such times they should undergo a 
severe self-examination. If they find that they have 
been making mistakes, this is the time to make new 
resolves. All wise and really great people do this. 
They are not afraid of being alone. 

Twin Enemies. — Beware, Taurus people, of anger 
and jealousy! They are two of your very worst ene- 
mies, and have been known to cause people of your 
sign to come to untimely and violent deaths. 

Taurus women, do not allow yourselves to be de- 
ceived or led astray by flattery or sympathy. Both 
of these are sweet to the tongue, but they are like 
deadly poisons to the soul. 

Love. — To secure from Taurus people the best re- 
sults, you have but to love them with a true, sincere 
and disinterested love. They will grow calm, sweet- 
tempered and submissive when Love is the Master. 

Eating and Drinking. — Too much highly seasoned 
food and the use of intoxicating liquors are most dis- 
astrous for people of this sign. They have been known 
to commit murders when intoxicated, as their passions 
are of the most terrible kind when aroused in this ar- 
tificial manner. 

Taurus children are determined and wilful, but if 
parents or guardians are firm and determined with 
them, and above all if they show them that they are 
devotedly loved, the little Taurus folk will eventually 
become tractable and good. 

16 



252 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

The faults of Taurus people are indeed hard to 
overcome, but he who masters them is one of the 
greatest of the earth and is likely to be known out- 
side of his own town. 

Governing Planet, Gems, Astral Colors. — Red and 
lemon-yellow are the astral colors of the sign : the 
gems that bring luck are moss-agate and emerald, 
while the governing planet is Venus. 

GEMINI (THE TWINS), MAY 20TH TO 
JUNE 18TH. 

Gemini people, as the name "the twins," implies, are 
"doubles." That is they have a double nature. They 
are likely to be very happy one moment and very mis- 
erable the next. They want to work and they want 
to play : they would like to take a trip but they like 
also the comforts of home : they long for riches, but 
not enough to work for them : one moment they "are 
glad they are living," the next they "wish they were 
dead," and worst of all they are one moment in love 
and the next out, which is very uncomfortable for 
themselves and most certainly so for the other party. 

Hard to Understand. — Few people can understand 
this "twin" nature, and Gemini people are always be- 
ing misunderstood and making enemies. 

The worst trouble is that they do not understand 
themselves, which is a most deplorable state. Hence, 
oh men and women of Gemini, listen to the words of 
Astrological wisdom, for there is no wiser advice than 
the old one — "Know thyself." 

What Is and What May Be. — First know what you 
are by nature: then learn what you may become by 
grace. 



OR CHARACTER READING 253 

Today and Tomorrow. — Gemini people can be 
fiends one day and saints the next. 

Heights and Depths. — Their lower nature can stoop 
very, very low, and their higher nature can rise very, 
very high. This is a strange combination but it is 
possible and exists in the Gemini man who does not 
know himself. 

These warring selves, so to speak, make the Gemini 
people very nervous, and even the best of physicians 
find their cases a great problem. 

Good Traits. — The Gemini people have plenty of 
good traits, for instance — they are very affectionate 
and generous, polite, unselfish and kind. Naturally 
they have a great deal of magnetism and hence draw 
people to them. 

Family Pride. One of their peculiarities is great 
family pride and the love of tracing back the family 
and studying the "family tree." 

Helpful to Others. — However, they are not con- 
ceited or selfish. Indeed they are the other extreme : 
they are always wanting to help people, and some- 
times neglect their own interests for those of others. 

Sympathy. — Sympathy for suffering and great kind- 
ness and consideration for those in poorer circum- 
stances are among their strong qualities. 

Love of Learning. — It is noteworthy that these 
Gemini people have a great thirst for knowledge, 
which is a blessing to them. 

Good Talkers. — They are good conversationalists 
and hence very desirable company. 

Faults of course they have, among these being their 
love of spending money. They are not good at saving 
it, and hence often find themselves bankrupt. 



254 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

Very Powerful People. — However, when the Gemi- 
ni people get the mastery over their lower natures 
they are the most powerful people in the world and 
can do anything they please. The change that often 
takes place in the truly awakened Gemini man or 
woman is wonderful, and seems like a miracle. From 
beasts they often change to the very finest kind of 
men and women. 

Religious Enthusiasm. — Gemini people who are re- 
ligious are very enthusiastic, but they are usually too 
broad in their views to belong to any one church or 
to believe one creed. I have frequently heard them 
say when asked what church they attend: "Oh, I 
belong to the Big Church !" This means no church at 
all, but at the same time they are very good and often 
very religious people. 

Writers and Poets. — Some of the greatest of the 
writers and poets are found in this sign, Ralph Waldo 
Emerson, for example. 

Personal Appearance. — Gemini people are physical- 
ly well formed and good looking, with bright eyes, 
fine complexions and a general appearance of good 
health. 

The faults of the Gemini people are numerous. For 
one thing, they want to do too many things at once 
and may be said to always have "too many irons in the 
fire." 

Restlessness. — The great unrest in them causes 
much distress and unhappiness, and they need badly 
to be more philosophical and to take the burdens and 
cares of life easier and not so seriously as they usually 
do. 

Vain Imaginings. — They should avoid giving too 



OR CHARACTER READING 255 

much sway to their imaginations, for they are always 
crossing bridges before they come to them. 

The "Kickers." — They should also avoid complain- 
ing. This is one of their natural tendencies because 
of the two natures, but they must overcome it if they 
expect to have friends. 

How They Get Rich. — Gemini people should strive 
to live always in their higher natures for as soon as 
they do this they will begin to amass wealth and to be 
prosperous and happy. 

Love Benefits. — The more love the Gemini man or 
woman bestows upon other human beings or upon 
animals the happier he will be. 

Proper Marriage Mate. — Gemini people should 
marry an affectionate husband or wife. They need to 
be loved into quietness. 

Temperate Eating. — Above all else, these "twin" 
people should avoid eating or drinking to excess. 

Entertainments. — They should hear all the good 
lectures, good music and other forms of entertainment 
they can. 

Timidity. — They should avoid being backward and 
too reticent. 

Truthfulness. — They should be truthful and care- 
ful about making exaggerated statements concerning 
their own accomplishments. 

Governing Planet, Gems, Astral Colors. — This Sign 
is governed by Mercury — the gems are beryl, acqua- 
marine and dark-blue stones. Red, blue and white 
are the astral colors. 

CANCER (THE CRAB), JUNE 19TH TO 
JULY 23RD 
Cancer people are naturally nervous and restless 



256 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

and it is with great difficulty if at all that they can 
get their friends to understand them. 

Good Travelers. — Cancer people like to travel, and 
if they can choose some vocation that requires travel- 
ing it is to their advantage to do so. 

What to Study. — Cancer people should study books 
of travel and learn about places of interest in the 
world. 

Sensitiveness. — It is useless to argue with Cancer 
people, for you will offend them. 

Sympathy. — Cancer people are naturally very kind 
and sympathetic and they are often generous to a 
fault. 

Restlessness. — One of their bad tendencies is their 
natural restlessness and desire of change. This, of 
course, is caused by the influence of the moon which 
governs the sign of Cancer, and is constantly chang- 
ing. 

Quietness. — Cancer people should learn early in life 
that it is the very worst thing imaginable for them to 
talk about themselves. They, should be silent and act, 
for "actions speak louder than words." 

Truthfulness. Cancer people should always be ab- 
solutely truthful, if they would overcome their unfor- 
tunate tendencies. 

Poor Friends. — Cancer people are not the best of 
friends, because they are so changeable. 

Great Wealth Winners. — When they thoroughly 
master their passions and appetites they can amass 
great fortunes. Otherwise they will be miserable 
failures. 

Tactfulness. — Another element in their success is 
tact and diplomacy. These they must acquire if they 



OR CHARACTER READING 257 

do not have them by nature. They are worth a mint 
of gold. 

Weakness. — Some Cancer people are ashamed of 
poverty. These are the weakest of all the people in 
the sign, and should learn at once that the only thing 
in this world to be ashamed of is the yielding to low 
and base passions. 

Good Mechanical Ability. — Cancer people make 
good mechanics and successful manufacturers. 

Cancer women make good, logical writers and good 
heads of humane or charitable institutions. 

Cheerfulness. — Cancer people are likely to be 
cheerful in the daytime, but depressed after moonrise. 
There is a cause for this, and they should overcome 
the "blues," by thoughts of high and noble things. 

Good Nurses. — They are splendid people to be in a 
sickroom, for they are sympathetic, kind and very 
thoughtful for the sick. 

Good hearts. — Indeed taking them all in all, Cancer 
people .are good at heart, and only need, as we said 
at the first, to know themselves to be successful and 
happy. 

Self Examination. — In order to help these Cancer 
people into this self-knowledge, let us take a brief view 
of their most glaring faults. 

The lower types of Cancer people are lazy, selfish, 
vain, jealous, and will do anything to get money to 
indulge their taste for display. 

Cancer women naturally love fine clothes, jewels 
and display and will do almost anything to get them. 

Conceit. — These Cancer people are the sort who like 
to see their names in print, and if they are out of town 
half a day you will see the fact in the "Personal" col- 
umn of the next day's paper. 



258 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

Proper Studies. — But, as Cancer people have great 
talent in learning new things they should overcome 
these bad tendencies, and study deep books, such as 
philosophy and things of that kind to overcome their 
frivolous tendencies. 

Good Marriage Mates. — Cancer people should not 
marry young, but should think well before they go 
into matrimony. Those born in Pisces, Feb. 19th to 
March 21st, and Scorpio, Oct. 23rd to Nov. 22nd, are 
excellent companions for the Cancer folk. 

Governing Planet, Gems, Astral Colors. — The as- 
tral colors of Cancer are green and russet brown, and 
the gems are emerald and black onyx. 

The moon, as indicated before, is the governing 
planet. 

LEO (THE LION), JULY 24TH TO 
AUG. 22ND 

Leo people are kindhearted, open-handed, tender 
and attractive to all. 

Good Story Tellers. — They are good talkers and are 
much sought after for their ability to tell a story well. 
Bravery. — Leo people, like their name-sake, the 
lion, are fearless and lion-hearted. 

Love of Family. — Leo people are passionately fond 
of their own families and do not wish any advice in 
governing their children. 

Leo Women. — The women of this sign, while per- 
fectly angelic in their goodness, cannot bear to have 
anything said against their children. 

Duty. — Leo people are not natural workers, but 
when it is necessary to labor they are conscientious 
and do their work well. 



OR CHARACTER READING 259 

Good Providers. — They are fond of good living, 
and the men are "good providers." 

Personal Appearance. — In personal appearance they 
have as a rule, strong, wiry bodies, are not overly tall, 
have round heads, light or ruddy complexions, and 
strong, deep voices. 

The best companions of Leo people are those born 
in the sign of Sagittarius, Nov. 22nd to Dec. 21st, or 
Libra, Sept. 23rd to Oct. 23rd. 

Uneducated Leo People, and by this I mean those 
who have not yet learned their own selves, have many 
bad faults. They are, some of them, very tricky, un- 
truthful and overly fond of borrowing. Others are 
impatient, impetuous, hot-headed, and passionate. 

Purity Necessary. — They should avoid especially 
an undue love of the opposite sex. If they do not, they 
will come to grief. 

Easily Prejudiced. — As their natural judgment of 
character is very good, they are apt to become preju- 
diced against people too quickly. This is not good 
for the development of their spiritual natures. 

Hypnotic Powers. — Leo people, by studying to be 
quiet and tranquil and spending much time alone in 
the Silence, may develop great hypnotic and magnetic 
powers, which will be of great benefit to them through- 
out life. 

Charity to Others. — Another thing, Leo people 
should remember that it is a very low and vulgar 
thing to think and talk of the faults of others. Chari- 
ty for others, on the other hand, is one of the greatest 
virtues in the world. 

Music. — Leo people should hear all the good music 
they can. 



260 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

Proper Marriage Mate. — Leo people should marry 
a partner from the Signs of Sagittarius or Aries. 

Governing Planet, Gems, Astral Colors. — The Sun 
governs the Sign of Leo. The gems are the ruby 
and diamond. The astral colors are red and green. 

VIRGO (THE VIRGIN), AUG. 23RD TO 
SEPT. 21ST 

Order. — People- born under the sign of Virgo are 
very orderly in their habits. They have a place for 
everything and keep everything in its place. 

Personal Magnetism. — Virgo people frequently 
become magnetic healers, because they have a great 
deal of electricity in their make-up. 

Generosity and Loyalty. — Among their strongest 
traits are generosity and loyalty. 

Undue "Interest" in Others. — Among their "good- 
natured" faults is an undue interest in the love-affairs 
of others. They have been known not only to make 
but also to break love matches. 

Good Musicians. — In the sign of Virgo are found 
the best of the scholars and musicians, but they can- 
not sit down to study or work of any kind unless 
everything is in order about them. 

Good Designers. — They make excellent designers 
and planners of all kinds, would make good milliners, 
dressmakers, or architects. 

Neatness. — These Virgo people are neat in dress, 
and in this, of course, they are merely following out 
their orderly instincts. The women are particularly 
fastidious, and like to be the first "out" with a new 
fashion. 



OR CHARACTER READING 261 

Home Lovers. — Virgo people are great home lov- 
ers and are devoted to their families. 

Ancestor Worshipers. — They are ancestor worship- 
ers and very proud of any "blue" blood they may have 
in their veins. 

Naturally Good. — They are not always as brave as 
they might be, but they always have the desire to 
become good and great, which is half the battle. 

Helps. — For them good reading, virtuous friends 
and deep thinking are very beneficial; indeed, essen- 
tial, if they succeed intellectually. 

Newspaper People. — Good newspaper editors come 
out of the sign of Virgo, because they have the knack 
of getting things into "ship shape" on short notice : 
than this no trait is of more value in the newspaper 
business. 

Industrious. — They are not of the sort who wish to 
sit idle while others do the work. They believe that 
those who do not work should not eat. 

Good Character Readers. — They are exceptionally 
good character-readers, seemingly reading a person's 
inmost thoughts at a glance. 

Religion. — The highest development of this Sign 
is reached through spirituality — religion — belief in 
God. 

Personal Appearance. — Personally, Virgo people 
are usually well developed as to form, and they have 
musical voices. They have by nature elegant man- 
ners. 

Proper Marriage Mates. — Virgo people should mar- 
ry those who come out of the Sign of Sagittarius, 
Libra or their own sign. 

Coveted Companions. — Virgo people cater to peo- 



262 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

pie of standing, either intellectual or financial, and 
are very happy in their company. 

The faults of the Virgo people who have not studied 
themselves, are : a seeming inability to recognize their 
own faults : a too great tendency to find fault with 
others. They spend too much time picking flaws in 
the characters of others to look after their own. 

Unhealthy Imaginations. — They have a tendency 
to imagining that they are always sick. The truth 
is that of all the other people of the world they are 
least in need of drugs and medicines. What they 
need most is to live close to Nature. 

Virgo Women. — The women of Virgo often have 
too much false pride, and if poor frequently try to 
hide this fact to the point of making themselves per- 
fectly ridiculous. 

Virgo children should never be taught to notice the 
faults of others ; they will do it too soon on their own 
account. Let them be surrounded with pure, cheer- 
ful, wholesome influences and they will develop into 
wonderful beings. 

Their Future. — The future of the Virgo people will 
depend entirely upon their own selves, and as to 
whether they strive to overcome their own faults 
rather than to find those of others. 

Governing Planet, Gems, Astral Colors. — Mercury 
is the governing planet of Virgo: the gems are pink 
jasper and hyacinth. The astral colors are gold and 
black, speckled with blue dots. 



OR CHARACTER READING 263 



LIBRA (THE BALANCE), SEPT. 22ND TO 
OCT. 21ST 

Libra people are energetic, ambitious, and kind 
hearted. 

Courage. — They have a great deal of courage and 
often embark in enterprises which more timid souls 
would avoid. However, if they fail, they are able to 
bear failure with ease. 

Good Speculators. — They have so much clairvoy- 
ant power that it is well for them to become stock- 
brokers, speculators, etc. Sometimes they become 
gamblers and are successful. 

Libra women are not so reckless as the men, but 
they are careless in money matters, and do not like 
to "keep account" of what they spend. 

Reckless Borrowers. — A very grave fault of the 
Libra people is that of borrowing when they do not 
know clearly that they can ever return the loan. If 
they are not able to do so, they are "hurt" if their 
creditors clamor for their money. Yet they are usu- 
ally the most just of all people. 

Sensitiveness. — People of the Sign of Libra are 
very sensitive and suffer much from real or imagined 
slights. 

Unjust Critics. — They ought not to be too critical, 
and should not notice every change in the moods of 
others. If this fault can be overcome they are indeed 
powerful. 

Strong Intuition. — They have wonderful psychic 
powers, naturally, and they know things intuitively 
that others do not dream of. They are the sort who 



264 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

are always saying : "I know so and so : I feel it in my 
bones." 

Overly Generous. — They have a virtue which in 
them amounts to a fault. It is in fact being too gen- 
erous to others. There are some people who can be 
helped too much, and thus they fail to become self- 
reliant. If Libra people would let such alone they 
would do them a kindness. 

Personal Appearance. — Libra people are usually 
tall, slender and well formed. They keep themselves 
and their clothes very neat and clean. They have 
oval faces, clear, distinct voices, and their movements 
are quick and graceful. 

"Impressions." — They are constantly getting what 
they term "impressions," for want of a better name, 
and these impressions of people and things are gener- 
ally so correct as to cause remark and wonderment. 

Lack of Faith. — Their chief fault is that they look 
too little at spiritual things, and too much at worldly, 
and thus retard their growth of their psychic powers, 
— i. e., their souls. 

Easily Rattled. — Libra people are easily "rattled." 
They frequently get "panicky" in a crowd and for 
the moment do not know which way to turn. They 
often lose things and have great difficulty in finding 
them. 

Proper Marriage Mates. — Libra people should mar- 
ry those coming out of the Sign of Sagittarius or 
Aquarius. 

Libra children are hard to understand, because 
they are inspired little folk. They are always getting 
impressions, too, and do not know an impression from 
an actual happening. Hence, they are often accused 
of untruthfulness, when they are most innocent. 



OR CHARACTER READING 265 

Correction. — Under no circumstances should par- 
ents attempt to correct these children when they (the 
children) are angry. If correction is withheld until 
the little people are quiet and in a good temper they 
will profit by it, and accept it sweetly and modestly. 

Governing Planet, Gems, Astral Colors. — The as- 
tral colors of this sign are black, crimson and light 
blue. The gems are diamond and opal. The govern- 
ing planet is Venus. 

SCORPIO (THE SCORPION), OCT. 22ND TO 
NOV. 20TH 

Scorpio people are very wonderful in many ways, 
as they possess great magnetism, and are helped con- 
stantly by the solar fluids. 

Great Healers. — This power is so strong in many 
Scorpio people that they possess great healing powers 
and can help and benefit all who are closely connect- 
ed with them. 

Good Surgeons. — In the use of their hands Scorpio 
people are very skillful, hence making the best sur- 
geons : They are also noted for the coolness and 
courage, which go to make up the successful surgeon. 

Public Speakers. — Scorpio people have true genius 
as public speakers, as they are very happy in their 
choice of language. 

Short Story Writers. — Some of the best short-story 
writers are Scorpio people. 

Natural Dignity. — Scorpio people generally have 
a great deal of dignity, which gives others confidence 
in them, and makes them successful in business. 

Polite and Gracious. — People of this Sign are natur- 



266 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

ally polite and gracious in society, but if their minds 
are occupied with business they can be very blunt and 
outspoken. 

"Get-Rich-Quick" People. — Scorpio people do not 
usually have much trouble in acquiring wealth, and 
they generally live very comfortably. 

Outdoor Sports. — They like outdoor sports, chiefly 
those of rowing and swimming, where they are ex- 
perts, as they are guided by ocean influences. 

Not Meddlesome.— Scorpio people are fortunately 
so busy with their own work that they have no time 
to attend to other people's business. Nothing could 
be luckier for them, for no one can be successful who 
is a meddler and a busybody. 

Proper Marriage Mates. — Scorpio people should 
marry out of the Sign of Pisces, Feb. 19th to March 
21st, and their friends should be chosen from Libra 
and Virgo:- 

Faults. — Anger, jealousy and passion have de- 
stroyed many of this sign, and against these three 
weaknesses they should constantly guard. 

Love of Praise. — Their great self-esteem makes 
them too susceptible to and anxious for praise, and 
they cause their friends much annoyance if they do 
not receive what they think is sufficient praise. 

Apt to "Work" People. — Scorpio people should be 
watched, for they are likely to use people as long as 
they can, and then drop them. 

The Scorpio Women who have not learned to con- 
trol themselves are very disagreeable and are often 
great scolds and are constantly nagging somebody. 

Diseases. — If Scorpio people persist in living high 
and indulging the lower passions they will be af- 



OR CHARACTER READING 267 

flicted with gout, rheumatism, heart troubles, lum- 
bago and weakness of the back. 

Fond of Flattery. — It is hard for Scorpio people to 
believe that one true friend is of far more value than 
a hundred flatterers or fawners. 

Weaknesses. — It is very difficult for Scorpio people 
to acknowledge their weakness even to themselves, 
but they must do this in order to gain success. 

The Scorpio children are generally head-strong and 
hard to manage, but they should early be taught the 
difference between right and wrong, and firmness 
should be tempered with great kindness and love. 

Governing Planets, Gems, Astral Colors. — The gov- 
erning planet is Mars, and the gems are topaz and 
malachite : golden brown and black are the astral 
colors. 

SAGITTARIUS (THE ARCHER), NOV. 21ST TO 
DEC. 20TH 

Sagittarius people, true archers that they are, gen- 
erally know what to aim at and almost invariably "hit 
the mark." 

Seers Ahead. — They are the lucky folk who can see 
the end from the beginning, and act accordingly. 

Advice. — If they take the advice of others, however, 
they almost always fail, unless indeed it be the advice 
of some one in their own sign. 

The Busy Bees. — They are the busy bees, and are 
never happy except when their hands are busy. Hence 
the "devil" does not find many workshops among 
Sagittarius brains. 

Another delightful trait of Sagittarius people is 

17 



268 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

that they attend strictly to their own business. This 
is not only fortunate for those with whom they come 
in contact, but, like most rules, works both ways, for 
he who attends to his own business, usually finds that 
he has more and more business to attend to. 

Fame. — Naturally, Sagittarius people are among 
those who become well-known and many of them are 
famous. They have all the elements of success in 
their makeup. 

They are economical, but they are neither stingy 
nor close. In short, as they are such good seers- 
ahead, they have the wisdom to lay by for a "rainy 
day," and there are few lives into which these rainy 
days do not sometime come. 

Clairvoyants. — They belong to the class who make 
good clairvoyants, because clairvoyance is nothing 
more than clear seeing, and they see the past, pres- 
ent and future with their minds' eyes, as clearly as 
you or I see an object held before our physical orbs 
of vision. Something more of these wonderful powers 
will be told, however, when we come to our chapter 
on Clairvoyance and Visions. 

Concentration. — One of the best qualities of Sagit- 
tarius people is their ability to keep their minds on 
one thing at a time. They cannot carry on half a 
dozen things at once, and it is all the better, for — 

"One thing at a time and that done well 
Is sure to succeed as many can tell." 

Frankness. — Sagittarius people are outspoken and 
sometimes blunt, for theirs are very positive natures, 
but they have no dealings with falsehood and do not 
think the truth ought to hurt anybody. 



OR CHARACTER READING . 26& 

Personal Appearance. — In personal appearance 
Sagittarius people are good looking: their eyes are 
large and have fine expression. The tall, slender 
Sagittarians are quiet in disposition and have fine 
minds. The short Sagittarians are very graceful and 
beautiful. 

Proper Marriage Mates. — Sagittarius people would 
do well to marry out of the signs of Aries, Aquarius 
(Jan. 20th to Feb. 19th), Libra, or their own. 

Their faults, for they have them, are* a too-quick 
temper and the inability to forget an injury. They are 
too impatient about getting their work out in a hurry, 
and often make themselves sick in this way. 

Purity. — They are naturally pure in mind and 
heart and dislike anything that is impure and low. 
Consequently, when married they are always true to 
wife or'husband. 

Sagittarius children should be trusted and should 
be made companions by older folk. As they see into 
the future they are wiser than most children and it is 
impossible to deceive one of them. If you try it you 
will lose their respect forever. 

Ruling Planet, Gems, Astral Colors. — The astral 
colors of this sign are gold, red and green, and the 
gems are carbuncle, diamond and turquoise. The 
governing planet is Jupiter. 

CAPRICORN (THE GOAT) DECEMBER 21ST 
TO JANUARY 19TH. 

Capricorn people are the students and deep thinkers ; 
many of them have been famous public speakers and 
great teachers. They give much of their time to the 
cultivation of their minds, and they admire learning 
in others. 



270 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

"Too Many Irons."— They try to do too many 
things at once, however, which is their great draw- 
back. If they can content themselves to do one thing 
at a time, they will become very, very great and pow- 
erful. 

The "Golden Rule."— They have one trait which all 
should covet : they not only resent the interference of 
others in their affairs, but they apply the Golden 
Rule, and do not meddle in other people's business. 

Fine Philosophers. — They are sometimes "up and. 
sometimes down" spiritually, but the wiser ones soon 
overcome the "blues," as they are too philosophical 
to remain long in the dumps. Nothing is more detri- 
mental to success or to health than prolonged spells 
of depression. 

Good Company. — They are splendid company, al- 
ways have a lot of funny stories to relate, and know 
how to tell them to the best advantage. 

Loyal Friends. — They are so kind hearted, gener- 
ous and true that they keep the friendship of those 
they like. They are the sort who "stick closer than a 
brother," and because a man is down is considered 
no reason by the Capricorn person why he should be 
deserted. Indeed they say "When my friend is in 
trouble, then will I stand by him." 

Business Education. — It is not good for Capricorn 
people to be without a business education, no matter 
how rich they may be by birth. This applies to both 
men and women. 

Debt. — Capricorn people are of those who care too 
much for appearances, and are likely to run in debt 
in order to seem prosperous. 

Capricorn women have a lot of good common sense, 
and know how to keep house to perfection. 



OR CHARACTER READING 271 

Generosity. — Some Capricorn people are known to 
be "queer." Sometimes they are generous to a fault: 
at other times they are very close. It depends upon 
the mood in which you find them. 

Good Educators. — Capricorn men or women make 
good teachers, and the children always love them. 

Personal Appearance. — Capricorn people are short 
of stature, with dark complexions and hair and beau- 
tiful eyes. 

Proper Marriage Mates. — They should marry out of 
the sign of Taurus, Virgo, or Libra or those of their 
own sign. 

The faults of the Capricorn people are selfishness 
and self-distrust; a tendency to talk too much about 
their troubles; proneness to "fly off the handle" sud- 
denly. 

The diseases to which they are subject are indiges- 
tion and melancholy, both of which are brought on 
by overwork and worry. 

The Overcomers. — This sign really represents the 
dark side of our planet, and those who succeed in spite 
of their many natural drawbacks are to be commended 
highly. 

Capricorn children may be ruled by kindness and 
ruined by unkindness; they become just what those 
are who rule over them. 

Ruling Planet, Gems, Astral Colors. — Saturn is the 
ruling planet and the gems are white onyx and moon- 
stone, Garnet, brown, silver-gray and black are the 
astral colors. 



272 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

AQUARIUS, JAN. 20TH TO FEB. 18TH 

Own Fortune Makers. — The fate or fortune of the 
Aquarius people rests entirely in their own hands. 

Self Reliance. — If they will rely upon themselves 
they will succeed : if they rely on others they will 
fail. 

Asking Advice. — Aquarius people are too much 
given to asking advice of others and then never tak- 
ing it. 

"Ups and Downs."- — Some days they are happy 
and hopeful and then they will become dreadfully 
blue. 

Laziness. — Aquarius people naturally have great 
powers, but they are handicapped by the natural lazi- 
ness which is their bane. 

Money Matters. — They are very fond of money and 
are usually anxious to amass great wealth, but they 
give only a half-hearted interest to their work, which 
never brings success. 

Debt. — They abhor debt, and usually pay as they 
go. 

Spirituality. — When Aquarius people believe firmly 
in God and realize that the spiritual world is of far 
greater importance than this material sphere, then 
they become truly great, and are also charming, fas- 
cinating and beloved. 

Awakened Aquarius people are the best of nurses 
for insane patients, as they have a quieting, hypnotic 
influence upon all they meet. 

Personal Appearance. — In appearance they are us- 
ually tall, handsome, dignified and healthy. They 
generally have clear complexions. 



OR CHARACTER READING 273 

Proper Marriage Mate. — Aquarius people should 
marry a partner out of the Sign of Aries, Sagittarius 
or their own sign. 

The faults of the Aquarius people are fear, doubt, 
hopelessness, putting off, and the breaking of prom- 
ises. Then, too, they never seem to be able to make 
up their minds, and are generally unstable. 

Bragging and Blowing. — Aquarius people, too, are 
given to bragging, and bragging always leads to ly- 
ing. People who talk much in their own praise gen- 
erally get the reputation of being liars. 

Plenty of work is the best cure for the faults of 
Aquarius people, also for their physical diseases, 
which are rheumatism, headache and brain troubles. 

The "Sunny Side." — If Aquarius people will always 
strive to look on the "sunny side," they will overcome 
the bad and cultivate the good within them. 

Unkind Criticism. — They should also learn to curb 
their desire to criticise and find fault with others. It 
is only the low minded, vulgar and wicked who med- 
dle with and talk about the affairs of others, and the 
more they talk the lower they get. 

Keeping Appointments. — Aquarius people should 
not only learn to keep their appointments, but they 
should also learn to be on time and not keep people 
waiting. < 

Aquarius children, if properly trained, will become 
very noble men and women. Parents must be truth- 
ful with them, however. When possible they should 
be reared in the country. 

Ruling Planets, Gems, Astral Colors. — The gems 
of this sign are sapphire, opal and turquoise ; the astral 
colors are blue, pink and nile green. The governing 
planets are Saturn and Uranus. 



274 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



PISCES (THE FISHES), FEB. 19TH TO 
MARCH 20TH 

Hidden Love. — This Sign stands for hidden love 
of a deep and lasting nature. 

Honesty. — Pisces people being honest do not look 
for dishonesty in their fellows, and are consequently 
happy. 

Indulgent Friends. — They are blind to the faults of 
their friends, and love them devotedly "for better or 
for worse." 

Talents. — Many Pisces people become well-known 
musicians, artists, poets and story writers. 

"Soul Charmers." — Often Pisces people are said to 
be "veritable soul charmers," and their wonderful 
mysterious powers make them healers. 

Too Generous. — Some Pisces people are so gener- 
ous that they will give everything they have away, 
and then worry because they havn't any more to give 
away. 

Suitable Occupations. — Pisces people make good 
book-keepers, cashiers, treasurers, or anything where 
confidence has to be had. 

Narrow Religionists. — They are not very broad- 
minded in religion and generally wedded to one sect. 

Personal Appearance. — In appearance these Pisces 
people have round, pleasant faces, calm dreamful eyes 
and unfortunately they are inclined to be round shoul- 
dered. 

Marriage Mates. — They should marry out of the 
sign of Virgo or Capricorn. 

Faults. — Their worst faults are fretting, worrying, 



OR CHARACTER READING 275 

and impatience. Then too they are always "looking 
for trouble," and "crossing bridges before they come 
to them." 

Tendency to Suicide.— Some Pisces people have 
been known to commit suicide because of this worry 
habit, but if they had sat often in the silence and 
thought of the good God this would not have hap- 
pened. 

Absent Mindedness. — One of their faults is losing 
things, that is laying them down and then not know- 
ing what they did with them. 

Talking too Much. — Pisces people do too much 
talking about their own affairs ; they also ask too 
many questions and consequently get themselves very 
much disliked. 

Rudeness. — They also have the bad habit of break- 
ing into conversations with some remark entirely for- 
eign, thus showing that they are not paying the least 
attention to what is being said by others. 

Overcoming Faults. — They should not worry about 
the faults of others because they have a great many of 
their own to overcome. 

Pisces children are very brilliant and have "old 
heads." They are very sensitive and should be treat- 
ed with great tenderness. They should be taught to 
be neat and orderly. 

Governing Planets, Gems, Astral Colors. — Jupiter 
and Neptune are the governing planets of this sign. 
White, pink, emerald-green and black are the astral 
colors. The gems are chrysolite, pink shell and moon- 
stone. 



276 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



DREAMS 

Dreams in their development have breath, 
And tears, and tortures, and a touch of joy; 
They have a weight upon our waking thought, 
They take a weight from off our waking toils, 
They do divide our being. — Byron. 

Dreams are probably as old as thinking brains, and 
hence are coeval with mind, and as there are minds 
and minds, so there are dreams and dreams. The 
Bible certainly relates that they were made to repre- 
sent allegorical pictures of coming events, and great 
distinction was won by those who could unfold the 
covered meaning of these visions of sleep. It is a fact 
that all along the course of historic times there are 
strange accounts of prophetic dreams. Still, we know 
there long have been, and are, now many persons who 
have ably disputed the correctness of any belief in 
dreams, and called them "children of the night, of in- 
digestion bred," so that all we can do is to answer with 
Longfellow, if asked today: 

Do you believe in dreams? Why, yes and no. 
When they come true, then I believe in them ; 
When they come false, then I don't believe in them. 



PART II 



CHAPTER I 



MAGNETISM, HYPNOTISM, AND THE 
EMMANUEL CHURCH MOVEMENT 

Mind Mysteries. — Modern students of these "mind 
mysteries" are generally agreed upon the fact that 
every man has two minds, or that his one mind has 
two distinct states, which may, for clearness, be lik- 
ened to the "night" and the "day" of the earth. . 

The Two-Mind Theory. — Let us take, for con- 
venience, the first theory, namely that there are two 
minds, known to mind students as the Objective and 
the Subjective. The Objective may be called the Day 
or Positive Mind, and the Subjective, the Night, or 
Negative Mind. My reasons for so naming the two 
minds are : 

The Objective Mind receives all its impressions and 
gains all its knowledge of the outside world through 
the five senses, i. e., seeing, smelling, touching, tast- 
ing and hearing. It is ruled by Reason. 

The Subjective Mind obtains all its knowledge by 
intuition, that is, by the mind's eye, the mind's ear, 
mouth, etc. In fact, in those mysterious ways we all 
know — perhaps "impressions" would be the best way 
to describe them. In this mind the Emotions, i. e., 

277 



278 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

fear, love, hate, surprise, etc., are found, and Memory 
also is located there. 

When the objective senses, i. e., taste, smell, sight, 
etc., etc., are asleep or "laid on the shelf" temporarily, 
then the Subjective powers have full sway. In other 
words it is that mind which is in use when a man is 
mesmerized or hypnotized. 

Wonderful Feats. — When this mind is uppermost, 
in other words, when a person is in the hypnotic state, 
or when his objective mind is asleep, many marvelous 
things have been accomplished. A person in this state 
sees without eyes, and this wonderful subjective mind 
can apparently leave the body and travel to far-away 
countries, and when it comes back, bring with it 
knowledge of these countries and people in them 
which may afterwards be verified. 

Thought Reading. — The Subjective mind has the 
power to read the thoughts of others; to read sealed 
letters, and tightly-closed volumes. 

Striking Differences. — Before going into the sub- 
ject-proper of our chapter let me place very clearly be- 
fore the reader's mind the exact difference between 
the objective and subjective minds. These differences 
I give you in the language of Professor Thomas Jay 
Hudson, one of the greatest known authorities upon 
this subject. He says: 

"The following propositions will not be disputed by 
any intelligent student of hypnotism : 

The Normal Mind. — (1) That the objective mind, 
or let us say, man in his normal condition, is not con- 
trollable, against reason, positive knowledge, or the 
evidence of his senses, by the suggestions of another. 

In the Hypnotic State. — (2) That the subjective 



OR CHARACTER READING 279 

mind in the hypnotic state, is unqualifiedly and con- 
stantly amenable to the power of suggestion. That is, 
the subjective mind accepts, without hesitation or 
doubt, every statement that is made to it, no matter 
how absurd or ridiculous or contrary to the objective 
experience of the individual. If the subject is told that 
he is a dog, he will instantly accept the suggestion as 
truth, and will to the limit of his ability act the part 
to perfection. * * * * He may be thrown into 
a state of intoxication by being caused to drink a 
glass of water under the impression that it is brandy, 
etc. 

HOW TO PROTECT ONE'S SELF AGAINST 
HYPNOTISM 

Auto-Suggestion. — There is one other thing that 
should also be taken into consideration in writing of 
these two minds, and that is that every one may give 
himself a suggestion that no one else can uproot with- 
out the subject's will. This power is called Auto-sug- 
gestion, literally self-suggestion. I will make this 
clearer by an example. 

Can't Be Made Ridiculous. — Suppose that a very 
dignified gentleman is about to be hypnotized for the 
good of science or for the entertainment of a company 
of people. The man has a great aversion to being 
made ridiculous, and before placing himself in the 
hands of the operator he gives his subjective mind a 
positive suggestion something like this : "Under no 
circumstances will I do anything that will make me 
ridiculous or a subject for ridicule." Then the operat- 
or takes him, and he may make him do anything else, 
but nothing of the character just mentioned. 



280 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

Innocence Protected. — This was a conscious auto- 
suggestion, that is, the man consciously gave his sub- 
jective mind this first suggestion, but there are other 
auto-suggestions that are received by the subjective 
mind without the person's realizing it. These sug- 
gestions are providentially arranged for, I believe, by 
God himself to protect the innocent and pure. For in- 
stance, a man who would not steal or lie or cheat, and 
who has a very strong aversion to these; or, a woman 
who is as pure as a snow-flake, may have sometime 
almost unconsciously said: "Well, if I am ever hyp- 
notized, I can never be made to do anything that I 
would be ashamed of — anything morally wrong," and 
I defy any hypnotist to take advantage of a person 
so fortified. 

Dreadful Crimes. — There are many who have never 
given their subjective mind any such suggestions, and 
I regret to say many dreadful crimes have been com- 
mitted by hypnotized persons because of an implicit 
trust in the operator, or because some unscrupulous 
hypnotist gained an unholy power over them. It is 
for this reason that before entering into this subject 
I throw out this warning to all. 

The Warning. — Be sure to take advantage of your 
powers of Auto-suggestion and close your subjective 
mind to all harmful influences. Then neither mes- 
merism nor hypnotism can harm you, and each can 
do you a great deal of good in many ways. These 
ways will be discussed later in this chapter. 

The Objective mind asleep or how the Objective 
mind can be put to sleep. The manner in which this 
can be done we are now about to explain in this chap- 
ter entitled Magnetism and Hypnotism, and in the fol- 



OR CHARACTER READING 281 

lowing pages relating to Clairvoyance, Visions, and 
Telepathy. 

Animal Magnetism. — So many unscrupulous people 
have used a small knowledge of Animal Magnetism, 
which they have obtained, with little honest study, 
to puzzle and gull the public, that many good people 
look upon the whole subject with contempt. 

Our Authorities. — We have consulted the best au- 
thorities, men of dignity, learning and high repute 
for our chapter, however, and we are able to say that 
our readers may, with perfect safety and confidence, 
read what is here set down. 

Mental Electricity. — Magnetism has been called by 
some "Mental Electricity." This is a very compre- 
hensive name, because Magnetism is the direct influ- 
ence of mind upon the minds and bodies of others. 

ORIGIN OF MESMERISM. 

Mesmerism. — The great art of magnetic healing, 
however, was made practical by a gentleman named 
Mesmer, and for the most part it is now called Mes- 
merism, in his honor. 

The Equal Balance. — One of the first things to be 
fixed in the reader's mind is that Nature whether in 
plant, animal or human life insists upon having things 
equally balanced. Take for example the action of the 
elements when there is a thunder-storm. The air is 
full of electric fluid, and until this is equally diffused 
(spread out) there will be confusion in the skies, so 
the thunders roll, the clouds are piled up or smoothed 
down, "patted into shape" like one would treat a pil- 
low, and when equality or balance is at last affected, 



282 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

peace regains her throne, and we on the earth say 
"The storm is over." 

The Life Fluid. — In human beings this electric fluid 
or life fluid, must of course be present, or there could 
be no life, and where two persons are constantly* 
together, the amount of life fluid in each will grad- 
ually become equalized. In some cases this is benefi- 
cial to each. In others it is not. 

For example, if a little child, three or four years 
old should be allowed to sleep with two very old and 
decrepit grand-parents for a year or two, the child 
would pine away and die, the two old people living 
on, because they are assimilating the life-fluids, and 
the child, not being able to bring them up to his level, 
must necessarily die. In other words the older people 
have nothing to give back to the child, and a balance 
can not be established. Therefore a word of warning 
— Do not allow children to sleep with older people, 
especially very aged people. 

The Nervo-vital Fluid. — What the blood is to the 
veins, the nervo-vital fluid is to the nerves, and when 
we see a person, who upon hearing bad news, is 
thrown into great excitement we may know that he or 
she needs a new supply of nerve fluid, or nerve 
"blood." 

Human Batteries. — How easy it now is to go a step 
further, and observe how one person possessing a 
great deal of magnetism or nerve life can help one who 
does not possess enough. When a "full-charged" per- 
son comes in contact with the one who lacks, he holds 
his mind upon the other, and gently wills that he re- 
ceive a due portion of this wonderful life-fluid. Then 
Nature steps in, and being intent upon making this 



OR CHARACTER READING 283 

balance, transfers enough vital fluid from the strong 
man to the weak, in order to form an equilibrium. 
This change is usually so soothing to the man who 
needed help that he unconsciously passes into a state 
of insensibility for the time being. This is the whole 
secret or "mysterious process" of magnetizing or Mes- 
merizing. Simple, isn't it? 

The Best Mesmeric Subjects. — It will be seen from 
the foregoing explanation, that it is the person who 
has a need of the vital forces who is the easy mes- 
meric or hypnotic subject, and he can probably be 
hypnotized in an hour's time. I think that the best 
name for this would be "magnetized," for the process 
is just like that to which high-carbon steel is subjected 
when it is being magnetized, or made into a magnet. 

A Harder Subject. — If, however, the subject does 
not need so great an amount of the nervo-vital fluid, 
then it will be harder to mesmerize him, and if«*he 
need very little indeed, then at the first sitting very 
little effect will be produced. 

The Method. — Let it be kept in mind how this thing 
is accomplished by the operator or mesmerist, i. e., by 
his objective mind (his will, if you please) influencing 
the subjective mind of the patient to receive a suffi- 
cient amount of the fluid from him (the operator) to 
effect a balance. Sometimes physical contact, (rub- 
bing) is necessary, and this is done by a series of so- 
called "passes." The best mesmerists, however, do 
not find it necessary to touch the patient's body in or- 
der to transfer the mysterious fluid. 

"Equal" Persons. — If two persons with the proper 
amount of vital fluid sit down together, one of them 
agreeing to be passive and to let the other operate 

18 



284 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

upon him, the one will gain power constantly and the 
other lose it, until after a number of sittings he will 
go into a mesmeric sleep. 

Human Electricity. — In the air that we breathe 
there is oxygen, nitrogen, hydrogen and electricity. 
Now when this air, containing these different elements, 
is breathed into the lungs, the oxygen and electricity 
are picked up and sent into the blood, which is charged 
with iron, while the nitrogen goes out as breath. Of 
course every one knows that it is the iron in the 
blood first of all that makes it "red." When the elec- 
tricity coming into the lungs from the air is sent by 
the lungs into the blood and comes in contact with 
the iron magnetism is produced. 

The Human Galvanic Battery. — The oxygen puts 
acid into the blood and this acid acts like sulphate of 
copper in a galvanic battery. Of course the blood is 
magnetized just as a piece of iron is galvanized, i. e., 
by the bringing together of heat, light, electricity and 
magnetism. (A gentleman named Galvin discovered 
this effect upon iron and other substances; hence our 
word galvanism and galvanized, which we hear or see 
in the newspapers every day.) 

The Escape of Magnetism. — "The blood," says one 
writer, "thus magnetically prepared at the lungs, is 
thrown upon the heart and forced into the arteries. 
Hence arterial blood is red." It is forced to the ex- 
tremities, driven into every possible corner, and then 
carried back through the veins to the heart. It is 
black when it comes back to the heart because all the 
electricity or magnetism has escaped into the nerves, 
and it has to go back to the lungs to be re-magnetized. 

Don't Judge Your Neighbors. — The reader will now 



OR CHARACTER READING 285 

see, if he will take the trouble to turn back to our 
chapter on Temperaments, for instance, why people 
are so "different," in their "make-up," and why we 
(page 30 of this book) gave a drawing of the nerv- 
ous and the veinous systems. So much depends upon 
the blood and the nerves ! We should indeed be slow 
to judge the actions of our fellow beings when we 
think how their actions are influenced by these mys- 
terious activities going on inside. 

Deep Breathing. — There is scarcely a magazine or a 
newspaper which does not, at some time or other, print 
an article advising every one to take long breaths fre- 
quently, but how few of them explain why ! It should 
now be clear to every reader of this book why long 
breaths and plenty of them help everybody, but par- 
ticularly a nervous person. Every breath of fresh air 
we breathe is charged with electricity, which when it 
gets into the lungs, helps to make the good, red blood 
and the finely magnetized nerves of health. Like sal- 
vation, fresh air is fortunately free to all, and there can 
never be a "trust" on it. Therefore, breathe deep, my 
friends, "breathe deep !" 

NATURE'S MARVELOUS PROVISION 

Another Rule of Three. — In our earlier chapters we 
aimed to constantly keep before the reader's mind 
that the human features are governed by what we 
chose to call the "Rule of Three," and risking the 
criticism of repeating ourselves, we reiterate the state- 
ment, calling especial attention to the Rule of Three 
as applied to the nerves. This wonderful network of 
living electric wires has three divisions, and is com- 
posed, namely, of nerves of sensation, i. e., the nerves 



286 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

that tell the brain when a sweet or a foul smell comes 
to the nose, or when a dainty or repulsive bit of food 
is placed upon the tongue, when a finger is burned, or 
a toe frozen, etc.; second, the nerves of voluntary mo- 
tion, i. e., those that are brought into play when a 
hand is used or one foot placed before another — in 
other words, these are the nerves that do not move 
unless willed to do so; third, the nerves of involuntary 
motion, i. e., those that receive sensations and move 
of their own accord, for instance, those aiding in the 
digestion, the secretive organs, etc., etc. Wise Mother 
Nature ! She took into consideration that there will 
always be poor memories, and she gave her children 
this little band of helpers who "know their business" 
without being told, and go about it constantly. 

Why we Should Know. — As the reader thinks more 
deeply upon these subjects of magnetism and hypno- 
tism, he will understand why he should know about 
this three-fold nervous system. 

Electrically Charged. — All of these three classes of 
nerves are charged with electricity by being near to 
or touching the veins. 

The Nerve "Blood." — The blood is confined entirely 
to the veins and arteries, while the nerves contain 
what is called the nervo-vital fluid. 

Lack of Blood. — We all know that when a man has 
not a sufficient supply of blood that he droops and 
is sleepy all the time. 

Lack of Nervo- Vital Fluid. — What, then, is the re- 
sult if the nervous system has not enough galvanic, 
or nervo-vital fluid? Just this: the patient is con- 
stantly excited and "nervous," and is in danger of fits, 
insanity, etc., etc. 



OR CHARACTER READING 287 

Why People Drop Dead! — Many persons thought to 
be in perfect health have suddenly dropped dead, 
simply because their nervous systems were not prop- 
erly supplied with the life fluid. 

How To Save Life. — Had such persons been "mag- 
netized" or mesmerized and the nerve balance restored, 
death would not have occurred from that cause. All 
"threatened with apoplexy" should seek a magnetic 
healer before it is too late. 

Cures by Mesmerism. — When a patient has once 
been fully mesmerized he can be thrown into the state 
in five minutes. If he is suffering from a severe head- 
ache, backache, earache, anything of the kind, in fact, 
he will be wholly cured when he wakes from the 
mesmeric sleep. 

The Mesmerized Arm. — A fact that is not generally 
known is that the whole body need not be mesmer- 
ized. Suppose, for example, I break my arm. I go 
to a mesmerist — he mesmerizes my arm, and I lose all 
consciousness of pain in that member, and am able 
to look calmly and painlessly on while the bone is 
being "set" by the physician. 

Mind Controls Matter. — Many persons who are scof- 
fers take the stand that mind cannot move matter. 
This is an extreme and very absurd view, because not 
even an arm nor a finger can be lifted without an 
effort of the mind. 

A Step Forward. — From this conclusion, we very 
naturally take another step forward, and at least ask 
ourselves the question : 

Moving Another's Limbs. — "If my mind can make 
my own arm or foot raise, why can it not effect my 
neighbor's arm, if that neighbor's objective mind be 



288 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

temporarily dethroned and his subjective mind be 
given into my care?" Nothing could be more simple, 
and nothing is more true. 

Powers of Animal Magnetism. — The power of the 
mind to move the various members of the body is of 
course animal magnetism, or electricity, and we all 
know that so far there seems to be no end to the 
possibilities of electricity. 

Magnetic Healing. — Naturally the idea of healing 
will present itself to the reader, and this is the greatest 
power of magnetism. Do we not all know some one 
who can cure headaches by gently stroking the head 
of the sufferer? But how and why? You are now 
ready to answer with me "Simply by transferring a 
sufficient amount of the electro-vital fluid to make the 
perfect balance." 

Massage. — Is not this one of the elements that enter 
into massage? I think all who are engaged in that 
sort of work will, if honest, agree at once to this truth. 

Mesmeric "States." — Now let us look into Mesmer- 
ism a little deeper, and we find first that here are 
five states or degrees of the mesmeric influence: 

First — When the hands or the whole body can be 
influenced by the mental and physical power of the 
mesmerist, i. e., by the stroking of the subject's head 
to cure headache, etc., etc. 

Second — When the hands or body of the person be- 
ing mesmerized, i. e., the "subject," can be attracted 
by the mind influence, without bodily contact, or by 
the bodily influences, without any conscious mental 
effort on the part of the mesmerist. I might almost 
say by the influence of his magnetized involuntary 
nerves. 



OR CHARACTER READING 289 

The third degree is attained when the subject can 
neither see, nor hear any one's voice but that of the 
mesmerist. 

The fourth is when the subject can taste what the 
magnetizer or mesmerist tastes, and smell what he 
smells. 

The fifth degree, Clairvoyance, we will merely name 
at this time, as we are to treat the subject at length 
in another chapter. 

All are Mesmerists. — Contrary to the popular belief 
that only a few persons have mesmeric powers, we 
wish to state that every one has this power in a 
greater or lesser degree. 

HOW TO BECOME A MESMERIST 

How to Mesmerize. — This is the natural question 
that now confronts us, and I will give you the rules 
laid down by the best obtainable authorities upon the 
subject. 

First-^Do not allow any one in the room who is 
prejudiced, and who is likely to distract the subject's 
eyes from yourself — the operator or mesmerist. 

Second — By all means have one witness, a person in 
whom the subject has perfect confidence, so that he 
may feel sure you are treating him fairly and that 
you do not wish to take any advantage of him. 

Lock the doors and make sure that you will not be 
interrupted during the sitting. An interruption un- 
does all that has been done and makes double work 
necessary. 

Necessary Mental Condition. — Take two chairs, one 
higher than the other, and place your patient in the 
lower of the two. Place the subject's knees between 



290 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

yours. Then request that he become passive and rid 
his mind of all distracting thoughts. Then advise him 
to be hopeful because you are going to do him good ; 
impress upon him that as his faith is so shall it be 
unto him, and that the greater his faith the greater 
will be the results. 

An equal heat should be established in your body 
and that of your subject. This you can ascertain by 
holding his hands in such a manner that the inner side 
of each of your thumbs will lie upon the inner side 
of each of his. I need scarcely remind the reader that 
this is done to satisfy Nature as to a "balance." The 
more nearly the operator's physical condition as to 
heat and cold are equal the better will be the results 
of the experiment. 

The "Passes." — After this is done, then begin your 
passes in the following manner: "Draw back your 
hands, separating them to the right and left, and turn- 
ing them so that the inner surface may be on the out- 
side, and you will raise them a little higher than the 
head; then you will place them on the two shoulders, 
you will leave them there for about a minute, and you 
will bring them down the arms as far as the ends of 
the fingers, slightly touching them. You will re-com- 
mence the pass five or six times, turning away your 
hands and separating them a little from the body, so 
as to re-ascend. You will then place your hands above 
the head ; you will keep them there for a moment, and 
you will bring them down, passing in front of the face, 
at a distance of one or two inches, as far as the pit of 
the stomach; there you will stop for about two min- 
utes, placing your thumbs on the pit of the stomach 
and the other fingers below the ribs. Then you will 



OR CHARACTER READING 291 

descend slowly along the body as far as the knees, 
or better, if you can without incommoding yourself, 
to the extremity of the feet." 

"You will repeat the same process during the greater 
part of the sitting; you will also approach the patient 
sometimes, so as to place your hands behind his shoul- 
ders, and let them descend slowly along the spine to 
the back, and from thence on the haunches, and along 
the thighs as far as the knees, or even to the feet. 
After the first pass you may dispense with placing 
the hands on the head, and make the subsequent passes 
on the arm. If no results are produced in half an hour 
the sitting terminates, and the foregoing process is 
repeated again. The desired results will take place 
at the end of the second or of some subsequent sitting." 

Animals may be mesmerized, and it is for this rea- 
son that I believe that only the mind of the operator 
is necessary to the process, and that it is his mind 
which projects the nervo-vital fluid out through his 
hands, sometimes without contact, onto the mind, 
body, and sensibilities of the subject. I saw a white 
rabbit mesmerized by a gentleman who wished to use 
the little animal in a photograph, and it was wonderful 
how soon he attained his results. He "waked" the 
rabbit by merely snapping his fingers before its face \ 

HYPNOTISM, AND HOW IT IS 
ACCOMPLISHED 

Hypnotism. — We now come to Hypnotism, which, 
while bringing about very much the same results as 
Mesmerism, is accomplished in an entirely different 
way. This name comes from a Greek root word 
meaning sleep. It was a long time before rational 



292 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

and respectable people would recognize the good 
possibilities of hypnotism, because so many fakirs 
employed it in cheap exhibitions, traveling shows 
and things of that character. But today it is rec- 
ognized as a powerful element in the cure of nerv- 
ous troubles, in the mental preparation of patients 
who are about to undergo critical operations, and in 
many other ways. 

Dr. Worchester, in his new book, "Religion and 
Medicine," comments upon the nature of Hypnotism 
as follows : 

"In all hypnotized persons there is a rapport or con- 
nection between the hypnotizer and the person hypno- 
tized. This is of great importance, as it enables sug- 
gestions to be mentally assimilated and to be carried 
out as post-hypnotic phenomena. It is this connection 
that constitutes the great difference between hypnotic 
and normal sleep. 

"According to the best authenticated statistics and 
also as the result of personal experience, one can safely 
assume that from 80 per cent to 96 per cent of all per- 
sons are hypnotizable. These figures are not exag- 
gerated, if we consider how many of the human race 
are suggestible in the waking condition. Some French 
investigators claim that only cases of hysteria can be 
successfully hypnotized, and this has led one writer 
to state that the hysterics are the frogs of experi- 
mental psychology. However, personal experience and 
the experience of others leads us to decidedly dissent 
from this view. We have hypnotized many persons 
who are not suffering from hysteria. Every mentally 
healthy person is hypnotizable, especially the strong- 
willed, contrary to the popular belief. Children, on 



OR CHARACTER READING 293 

account of their credulity, are very suggestible and, 
therefore, very easily hypnotized. Idiots and the in- 
sane are very difficult, if not impossible, to hypno- 
tize. ... 

"Deep hypnosis resembles outwardly normal sleep ; 
it is somnabulistic and there is loss of memory on 
awakening. There is one important difference, how- 
ever — the hypnotic subject is suggestible to a high 
degree, either in the hypnotic state itself or as a reac- 
tion or awakening, the so-called post-hypnotic sug- 
gestion. There is a kind of mental connection between 
the hypnotized person and the hypnotist; in other 
words, the subject is en rapport with his hypnotic 
dictator. 

"In the half-waking state, catalepsy or fixation of 
the limbs into any desired position may be brought 
about — the limbs may be manipulated as if made of 
wax, and peculiar somatic sensations may arise, such 
as transitory paralysis or numbness, startings of the 
body and sensations of falling." 

ForeL has given the following classification of the 
degrees of hypnosis : 

1. Somnolence or sleepiness, in which the influ- 
enced person can resist suggestion and open his eyes. 

2. Light sleep, in which the eyes cannot be opened, 
and obedience to suggestions is obligatory, but there 
is no loss of memory on awakening. 

3. Deep sleep or somnambulism, with amnesia and 
fine post-hypnotic effects. 

Mental Suggestion. — In Hypnotism the power of 
mental suggestion is the great factor, and we must 
now understand more clearly than ever the two minds 
— Subjective and Objective. 



294 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

Belief in Operator Essential. — In Hypnotism the 
subject's objective mind, i. e., his Will and his Reason, 
yield to the objective mind of the operator. The result 
is, of course, that anything that the operator states 
to the subject is believed implicitly, and his actions 
are in accord with this suggestion. 

Healing is done very effectively by Hypnotism. 
The patient makes his mind as passive as possible and 
determines to follow the operator's or healer's instruc- 
tions faithfully. 

A Witness Desirable.- — In all hypnotic as well as 
mesmeric experiments I would urge that a reliable wit- 
ness be present. But it is much more important in 
hypnotism than in mesmerism that this witness be of 
the "faithful." If he should be a skeptic, he would 
divert the thought-currents and make results almost, 
if not entirely, impossible. I say this in view of the 
fact that it is already understood that this witness is 
to have the full confidence of the subject, and hence 
have influence over him. 

Locked Doors. — Next I should urge as before, that 
at the first sittings the doors be locked and other per- 
sons kept out; also that there be no interruptions. 
So much depends upon the quiet, uninterrupted flow of 
.thought from the mind of the operator to that of the 
subject. 

Manner of Procedure. — The operator first wills the 
subject to go to sleep, and if this takes place, he then 
remarks very firmly : 

Headaches Cured. — "Your head will not be aching 
when you awake, or you will be wholly rested and 
refreshed when you awake," or whatever suggestion 
the conditions may call forth. 



OR CHARACTER READING 295 

The Awakening. — He may allow the subject to sleep 
for a short time, or he may gently awaken him by 
suggesting that he awake, and the patient will ex- 
perience a feeling of complete rest and relief from 
pain upon opening his eyes. 

As an illustration of this point: I was once asked 
to go to the home of a physician of my home town to 
report a parlor lecture by the physician on Hypnotism. 
After the lecture the doctor placed a number of per- 
sons under the hypnotic influence purely by sugges- 
tion. His little daughter was told that her handker- 
chief was a white rabbit, and she went through every 
act of childish endearment for a pet, and asked sev- 
eral who were present if they didn't think "Bunny was 
pretty," etc. 

My Own Experience. — I was so impressed with the 
wonderful hypnotic powers of this man that upon 
leaving his home I said to him : 

"Doctor, I have been suffering from insomnia for 
several months ; I have tried several other doctors, but 
their medicines do not seem to help me. Do you 
think you can make me sleep tonight?" 

He replied quickly : "Certainly I can ; you will sleep 
tonight." 

I went home and retired. At first I began tossing 
about as had been my habit for months, when sud- 
denly I seemed to hear the physician say : 

"Sleep, sleep," and I immediately became calm and 
dropped off into natural slumber. Nor did insomnia 
ever attack me again that whole summer. It will be 
very evident to my readers that this sleep was pro- 
duced entirely by the first suggestion, probably sec- 
onded by a mental one from the operator at the time 



296 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

he saw me, for he did not know what time I should 
retire and could not have sent the second message just 
at the moment when needed. I went home believing 
what he said and his suggestion had more power than 
all the drugs I had been given by other physicians 
for months. Faith is a powerful factor in hypnotism. 

Faith. — Indeed faith is the main thing in hypnotic 
experiments, whether it be exercised for the purpose 
of healing or for merely scientific experiments, and 
unto every one, operator and subject alike, is given 
this great injunction: 

"According to your faith, so be it unto you." 

WHY CHRISTIAN SCIENCE ATTRACTS 

Christian Science. — While on the subject of mental 
healing it is eminently fitting that we acquaint our 
readers with the true inwardness of this "science" 
which strangely enough numbers among its followers 
thousands of very intellectual, cultured and brilliant 
people. In approaching this theme I will give you first 
Professor Hudson's findings on the subject. In his 
interesting book, "The Law of Psychic Phenomena," 
he says : 

Mrs. Eddy's Errors. — "It is not known whether the 
worthy lady-founder of the school (Christian Science) 
ever stopped to reduce her foundation principles to 
the form of a syllogism. It is presumed not, for other- 
wise their intense, monumental, and aggressive ab- 
surdity would have become apparent to her, as it is to 
others. Let us see how they look in the form of a 
syllogism — 

"Matter has no existence. Our bodies are composed 
of matter. Therefore our bodies have no existence. 



OR CHARACTER READING 297 

It follows, of course, that as we have no bodies we 
have no pain." 

Thousands of Followers. — Mr. Hudson very hon- 
estly continues, however : "Nevertheless there are two 
facts connected with this system which stand out in 
bold relief: One is that it numbers its followers by 
the hundred thousand ; and the other is that the cures 
effected by its practitioners are of daily occurrence and 
of the most marvellous character." 

Objective Faith Not Necessary. — "The first of these 
facts demonstrates the truth of the trite saying that 
any system of belief, if earnestly advocated, will find 
plenty of followers. The second shows in the most 
conclusive manner that the faith of the objective mind 
is not a necessary factor in the cure of diseases by 
mental processes. 

"While most other religious bodies are declining or 
barely holding their own," says Dr. Worcester, in "Re- 
ligion and Medicine," "it (Christian Science) grows by 
leaps and bounds. All over this country solid and 
enduring temples are reared by grateful hands and 
consecrated to the ideal and name of Mrs. Eddy. And 
this strange phenomenon has occurred in the full light 
of day, at the end of the nineteenth and at the begin- 
ning of the twentieth century, and these extraordinary 
doctrines have propagated themselves not in obscure 
corners of the earth, among an illiterate and fanatical 
populace, but in the chief centers of American civiliza- 
tion. Such facts may well cause the philosophical stu- 
dent of religion to reflect. The more absurd the Chris- 
tian Science dogma is made to appear, the more diffi- 
cult it becomes to account for men's faith in it. Un- 
less we are prepared to confess ourselves utterly at a 



298 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

loss to explain this infatuation, we must be able to 
pass beneath the vulgar and repulsive exterior of 
Christian Science and to find a truth in it, a gift for 
men, a spiritual power answering to men's needs which 
the churches at present do not possess. Nor is this 
difficult to those who know that the metaphysical basis 
of religion expressed by its dogmas is the last part 
to be accepted and embraced by its people. The meta- 
physical basis of Buddhism is complete negation, a 
denial of God, of prayer, of the soul, of immortality, 
in short, of all the elements which elsewhere consti- 
tute religion. That did not stand in the way of the 
adoring multitudes who found new life in the seduc- 
tive sweetness of Sakyamuni's personality. The meta- 
physical basis of Christian Science is too crude, too 
contradictory to be accepted by normal reason. What 
of that? It is not by metaphysical consistency that 
men live. With all its obscurity we find in the Sacred 
Book of Christian Science great truths — freedom from 
the fetters of sense and passion, the power of the soul 
over the body, victory of the mind over its tyrants, 
fear and anger, the presence of God manifested with 
power; above all, the promise of an immense immedi- 
ate good as the result of faith. These are the mag- 
nets to which the souls of men have sprung as wait- 
ing particles of steel. . . . No one ever yet ac- 
cepted a form of religious faith which promised to do 
him nothing but harm. The more good any particular 
form of religion accomplishes, the more men will be- 
lieve in it, and the less good any particular church or 
religious institution does, the less the faith it is able 
to inspire. Here lies the source of the power of Chris- 
tian Science. It does unquestionably bestow certain 



OR CHARACTER READING 299 

great benefits to believers : it makes men happy, it 
improves tempers, it frequently weans men from evil 
habits, it can reduce or remove pain, it cures certain 
types of disease, and it gives courage to endure these 
which it cannot heal. It concerns itself with the pres- 
ent and its effects are direct, practical, immediate. 
Therein lies its great superiority to preaching that is 
vague and impractical and which deals largely with 
a distant future." 

Before leaving this theme, which falls so naturally 
under the general subject of Hypnotism as not to be 
ignored, I will give you an illustration of a case of 
so-called "Christian Science" healing. 

A Case of "Science Healing." — I numbered among 

my friends in C a beautiful young girl. M 

was the picture of health and was a devout Scientist. 
One day when she had expressed very strongly her 
belief in the efficacy of the Science healers, I asked 
her how she had become a Scientist, as she had pre- 
viously been a Presbyterian. 

She replied : "I was suffering from nervous prostra- 
tion — was confined to my room and bed. Our family 
physician had given up all hopes of my recovery. I 
lay in my bed unable to sleep or to eat, and gradually 
grew weaker day by day. One night as I lay staring 
at my gas-jet, something seemed to say to me: 

" 'Why don't you get up ; put out that gas and go 
to sleep like a sensible girl. You can, if you will.' 

"I immediately recognized the good sense of the 
suggestion and rising from my bed, with a new-born 
strength, turned off the gas ; then I lay down again 
and was soon fast asleep. From that moment my re- 
covery began. 

19 



300 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

"I told my mother of the experience the next morn- 
ing, and she then told me that she had asked a Chris- 
tian Science healer to give me absent treatments. I 
could not but have faith in Science after that, could I?" 

Absent Treatment. — It will be seen from this that 
the operator, if a strong one, does not even have to see 
his subject, or to let her know that he is "going to 

"treat" her. It will also be seen that M really had 

nerves and that they needed a soothing influence to 
quiet them. Had she had no body, she would have 
had no nerves, and hence would have needed no 
"healer." 

Healer's Faith in Himself. — To revert for a moment 
to Faith, let me emphasize the fact that the healer 
must also have faith — faith in his ability to hypnotize 
and to heal his patient. In other words, he must have 
plenty of self-reliance. 

This young woman has now abandoned Christian 
Science, very honestly admitting that while there are 
very many beautiful thoughts and truths in it, that 
these may also be found in other religions, 



OR CHARACTER READING 



301 



THE EMMANUEL CHURCH MOVEMENT— 
WHAT IT IS AND WHAT IT DOES 

This brings us at once to the Emmanuel Church 
Movement. The rector of that church, Rev. Elwood 
Worcester, D.D., Ph.D., has established in connec- 
tion with it, in Boston, classes for the healing of the 
sick by faith and suggestion. 




Dr. Elwood Worcester. 

His original declaration was that the Church holds 
within her own borders all the powers of healing, both 
moral and spiritual, offered by any outside organiza- 
tion, "religion," or cult. 



302 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

Having absolute faith in his own powers to cure 
nervous sufferers and so make of them better men and 
women, he began the movement with such wonderful 
results that there is scarcely any one in America who 
reads the daily papers who has not heard more or less 
of the Emmanuel Church Movement. 

Dr. Worcester has been widely successful because 
he has exercised from the first the most excellent com- 
mon sense. He has from the outset recognized the 
rightful mission and scope of drugs, and has worked 
hand in hand with skilled physicians. 

He has on the other hand, recognized that there are 
many cases of nervous disorders, caused by moral de- 
generation. These cannot be touched by a wholly 
drug-physician. Suggestion must be employed. Cases 
of this kind he has cured by the hundreds, and has 
set an example to pastors of Christian Churches every- 
where. 

"The Church's sure foundation 
Is Jesus Christ the Lord," 

and this priest has come to understand the mission 
of Christ's ministers in the world. In his own lan- 
guage I will let him speak: 

"Although we try to awaken faith on the part of 
our patients, we do not desire blind or fanatical faith. 
We lay absolutely no claim to personal power; we 
explain as fully as possible the nature of the means 
we employ, and call attention to the limitations of 
such methods, and accept as patients only persons suf- 
fering from functional disorders. 

"We encourage the patients to acquaint themselves 
with the principles involved, by maintaining a good 



OR CHARACTER READING 303 

library of standard works which we freely lend them. 
We avoid all fetiches and material adjuncts as means 
of suggestion, and rely only upon moral, spiritual and 
rational means. . . . Our work is essentially 
ethical and spiritual. Our chief interest in the men 
and women who seek our care is a moral and religious 
interest. In other words, we desire not merely to re- 
store them to health, but to give them motives for 
living." 

Dr. Worcester understands and appreciates fully 
the wonderful, and as yet inexplicable effect of sug- 
gestion upon the nerves and even the functions of the 
body, and in healing and rectifying disorders he makes 
free use of suggestion. 

The following is Dr. Worcester's own description of 
the method he employs in treating a patient : "I place 
the patient in a comfortable, reclining chair, instruct 
him how to relax his arms, his legs, his neck, head 
and body, so that there shall be no nervous tension or 
muscular effort. Then standing behind him I gently 
stroke his forehead and temples, which has a soothing 
and a distracting effect. Without attempting to in- 
duce sleep I inform him that his body is resting and 
that his mind too will rest, that he will not let his 
thought run on unchecked, but that it will lazily fol- 
low my words, and that when I make a useful sug- 
gestion to him he will repeat it to himself. I then 
tell him that all nervousness is passing from him, that 
everything is still within him, that his heart is beating 
quietly and regularly and that he is breathing gently 
and slowly. I suggest to him that he is entering into 
peace, that his mind is abstracted and his thoughts are 
becoming vague and indistinct. As soon as I see that 



304 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

these suggestions are effective I pass to the curative 
suggestions. If the patient is suffering pain I assure 
him that the pain is diminishing and that in a little 
while it will be gone. If I am treating a patient for 
insomnia, I tell him that he will sleep soundly tonight, 
that he will feel drowsy and fall asleep soon after 
he goes to bed, and that if he awakens at all in the 
night he will make a few suggestions to himself and 
immediately fall asleep again. In short I make the 
suggestions as positively and simply as possible and 
under these conditions I usually find it advisable to 
repeat them more than once. During this treatment, 
which usually lasts from fifteen minutes to an hour, 
according to the difficulties I encounter, a small pro- 
portion of patients will fall asleep and take a short 
nap, as some persons are so constituted that they will 
sleep anywhere if they are allowed to rest quietly. I 
have never observed, however, that such sleep had 
any particular significance. 

"I ought perhaps to add that I personally attach a 
religious importance to this state of mind. When our 
minds are in a state of peace and our hearts are open 
and receptive to all good influence, I believe that the 
spirit of God enters into us and a power not our own 
takes possession of us. Thus I am tempted to explain 
the marked moral and physical improvement which I 
have frequently seen follow such brief periods of com- 
plete repose, and especially moral changes which oc- 
cur with very little effort on the part of the patient." 

Cures Affected. — Here is an instance of the hun- 
dreds of wonderful cures which have been wrought by 
Dr. Worcester. "A woman came to me about six 
months ago and told me that she had suffered agoniz- 



OR CHARACTER READING 305 

ing pain in herjiead for four or five days in the week 
for a period of forty-five years. Her sufferings were 
so great that when her daughter sickened and died 
she was unable to care for her or even to attend the 
funeral. I believed her affliction to be a kind of re- 
verberation of a former condition. She was suffer- 
ing acutely at the time, and having seated her in a 
comfortable position, and having made her very quiet, 
I placed my hands on her head and assured her earn- 
estly that the pain was diminishing, that it was in 
fact disappearing, and that in ten minutes it would be 
gone and that it would not return. The suggestion 
succeeded, the pain punctually ceased, and the patient 
has informed me from time to time that it has not 
returned." The following utterance of Dr. Worces- 
ter's in his remarkable book, "Religion and Medicine," 
strikes the key-note of the present-day conditions and 
will be read with interest ten years hence : 

"Jesus earnestly warned men against injurious agi- 
tation and passion, against anger, fear, and anxious 
care, and he attached great importance to calm and 
peace. We have just begun to fathom His motives, 
but there can be no doubt that in His colossal task 
of the moral regeneration of the world He counted 
on a higher power than man's unaided will. Today 
we recognize the universe to be a great storehouse 
of invisible energy, contact with which has enor- 
mously increased the potentiality of human life. Is 
it probable that all those energies are mechanical? 
Does not the whole moral and religious life of man 
testify to the existence of unseen spiritual powers 
which are friendly to us? So unquestionably was the 
belief of Christ." 



306 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

It might be added in conclusion that Dr. Worcester 
is one of the greatest benefactors of humanity, espe- 
cially Christian humanity, that the Church has ever 
given to the world. 

The Bump of Self-Esteem. — Reader, if you are think- 
ing of trying your hypnotic powers turn these pages 
backward until you find again the Phrenological chart 
(page 18 of this volume), and looking at the back 
of the top-head find the bump of self-esteem. Then 
see how much you have. In proportion to the size of 
that bump will be your power to hypnotize. 

Mind Transference, or Telepathy, plays an almost 
equally important part with Faith in Hypnotism, and 
especially in mental healing, and this subject has so 
many other phases that we are devoting an entire 
chapter to the fascinating theme. 

Differences. — It will be seen from what has gone be- 
fore that the "ways and means" of the mesmerist and 
the hypnotist are distinctly different, i. e., the one 
uses his hands or his mind to convey a fluid, real 
though invisible, from his body to that of the patient ; 
the other uses only mental or oral suggestions. 

Some Prefer Mesmerism. — Many persons contend 
that Mesmerism is much the better mode of healing 
because the operator actually gives the patient a part 
of his own physical strength, and, too, almost un- 
consciously gets into mental contact with him also, 
while the hypnotist uses mind force entirely. 

Others Prefer Hypnotism. — Others who believe 
mind to be all-powerful, claim the palm for the hyp- 
notic healer, and indeed both can cite instances which 
are truly marvellous. Modern scientists use hypno- 
tism almost entirely. 



OR CHARACTER READING 307 

It is claimed, too, by those who have been convinced 
that effects are attained by either or both of these 
methods, that these same effects are not lasting, even 
though the operator so wills it. With these doubting 
Thomases I am forced to take exception, and I will 
give illustrations : 

A Case in Point. — The first of these was given some 
time ago in the Phrenological Journal and reads as fol- 
lows : 

"Danny was under the influence one day and we 
were trying to find a task for him. He was under the 
control of Henry Bailey at the time, and an acquain- 
tance who was present, Mr. John Casey, .said to Bailey 
in a low voice, 'Did not my father buy a new hat 
from you yesterday?' 

" 'Yes,' answered Bailey, T sold him an eighteen 
shilling tile.' 'Then make Danny go for it tonight at 
thirty-one minutes past seven. You can make some 
excuse to my father for sending for it.' To this Bailey 
agreed and the usual question being put to Danny as 
to his willingness to do as requested when out of the 
trance, and being answered in the affirmative, he was 
told he was to go to the house of Mr. Casey and tell 
him that he, Bailey, had sent for the new hat he had 
bought, and not to return without it. 'You are to 
go at thirty-one minutes past seven tonight.' 'And/ 
added Casey, 'kick it before you all the way home/ 
'Yes, sir/ answered Danny. 'Now, John Casey,' said 
Bailey, 'he will do this as sure as light is light, and 
you will have to pay for a new hat to replace it/ 'All 
right/ said Casey; 'if he does as I told you, I'll pay for 
it, but you mustn't tell my father I had anything to 
do with it/ 



308 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

"Exactly as the clock hands pointed to the indicated 
time, Danny dashed out of doors and down the street, 
without once looking at the clock or taking the least 
notice of us who had been watching his movements 
for some time. In all such cases we were particular 
not to give the subject the least hint as to what he had 
promised to do, nor at what time, and took good care 
that none of the witnesses did so either. He reached 
Mr. Casey's house almost breathless, and having re- 
ceived the hat, the first thing he did with it was to toss 
it up, and as it came down? give it a vicious kick which 
divided the crown; then he kept kicking it before him 
until iie reached the hat store, being followed by one 
of the old-fashioned 'guardians of the night,' (a police- 
man), and Mr. Casey, Sr., who in turn were followed 
by a mob of men, women, and boys, who had congre- 
gated to 'see de fun.' 

"The 'night guardian' wanted to carry Danny off to 
the 'watchus' (police station), but a British shilling be- 
ing slipped into his not unwilling hand, had the 
power of making him change his mind. The whole 
affair was explained to Mr. Casey, who, when assured 
that a new hat was at his service, enjoyed the joke 
as well as any of us." 

This, to be sure, was an experiment made simply 
to show that a suggestion given the subject when 
hypnotized would remain with him after his awaken- 
ing. I will now relate a more serious incident from 
my own knowledge. I omit names because the gentle- 
man, involved is sensitive about the matter and would 
not care to be "advertised" in this manner. 

Cured of Drink. — When living in the town of H , 

we had for neighbors a family of very intelli- 



OR CHARACTER READING 309 

gent people. Unfortunately, however, the father, an 
ex-editor and a very bright man, had become a drunk- 
ard. At the time I became acquainted with the fam- 
ily he had been drinking for possibly ten years. Then 
suddenly he ceased to frequent saloons or to show any 
signs whatever of intoxication. 

One day the subject of his changed habits came 
under conversation and the gentleman's wife said to 
me : 

"Do you know how Mr. C. was cured of drinking?" 

Upon my replying in the negative she said : 

"Dr. T did it. You know he is a hypnotist. 

Well, my husband was anxious to be rid of the habit, 
but simply could not break his bondage. He readily 
agreed to let the doctor try. Doctor T. put him into 
a hypnotic trance and said : 

" 'Mr. C, upon waking from this sleep you will ab- 
hor intoxicating liquors, and you will never drink 
another drop as long as you live.' 

"Then my husband was slowly and gently roused, 
and he hasn't been near a saloon since, nor has he had 
or cared for anything to drink." 

This conversation between myself and Mr. C.'s wife 
took place over ten years ago, but to my certain 
knowledge the man has never gone back to his old 
intemperate habits, and the very smell of whiskey 
or other intoxicants is nauseating to him. He has in 
this time written a book, has held excellent positions 
of trust, and is looked up to as an honored, respected 
and representative citizen. 

Wonderful Powers. — This is one of the good results 
of the wonderful power called hypnotism. Many more 
could be cited. God has given this power into the 



310 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

hands of men, and woe unto him who uses it other- 
wise than to benefit his fellow beings. 

Parents Should Use Hypnotism. — If parents would 
realize that they have this power and would exercise 
it over their children in youth how many heartaches 
they might save themselves and their children ! The 
parent has the best chance of all, for few children 
there are who do not have faith in father and mother. 
Parents, too, should be the safest operators, for few 
parents there be who would harm a child. 

Effects of Hypnotizing Children. — Some persons 
may not agree with me, but I think it would be far 
more righteous to hypnotize a child and tell him that 
he could never become a drunkard, for instance, than 
to tell him that he will have many temptations when 
he "grows up/' and that if he isn't careful and doesn't 
guard his appetites he will become a drunkard. I be- 
lieve this for the reason that the moment a parent 
tells a child that there is a possibility of his going 
wrong "unless he is careful," that moment a barrier 
is thrown down. The child doesn't feel quite so strong 
as he did before, and if curious, will want to find out 
all there is to know about that particular sin. Such, 
unfortunately, is human nature. But, if the little child, 
gently placed in a receptive mental state, is told by its 
mother that it can never be a drunkard, or never steal, 
and that this influence will always remain with it, and 
then gently awakened, the mother has placed a beau- 
tiful wall of Prevention about it. I am aware 
that the "free will" persons will take exceptions to 
this, but I have a wholesome belief in the proverb that 
"An ounce of prevention is worth a pound of cure." 
I also believe that God does not give these wonderful 



OR CHARACTER READING 311 

gifts to man to be used in a foolish and experimental 
manner. The real religionist is a man of common 
sense. 

The Dark Side. — I must now speak for a moment 
on the dark side of this great subject. Unfortunately, 
alas, there are unscrupulous persons who use this 
great gift in the "devil's service," so to speak. A man 
will get control over a young girl, for example. Of 
course, she allows him to obtain the influence. This 
cannot be denied, but she does it ignorantly, and by 
and by she loses the pearl of her womanhood through 
this same godless and graceless man. The world not 
knowing why, and being unkind anyway to women, 
turns against the girl. All her life she suffers from 
having been the victim of hypnotic influence. Let me 
repeat the warning sounded at the outset — every 
mother should warn her daughters of these men. 
Every girl should give herself an "auto-suggestion ,, 
that no matter under whose influence she may come, 
she will never yield herself to impure deeds. Here, 
too, a mother may help her child by giving her an 
early hypnotic suggestion upon this subject. Do you 
not see, my readers, how much good can be done by 
this subtle power, and how much evil can be avoided? 

Young Girls Ruined. — I do not speak idly concern- 
ing this matter. I have known of such cases, particu- 
larly one in which a beautiful young girl, not over 
twelve years old, was so influenced by a man twice 
her age, and who ever after led a shameless life. To 
me she said personally: "And just to think of it. I 
did not know what was going on when he accom- 
plished his purpose." Plain speaking this, my readers, 
but the aim and end of this book is to help humanity, 



312 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

and I could not if I would leave the subject of hyp- 
notism without emphasizing this phase of it. 

Hypnotism in the Home. — Hypnotism, like cer- 
tain drugs, is very beneficial in some cases and 
very harmful in others. It is therefore most neces- 
sary that all who make use of it should do so with 
full knowledge of its character and possibilities. It 
is, though, a simple remedy for many diseases, and 
in the hands of a mother or father, or a dear and 
trusted friend, should prove, always, a blessing to the 
world. In the hands of strangers — and by that I 
mean persons whose characters are unknown to the 
subject — it is too dangerous a means to be trifled 
with and should be barred out by the strongest kind 
of auto-suggestion. This weapon of defense God has 
given us all, just as he has given the toad and other 
animals a skin so like the surrounding vegetation as 
to escape the hunter's eye. 

"NEW THOUGHT." WHAT IT IS AND 
WHAT IT IS NOT 

Of all the so-called religious cults, New Thought 
possesses, perhaps, the best right to exist. However, 
the name "New Thought," is a mis-nomer, for the vital 
truths of the new thought are all found in the Book 
of Books, many of them being merely the sayings of 
the all wise Solomon, made into modern English. 
Nevertheless this very fact — i. e., that these truths are 
up to date in expression, and very practical as to exe- 
cution, gives the New Thought creed a firm hold on 
the modern mind. In our paragraphs devoted to the 
Emmanuel Church Movement, we have shown that 



OR CHARACTER READING 313 

the mind and faith healing prerogatives are not held 
exclusively by any new religion, but that the old 
Church herself has within her walls adequate cures 
and benefits for all diseases and distresses. However, 
the New Thought has its fine points, and a few of 
these we herein set down, feeling that they can do no 
harm, and that more than likely they will do a great 
amount of good. 

The first thing a New Thought disciple is taught is 
the immense power of right thought, and this is the 
very bone and sinew of the New Thought creed. Mrs. 
Ella Wheeler Wilcox, in her excellent little book en- 
titled "The Heart of the New Thought," has placed 
the whole subject in such clear and concise language 
that any child of ten may understand. Here are a 
few helpful bits from this remarkable volume : 

"Do not begin a new year by recounting to your- 
self or others all your losses and sorrows. Let the 
past go. 

"Do not tell me it is too late to be successful or 
happy. Do not tell me you are sick and broken in 
spirit; the spirit can not be sick or broken, because 
it is of God. 

"It is your mind which makes your body sick. Let 
the spirit assert itself and demand hope and happi- 
ness." 

"Age is all imagination. Ignore years and they will 
ignore you. 

"If you will study your own spirit and its limitless 
powers, you will gain a greater secret than any alchem- 
ist ever held; a secret which shall give you whatever 
you desire." 

"When you start in the 'New Thought' do not ex- 



314 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

pect sudden illumination. Do not imagine that you 
are to become perfectly well, perfectly cheerful, suc- 
cessful, and a healer in a few days. Remember all 
growth is slow. Mushrooms spring up in a night, but 
oaks grow with deliberation, and endure for centuries." 

"Make your daily assertions : 'I am love, health, 
wisdom, cheerfulness, power for good, prosperity, suc- 
cess, usefulness, opulence. 

"Never fail to assert these things at least twice a 
day; twenty times is better." 

"If you have groveled in fear and a belief that you 
were born to poverty and failure, courage and success 
and opulence will be of slow growth. Yet they will 
grow and materialize as you insist and persist. De- 
clare they are yours, right in the face of the worst 
disasters. There is nothing so confuses and frustrates 
misfortune as to stare it down with hopeful, unflinch- 
ing eyes." 

"High Noon. — Every woman who passes thirty 
ought to keep her brain, heart and mind alive and 
warm with human sympathy and emotion. She ought 
to interest herself in others, and make her friendship 
valuable to the young. She should keep her body 
supple and avoid losing the lines of grace. * * * 
No woman of tact, charm, refinement and feeling, need 
ever let her husband, unless she is married to a clod, 
become indifferent or commonplace in his treatment 
of her. Man reflects to an astonishing degree woman's 
sentiments for him. 

"Keep sentiment alive in your own heart, Madam, 
and in the heart of your husband. If he sees that 
other men admire you, he will be more alert to the 
necessity of remaining your lover. 



OR CHARACTER READING 315 

"Be alive in mind, heart and body." 

"Avoid small gossip, and be careful in your criti- 
cism of your nejghbors. Sometimes we must criticise, 
but speak to people whose faults you feel a word of 
counsel may amend, not of them to others." 

You Can Make Success. — "However great the ob- 
stacles between you and your goal may be or have 
been, do not lay the blame of your failure upon them. 

"Other people have succeeded in overcoming just 
such obstacles. 

"Believe absolutely in your own God-given power 
to overcome anything and everything. 

"Desire success so intensely that you attract it as 
the magnet attracts the steel." 

Thought Force. — "Do not associate with pessimists. 
If you are unfortunate enough to be the son or daugh- 
ter, husband or wife of one, put cotton (either spirit- 
ual or real) in your ears, and shut out the poison 
words of discouragement and despondency. 

"Never feel that it is your duty to stay closely and 
continuously in the atmosphere of the despondent. 

"You might as well think it your duty to stay in 
deep water with one who would not make the least 
effort to swim. 

"Get on shore and throw out a life-line, but do not 
remain and be dragged under. 

"No matter how limited your mental and spiritual 
forces, through love thoughts you can be a power to 
move the world along. Rise up and realize your 
strength." 

Opulence. — "Do not go through the world talking 
poverty and asking every one you deal with to show 
you special consideration because you are 'poor' and 
'unfortunate.' 

20 



316 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

"If you do this with an idea of saving a few dollars 
here and there, you will always have to do it, because 
you are creating poverty conditions by your constant 
assertions. 

Self-Confidence Necessary. — "If we doubt our own 
judgment and discretion in business, others will doubt 
it, and the shrewd and unprincipled will take the 
opportunity given by our doubts of ourselves to spring 
upon us. 

"You never can tell what your thoughts will do 

In bringing you hate or love, 

For thoughts are things and their airy wings 

Are swift as a carrier dove. 

They follow the law of the universe 

Each thing must create its kind. 

And they speed o'er the track to bring you back 

Whatever went out from your mind." 

"What do you think about the very first thing in 
the morning? Your thoughts during the first half 
hour of the morning will greatly influence the entire 
day." 

"If you set out with worry and depression and bit- 
terness of soul toward fate or man, you are giving 
the key note to a day of discord and misfortune. 

"If you think peace, hope and happiness, you are 
sounding a note of harmony and success." 

"There is a certain happiness to be found in the 
most disagreeable duty when you stop to realize that 
you are getting it out of the way." 

"A child should be taught from its earliest life to 
find entertainment in every kind of condition or 



OR CHARACTER READING 317 

weather. If it hears its elders cursing and bemoaning 
a rainy day the child's plastic mind is quick to receive 
the impression that a rainy day is a disaster. 

"How much better to expatiate in its presence on 
the blessing of rain, and to teach it the enjoyment of 
all nature's varying moods, which other young ani- 
mals feel." * * * * 

"We find what we look for in this world. I have 
always been looking for the noble qualities in human 
beings, and I have found them. 

"There are great souls all along the highway of 
life, and there are great qualities even in the people 
who seem common and weak to us ordinarily. 

"One of the grandest souls I know is a man who 
served his term in prison for sins committed while 
in drink. 

"He was not 'born bad' — he simply drifted into bad 
company and formed bad habits. 

"He paid the awful penalty of five years behind 
prison bars, but the divine man within him asserted 
itself, and today I have no friend I feel prouder to 
call that name. 

"Every time we entertain thoughts of love, sym- 
pathy, forgiveness and faith we add to the well-being 
of the world, and create fortunate and successful con- 
ditions for ourselves. 

"Right thinking pays large dividends. 

"We ought always to believe in our best selves. 

"This is the 'new' religion, yet it is older than the 
universe. It is God's own thought put into practical 
form." 



318 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



CHAPTER II 



TELEPATHY, OR MIND TRANSFERENCE- 
ITS MYSTERIES AND REVELATIONS 

Why So Called. — The word Telepathy is made up, 
like telescope, telegraph, telephone, etc., from two 
Greek words which mean far off and sensation. 

Few Deny Its Powers. — Since wireless telegraphy 
has become a fact and is in daily use, it is not likely 
that there will be many skeptics with the hardihood 
to deny the possibility of mental telegraphy, or Telep- 
athy, as it has been named. 

The Wonderful Human Brain. — "But in wireless 
telegraphy," some will say, "there is at least an instru- 
ment at each end of the imaginary line." Certainly, 
we agree to this, but we wish also to say that in men- 
tal telegraphy there is at each end of the "line" that 
marvelous piece of mechanism — the human brain. 
And does it not seem quite reasonable that the brain, 
which has the power of inventing these marvelous 
instruments, could do a little business on its own ac- 
count? Without the brain of Marconi we should never 
have had the Marconigraph, and surely it is very little 
more remarkable to send a wordless message through 
the air, leaping from brain to brain, than it is to send 
out the little mysterious "ticks," which, becoming 
flashes at the receiving station, tell also a message ! 

The Skeptic's Question-Mark. — "Yes," my skeptical 
friend will continue, "this is a good theory, but where 
are your proofs? Has the thing ever been done? I 



OR CHARACTER READING 319 

demand to be 'shown.' ' : This is fair and reasonable, 
and it is our purpose to chronicle in this chapter many 
of the wonderful evidences of this power. 

How Telepathy "Works." — The operator who sends 
a mental message simply wills his thought to go out 
and find the other brain to which he wishes to send it. 
If this other brain is in harmony, or, as the French 
call it en rapport with his brain, the message is sure to 
reach it and to be understood. 

Examples Innumerable. — Enough examples of telep- 
athy might be given to fill a book as large as the 
Century Dictionary, but we must confine ourselves to 
a chapter of this book, and will relate such instances 
as we think best adapted to reveal the various forms 
of telepathic communication. 

Telepathy in Mesmerism. — As indicated in a former 
chapter, Telepathy enters largely into Mesmerism, in- 
deed, is the most important agent employed, because 
the operator does not give his "subject" any spoken 
suggestions, but, waiting until he is in the mesmeric 
sleep, he gives him mental or telepathic suggestions. 
It is true that a mesmerized brain will receive impres- 
sions more readily than a waking brain because the 
Subjective Mind is in the ascendency, and in this Sub- 
jective Mind is located sympathy and imagination. 
It is pre-supposed, of course, that the operator and the 
subject are in sympathy, otherwise the one could not 
have been mesmerized, and therefore the brain of the 
latter is ready to receive and understand all the mes- 
sages sent it. 

An Entertaining Experiment. — There is a kind of 
mind transference that was at one time very popular 
in this country and abroad. Whole companies of 



320 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

people were entertained by it and many pleasant hours 
spent in this harmless, but really remarkable experi- 
ment. This is, to be sure, one of the very simplest 
forms of telepathy, but in all things the student must 
begin at the beginning, and learn the a. b. c.'s, so to 
speak. The experiment is done as follows : 

One person in the room is blindfolded and taken 
into another apartment. Then an object is hidden, a 
handkerchief, a book, or something of that kind. Each 
person present agrees to keep his mind upon this ob- 
ject and its hiding-place. Then some one is chosen as 
"guide," and goes after the blindfolded person. This 
person, for convenience, we will call "A," and the guide 
"B." A places the back of his hand against~his own 
forehead and B lays one of his hands against this 
palm. He places his other hand on A's shoulder, and 
remains standing perfectly still. By and by A will 
feel a desire to go forward, which desire B must grat- 
ify, merely following, or going with him, in order to 
prevent his stumbling or coming to harm, also to aid 
in the transference of the general thought by means 
of the hand contact. If the experiment proves suc- 
cessful, A will go slowly toward the hidden object, 
and with the most delicate touches imaginable lift it 
to the gaze of the audience. 

Having performed this feat many times, I felt that 
a "personal experience" would be more convincing 
than the most remarkable evidence of others. After 
the guide placed his hand upon mine (and I would 
suggest that best results are obtained when a lady 
and gentleman try the experiment, as one is almost 
sure to be positive and the other negative) I would 
feel a desire to extend my free hand before me and 



OR CHARACTER READING 321 

then to go slowly forward. Among the best tests of 
this mind-reading experiment was upon one occasion 
when they had placed a pile of books exactly alike on 
a chair. About half way down the pile was the book 
I was to "find," and every mind was riveted to that 
book. Without hesitation I "felt" each book till I 
came to the proper one, and instantly I knew it to be 
the desired article. Upon being questioned how I 
knew that that book was the correct one when all were 
alike, I could only say "I don't know how I knew it, 
I just knew it, that's all." 

This experiment can be carried out successfully, 
moreover, when only the operator and the subject, or 
A and B are in the room. 

As an example: A favorite young man cousin and 
myself, having heard of these experiments, decided to 
try them for our own satisfaction. After working to- 
gether for several hours in the usual way, I mean by 
the hand contact, we became so thoroughly en rapport 
that he had but to hold his hand palm-downward above 
my head and I went immediately and executed his 
mental commands. One of these was to go to the 
piano and play a certain piece. I am not a musician 
and did not at that time know one key from the other, 
but my fingers touched successively each key that was 
required for the piece he had mentally selected. Nat- 
urally there was little time and no finished execution 
in my work, for my mmd simply followed his sugges- 
tions, and he suggested each key separately and slowly, 
as he afterwards told me. 

A simple test of the power of telepathy over minds 
that are not aware of one's intentions, is to concen- 
trate the mind upon the back of some one's head in 



322 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

a crowded car and notice the person become first a 
trifle restless, then positively "fidgety," then turn com- 
pletely around. I do not recommend my young lady 
readers to make a practice of this experiment, how- 
ever, as it might lead to unpleasant and embarrassing 
results. It is merely a proof that Telepathy has in- 
dependent powers of a more or less positive character. 

Practical Uses. — It may be put to a practical use 
and become a great convenience, when one wishes to 
stop a person walking ahead. This experiment I have 
tried successfully many times. 

As an Example: Recently my husband and I were 
walking on the street and a special friend of ours — 
an attorney with a very strong will of his own, was 
about a block ahead of us. I simply remarked : "Now 
I shall make Mr. A. stop, turn round, and wait for 
us." My husband smiled, but did not put forth any 
mental opposition. A number of people were between 
us, but suddenly Mr. A. turned his head, caught sight 
of us, and stopped still, waiting until we overtook him. 
In an unconcerned manner I said : "Why did you 
turn just now? Did you know we were coming ?" 
He replied: "No; I just felt so strongly inclined 
to look round that I yielded, and then I saw you." 
My husband and I exchanged a smile which brought 
forth an inquiry from the attorney, who was much 
interested in the experiment. 

A SUCCESSFUL EXPERIMENT— ROBBING 
UNCLE SAM OF POSTAGE 

Telepathy at a Distance. — A simple test of the 
powers of Telepathy at a distance I will now give. 
I have two friends, a gentleman and his wife, with 



OR CHARACTER READING 323 

whom I have corresponded many years. They are 
very "sensitive" to impressions from the psychic 
world, and I decided to try a little experiment on 
them. I had not heard from them for several months, 
and I wrote them a letter, asking why I had not heand, 
and requesting that they write. I then laid the let- 
ter in my desk, locked the desk and awaited results. 
In two days — just enough time for them to get a let- 
ter to me had they written about the same time as 
I did, I had a letter from them giving the informa- 
tion I had asked for. To drop for a moment into 
pleasantry, I might add that when we become ex- 
pert in telepathic correspondence we will rob "Uncle 
Sam" of a great deal of his postage revenue. 

Another instance of reaching persons by Telepathy. 
I wished to write to a friend living in a large city. 
I did not know his address, but the matter was ur- 
gent. I wrote the letter, addressed it to general de- 
livery, and then I set my mind to work to "impress" 
him. In a few days I had a reply from him in which 
he said : 

"It was strange that I should have gotten your let- 
ter, for it has been a long time since I established 
a permanent address and therefore discontinued go- 
ing to the office. But I was walking by the office 
the other day, and something seemed to say, 'Go in 
and ask for a letter.' I did so, and found yours of 
the ." 

Drawing from Mental Impressions. — A very won- 
derful class of experiments are those in which the 
subject is willed to draw a certain figure. The opera- 
tor makes the picture on a piece of paper, while the 
subject, also supplied with pencil and paper, waits 



324 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 




for an "impression." When it comes, he puts down 
on his paper what his mind "sees." He is blindfolded, 
or is placed in another room. The following illustra- 
tions are reproductions of pictures drawn in this man- 
ner. The first is that drawn by the operator, the sec- 
ond is the more or less perfect impression received by 
the subject, and given in The Widow's Mite by Dr. 
Isaac K. Funk. 

Telepathy in Fortune Telling. — I wish now to call 
attention to certain powers of Telepathy of whose 
existence many 
good and honest 
people are ignorant, 
and they are there- 
fore misled and 
duped by unscrup- 
ulous people. I re- 
fer to the so-called 
ability of mediums 
t o communicate 
with the spirits of 
the dead. 

Spirits or Mind 
Powers? — I wish to say at the outset that he who 
denies the fact that in all ages persons have heard 
rappings, have seen tables tipped and have heard many 
mysterious noises, also voices and seen appearances, 
is not worthy of a moment's notice. These things 
have been seen and heard by too many reliable persons 
to be denied. I do not therefore deny the results, or 
the effects, but I do question the cause. 

First, because I cannot conceive why persons 
released from "this mortal coil" and all its sorrows, 



Original. 




Reproduction. 



OR CHARACTER READING 325 

would care to hover about and make such undig- 
nified manifestations. If the dear departed could 
come back and bring us tangible, beautiful messages 
from beyond, — messages that would help us in our 
hard struggles toward the Light, then I could and 
should "believe in" them. I do not believe any 
human being was ever helped to a higher plane by 
listening to mysterious rappings, trumpet-communi- 
cations, or by reading so-called "spirit writing." And 
yet, if these phenomena are not brought about by out- 
side intelligences, by what power are they brought to 
pass? 

Other Causes. — I emphatically believe and know 
that these things do occur, but there may be 
other causes. I am free to admit that the mind pow- 
ers are so wonderful and mystifying that it would 
be far easier and more "comfortable" to believe in 
spiritism, but, for the reasons above given, I have 
serious doubts. 

Honesty of Mediums. — I wish, however, before go- 
ing further, to say that it is undoubtedly the case that 
a great many mediums are honest in their belief that 
their communications and manifestations come from 
the spirits of the dead. Having initiated you into the 
possibilities and potency of auto- or self-suggestions 
I feel that you will now readily see how easy it is 
for a man or woman to receive from his objective mind 
the suggestion that the impressions coming to his 
mind are sent there by disembodied spirits. I am also 
aware by the very nature of the law of auto-sugges- 
tion that it would be almost, if not entirely, impossi- 
ble for any one to counteract that suggestion. Nine 
cases out of ten your medium is honest in her be- 



326 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

lief that she has a spirit "guide," and that from this 
source she gains her knowledge. I am not such a 
bigot as to deny in toto the great tenets of spirit- 
ism, but, until I have more tangible proofs, I must 
give Telepathy its due credit, which is very great and 
far-reaching, indeed. 

Unconscious Thoughts Read. — It is not necessary 
that the thoughts read by the medium, who is in a 
semi-cataleptic or self-hypnotized state, be consciously 
in the subject's mind^ She, with her "mind's eye," 
can go back into his life, and many times read as 
from an open book, events that occurred in his early 
infancy. The subject may have forgotten them ob- 
jectively, but it is a well-established fact that the 
memory of the subjective mind is perfect. And in 
a successful "reading," the subject must be passive 
and willing that the medium read for him. Many 
persons do mediums a great injustice just here. They 
go to a medium, saying to a friend, "I'll show her 
she can't tell me anything." In almost every such 
case she fails. It is just as though a man went to 
a physician and got a prescription, but immediately 
upon leaving his office would tear up the paper, say- 
ing, "He can't do anything for me. I'll not get it 
filled." One instance is just as ridiculous as the other* 

Give the medium a chance, or do not go to her. 
As I have said, she is in many cases as honest as 
you are — if not more so. Professor Thomas Jay 
Hudson gives an example of a seance which will illus- 
trate as well as another what I wish to make clear. 
I will give you his account in his own language : 

"The writer once heard a medium in New York 
City describe the occupation of an examiner in the 



OR CHARACTER READING 327 

United States Patent Office. The two had never met 
before, and did not know of each other's existence 
ten minutes before the seance. Even the name of 
the sitter had been withheld from the medium, for 
the purpose of testing her telepathic powers, and for 
'the further purpose of convincing one of those pres- 
ent that spirits of the dead had nothing to do with 
the manifestations. The members of the party in- 
troduced each other by fictitious names, and talked 
spiritualism to the medium until 'harmonious condi- 
tions' were established, when the seance began. 

The Medium's Vision. — " T see an immense build- 
ing,' she began, 'with a great number of rooms in it. 
In one of these rooms I see you, seated at a large 
desk with a great many papers upon it. I see draw- 
ings, apparently of machinery, spread out upon the 
desk before you. It seems to me that you must 
have something to do with patent rights/ She was 
informed that her conjecture was correct. * * * * 
'But,' continued the lady, 'this is not your only 
occupation. I see you in your library at home, sur- 
rounded by books and manuscripts. You appear to 
be writing a book.' 

"She then went on to describe correctly all the book- 
cases and other furniture in the room, and then 
said: 

" T see the pathway by which you have arrived at 
your present conclusion in reference to the subject 
of your book. It is all strewn with rubbish and weeds, 
all of which you have thrown aside. But you see 
a great light ahead, and are pursuing that with per- 
fect confidence and steadiness of purpose.' 

"'Am I in the right path?' inquired the examiner. 



328 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

" 'I cannot tell, for I cannot perceive the subject 
on which you are writing. I think you are, however, 
for the light ahead seems so clear.' 

''After a pause she added: 

' 'You are making one mistake. You think you are 
doing it all yourself. But you are not. You are 
constantly guided by a great spirit.' 

The "Spirit Guide."—" 'Who is he?' was asked, with 
all the greater interest because the gentleman was 
writing a book, and, like every other author, felt sure 
that he had perceived a 'great light'; moreover, if he 
was sure of anything connected with it, he was sure 
that he was doing it himself, without the aid of any 
spirit or spirits. 'Give me the name of my spirit 
friend and guide,' he added. 

" 'I cannot do that today,' she replied ; 'come to- 
morrow and I will try to give you the name.' 

The Second Sitting. — "Accordingly the same party 
visited her the next day, when she made every effort 
to obtain the name, but without success. It should be 
stated here that the lady was a slate-writing medium. 
Communication after communication was written, but 
without signature, and all efforts to obtain the name 
were futile. Finally the gentleman said in an aside 
apparently not intended for the ears of the medium, 'I 
think I know who it is. It must be either A. B. 
(naming a living friend in Washington) or my brother 
C. D.' (giving his own name), for he had no brother 
living or dead. Immediately a communication was 
written out signed by the supposed spirit brother, 
announcing the fact that he, and he alone, was the 
inspiring power in charge of the literary work named, 
that he was the guardian spirit of the gentleman, 
over whom he was 'constantly watching,' etc. 



OR CHARACTER READING 329 

The Sitter's Own Name. — "The emotions created 
by the affecting terms of the communication can be 
imagined when it is stated that all present, save the 
medium, knew that the name was that of the sitter, 
and that he never had a brother. But these emotions 
quickly gave place to wonder and admiration when 
it was discovered that the signature was an almost 
exact reproduction of his own, with all its salient 
peculiarities faithfully produced." 

It will be seen from this that the lady was a very 
fine mind reader, but that she was wholly under 
the power of suggestion and not controlled by the 
spirits of the dead or in communication with them. 

The Spiritualist's "Side." — It would be anything 
but fair to the many good men and women who have 
implicit faith in spirit communications, however, to 
leave this subject without letting them "speak for 
themselves" for a little while, at least. I have chosen, 
therefore, a testimony from the pen of one of the 
most noted of spiritists, the Rev. Dr. Minot J. Savage. 
I do not select this man because I believe his word 
is any better than that of any other honest man, but 
because he is possibly better known to more read- 
ers than any other person who believes in spirit com- 
munications. Dr. Savage has written a book entitled, 
"Does Telepathy Explain?" and it is from this vol- 
ume that I quote. Dr. Savage "sat" frequently with 
Mrs. Piper, who is a spiritist medium "discovered" 
by Professor William James of Harvard University. 
The following is the result of a visit of Dr. Savage's 
daughter to Mrs. Piper : 

"Mrs. Piper moved from the west end of Boston 
to a house in Roxbury. My daughter made an en- 



330 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

gagement for a sitting with her. She did this through 
a friend who was living in Roxbury, having this friend 
write the letter making the appointment, and hav- 
ing the reply come to her house under an assumed 
name, at least two miles away from where I was 
living then. My daughter went to meet the appoint- 
ment, of course, utterly unknown. A friend gave 
her three locks of hair. She placed them in a book, one 
at the front, one at the back, and one in the middle, 
so that they should not come in contact with each 
other. She knew nothing about them, not even as to 
whether they had been cut from the heads of people 
living or dead. After Mrs. Piper had gone into a 
trance, these locks of hair were placed in her hand, 
one after another. She told all about them, gave 
the names, the name of the friend who had asked my 
daughter to bring them, told whose heads they were 
from, whether they were living or dead, and in regard 
to one of them asked why they had cut it off at the 
extreme end of the hair where it was lifeless instead 
of taking a lock nearer the head. My daughter, of 
course, did not know whether any of the names given 
or the statements made were correct or not. She 
made notes, however, and found that Mrs. Piper had 
been accurate in every particular." 

IS IT SPIRITISM OR UNUSUAL POWERS OF 
THE HUMAN MIND? 

In such a case as this it is plain that the medium's 
mind had to travel with lightning-like rapidity through 
the mind of Dr. Savage's daughter who did not know 
to whom the hair belonged, on to the mind of her 
friend who did know. Persons who believe in spirit- 



OR CHARACTER READING 331 

ism place a large interrogation-point here, and say 
that telepathy could not have done that. I believe 
that the human mind has more marvelous powers than 
has ever been dreamed of, and that it would have 
been as easy for this woman's mind, temporarily freed, 
as it was, from its usual bonds, to go half round 
the globe and get the intelligence it needed in an in- 
stant. 

Was This Telepathy? — I will, however, for the sake 
of absolute fairness, give another extract from Dr. 
Savage's book concerning an incident which the doc- 
tor does not believe had anything to do with Tele- 
pathy. I shall make no comments, but allow my 
readers to think as they will. 

Dr. Savage was "sitting" with a young man who 
was a slate-writing medium. To the "spirit" who 
both belie\ T ed to he doing the writing Dr. Savage 
said: 

"If you are really a person and are really here, 
you ought to be able to go somewhere in the city 
for me, find out something at my request, return, 
and tell me about it." 

The "spirit" said he had never done anything of 
that kind, but would try. Dr. Savage sent him to 
his own home to find out what Mrs. Savage was do- 
ing. Mrs. Savage had told the doctor before he left 
home that morning that -she would be away all after- 
noon. In four or five minutes the spirit returned and 
wrote: "Mrs. Savage is at home, and when I was 
there she was standing in the front hall saying good- 
by to a caller." 

The doctor believed that she was anywhere but 
home. Yet it turned out that a caller had come and 

21 



332 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

Mrs. S. did not go anywhere as she had expected ; and 
on comparing notes Dr. Savage found that at the time 
that the spirit said he called she was saying good-by 
to her guest. 

Evidence from France. — I shall now proceed to give 
a number of thoroughly truthful instances of tele- 
pathic communication which were collected by the 
great French psychologist, Camille Flammarion, from 
persons whose truthfulness is not to be gainsaid. He 
had the communications sent to him in the form of 
letters, a number of which I pass on to you. 

Messages from the Dying. — I wish to call the read- 
er's attention, in passing, to the fact that none of the 
communications given by Mr. Flammarion were from 
dead persons; they were sent out, each and all, by 
the persons just before the spirit left the body. It 
is very human and natural that a person, when dying, 
should wish his friends or his nearest of kin to know 
it, and his great desire to that end gives his mind 
supernormal powers. 

Proofs of Immortality. — I wish also to call attention 
to the fact that the mind has this extraordinary power 
just at the time it leaves the body and this is a very 
strong argument for the immortality of the soul. Evi- 
dently the mental powers do not wane with the 
physical. 

Here are the communications received by Mr. Flam- 
marion : 

First. — A French gentleman who was fond of hunt- 
ing had invited a number of friends to breakfast and 
then went out for a little sport with his gun. When 
the breakfast hour came the guests took their places 
at the table, as the wife of the sportsman said, "He 
will be here soon." 



OR CHARACTER READING 333 

But time went on. — Every one was astonished at the 
failure of the host to return, when suddenly, though 
the day was calm and the heavens blue, the window 
of the dining-room which was wide open was shut 
with a great noise, and opened wide again immedi- 
ately. The guests were surprised and astonished that 
this could have happened without overturning a de- 
canter of water which was standing on a table close 
to the window, but the decanter remained undisturbed. 
Those who had seen it and heard the noise could 
not understand anything of what had occurred. 

Wife Impressed. — "Something terrible has hap- 
pened," cried the lady of the house, rising from the 
table. Breakfast was suspended. Three-quarters of 
an hour later the dead body of the sportsman was 
brought in on a stretcher. He had received a load 
of shot full in his heart and died immediately, hav- 
ing only had time to exclaim, "My wife, my wife, my 
poor children." 

This was plainly a case of telepathy and the mind 
of the man going out with all its force to his wife 
and children expended itself upon the window in order 
to attract the attention of all present, and to let the 
dearest one know that his last thought had been of 
her as, indeed, it had. 

MANY STARTLING EXPERIENCES 

A Poet's Story. — The following is a very remarka- 
ble little story written by a well-known French poet, 
and a man much esteemed for his sincerity. It is 
addressed to C. Flammarion, who had formerly been 
the young man's teacher : 

"Dear Master and Friend — It was in 1871. I was 



334 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

of the age when one plucks flowers in life's field, as 
you gather stars in the heavens, but in a moment 
when I had forgotten my daily poesy I wrote an 
article which landed me for a certain number of years 
in prison. Everything comes with a sharp point to 
those who have not learned how to wait. So I was 
in the prison Saint Pierre at Marseilles. There also 
was Gaston Cremieux, who was condemned to death. 
I was very fond of Cremieux: we had dreamed the 
same dreams, and had fallen on the same reality. In 
prison, at the hour of exercise, it happened one day 
that while we had the happiness to converse, that 
the talk fell on God and the immortality of the soul. 
Some of our fellow prisoners were proclaiming them- 
selves atheists and materialists with great vehemence. 
I made them understand, after a sign from Cremieux, 
that it was not proper to boast of unbelief in the 
presence of a man under sentence of death, who 
believed both in God and the future life of the soul. 
Cremieux said to me afterwards : T thank you, my 
friend, and when they shoot me I will come to your 
cell and give you proof of immortality.' 

The "Taps."— "On the morning of November 30th, 
at break of day, I was awakened suddenly by the noise 
of little taps upon my table. I turned over, the noise 
ceased, and I fell asleep again. Some moments after 
the taps were again audible. Then I jumped out of 
bed, and stood fully awake before the table. The 
noise went on, and was resumed once or twice, just 
the same. 

Seals on the Door. — "Every morning on getting up 
I had been in the habit of going, thanks to the com- 
plicity of the kind-hearted turnkey, into the cell of 



OR CHARACTER READING 335 

Gaston Cremieux, where he always had ready for me 
a cup of coffee. That day, as usual, I repaired to 
our rendezvous. Alas ! there were great seals on 
the cell door, and I could see, by looking through the 
spyhole, that my friend was not there. I had just 
made this terrible discovery when the kind turnkey, 
in tears, threw himself into my arms. 

' 'They shot him this morning at daybreak,' he 
cried, 'but he died bravely.' 

"When we met that day in the prison-yard there 
was great emotion among the other prisoners. Then 
suddenly I remembered the taps I had heard that 
morning on my table. * * * I was in my ordi- 
nary condition. I was not expecting the execution, 
and I heard distinctly the sounds on the table. This 
is the naked truth." 

The next letter was written by a distinguished doc- 
tor, M. Alphonse Berget: 

"My mother was a young girl and engaged to my 
father, who was captain of infantry. When the thing 
took place she was living at Schlestadt in the house 
of her parents. 

"She had had as a friend from her childhood a young 
girl named Amelie M., who was blind. Amelie was 
the grand-daughter of an old colonel of dragoons, who 
had served in the First Empire. Being left an orphan, 
she lived with her grandparents. She was a fine musi- 
cian, and often sang with my .mother. 

"When she was about eighteen she made up her 
mind to embrace a religious life, for which she had 
a real vocation, and she took the veil in a convent 
at Strasburg. At first she wrote frequently to my 
mother, but after a time her letters came less often, 



336 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

and at last, as usually happens in such cases, the cor- 
respondence ceased. 

"Amelie had been in religion about three years, 
when one day my mother went up to the garret to 
look for something she was anxious to find. All at 
once she ran back to the salon uttering loud cries, 
and fell down unconscious. They flew to her help, and 
she came to herself, crying with sobs : 

" 'Oh, it is horrible ! Amelie is dying — she is dead, 
for I have just heard her singing as only a person 
who is dead could sing!' 

"And another nervous seizure again made her lose 
her senses. 

"Half an hour after this, Colonel M. rushed like a 
madman into my grandfather's house, holding a des- 
patch in his hand. The despatch was from the Mother 
Superior of the convent at Strasburg, and contained 
these words, 'Come. Your grand-daughter is very 
ill.' The colonel took the first train, reached the con- 
vent, and heard that the Sister had died at three 
o'clock precisely the hour of the nervous attack ex- 
perienced by my mother. 

"This fact had often been told me by my mother, 
my grandmother, and my father, who were present, 
as well as my uncle and aunt, all of whom bear testi- 
mony that they had witnessed this strange incident." 

A Blacksmith's Testimony. — This letter came from 
a blacksmith and is extremely strange : 

"I was finishing, in 1885, my last year's service at 
the arsenal of Tarbes, where I was working as a 
blacksmith. Early in the night of the 20th of May 
I was awakened by a light which flashed before my 
eyes. I looked up, and saw at the foot of my bed, 



OR CHARACTER READING 337 

on my left hand, a shining disk, whose light, not 
very bright, resembled that of a night-lamp. With- 
out seeing any figure, without hearing any noise, 
there came into my mind the persuasion that I had 
before me one of my cousins who lived at Langon, 
and who was very ill. After a few seconds the vision 
disappeared, and I found myself sitting on my bed. 
'You simpleton,' I said, as I caught hold of myself, 'it 
was nothing but a nightmare.' Next day, as usual, 
I went to the shop, and there, at half-past eight, I re- 
ceived a despatch telling me of my cousin's death 
about one o'clock at night. I asked leave to be away 
three days that I might see him once more. We had 
been brought up together, and we loved one another 
like brothers. 

"I told my Uncle Lepaye when I arrived what I 
have here written : I also told his wife — my god- 
mother. They were the father and mother of the 
dead man : they are still living, and can, if necessary, 
bear witness to the truth of what I am telling you/' 

Another Letter. — "In January, 1888, I lost my grand- 
mother. She had called her children around her to 
bid them a last adieu. All were present at the moment 
of her death except one of my aunts, who is still a 
nun in Brazil. My grandmother spoke of her regret 
that she could not see her daughter. Mamma was 
charged to send her the sad news. Two months later 
she received a letter from my aunt who told her that 
one evening just as she had gone to rest she heard' 
steps going round her bed. She turned, but saw noth- 
ing: suddenly the curtains opened, and she felt, as 
it were, a hand laid upon her. She was alone in her 
room and had a light. Her first thought was that 



338 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

one of her relations must be dead, and she began at 
once to pray for his soul. She wrote down the date, 
the day, and the hour and it was precisely at the 
time her mother died that she received this impression. 
Signed, M. Odeon, School-mistress." 

A Clearly-Told Story.— "On October 23, 1870, at 
five o'clock in the morning, I lay fast asleep, and I 
was not dreaming, when, suddenly I felt on my left 
cheek, a soft kiss, given very tenderly. I cried at 
once, 'Mamma.' 

"That same evening we got a despatch telling us 
that my beloved mother was dead. 

"It made so deep an impression on me that I can 
never forget it. 

"If the perfect veracity of this fact can be of ^any 
use to you, I shall be most happy to have contributed, 
though only in so slight a way, to your researches, 
of which I appreciate the great value. 

"P. S. — My mother died at Gien, and I was at 
Rochefort. Mademoiselle Marie Durand." 

A Short But Effective Story. — "One of my aunts 
was an instructress in a commune of Alsace, and saw 
much of the sister of M. le Cure. One evening as my 
aunt was making ready to go to bed, she heard the 
door-bell ring twice. My aunt went down and asked 
who was there. There was no answer. She opened 
the door. There was no one. It could not have been 
some one passing who had pulled- the bell-rope, for 
to get at it was necessary to come into the passage 
and to ascend several steps of the stairs. 

"The next morning she heard that M. le Cure's 
sister had died suddenly in the night, just about at 
the moment when she heard the bell ring. K. E. 
Daul." 



OR CHARACTER READING 339 

EXPERIENCE OF PERSONS NEARER 
HOME 

These letters, as has before been stated, were writ- 
ten by persons in France to a well-known and re- 
spected gentleman, Camille Flammarion. I will now 
give you something which occurred "nearer home." 

Rattling Dishes. — A young lady of my acquaintance, 

Miss May C of Springfield, Ohio, has kindly given 

me permission to use this story of an incident which 
occurred in her own life. Miss C said: 

"I was a young girl of twelve years. My aunt sent 
for me to stay all night with her, as her husband 
had gone away mysteriously and had not returned. 
After waiting for him that night for hours, we at last 
retired. After some time we fell into sleep, but both 
of us were presently awakened by the loud crash- 
ing of dishes. 

"I exclaimed, 'Why, auntie, all the dishes in the 
pantry seem to be falling down and breaking.' 

"She heard the noise also and we went downstairs 
at once. We went to the pantry where the dishes were 
kept, but everything was in its place and every door 
was locked as we had left it. 

"The next morning my aunt's husband's dead body 
was found, he having committed suicide several hours 
before. I do not know that his death took place at 
the time we heard the noise, but it was certainly near 
that time." 

A Clergyman's "Mite." — A clergyman gives me -the 
following story : 

"When I was a young man I had a very dear friend 
named Doane. We were college chums and after- 



340 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

ward associated in the same locality, he as a teacher 
and I as a preacher. We agreed that if anything 
should happen to either, — that is, if either were about 
to die without the other's knowledge he would, if pos- 
sible, let him know. I was one morning awakened 
by three taps on the wall, which was the signal we 
had agreed on, and very shortly after learned of my 
friend's death, which took place at the time I heard 
the taps." 

Mr. Isaac J. Funk, of the publishing firm of Funk 
& Wagnalls, and who is an acknowledged present-day 
authority on these occult subjects, gives in his late 
book, "The Widow's Mite," many interesting illus- 
trations. From this volume I quote the following 
story, which as will be seen, was duly sworn to in 
legal form : 

"Miss Ella Stainthorp, who makes the following 
affidavit, lives in Brooklyn, N. Y. She is a woman of 
good standing. She and her friend, Miss O'Brien, 
kindly consented to put the facts in the form of an 
affidavit : 

" 'I, Ella Stainthorp, residing at No. 1015 Lafayette 
Avenue, Borough of Brooklyn, City of New York, 
being duly sworn, do depose and say: That I am of 
the age of thirty-five years and unmarried, and at the 
time of the occurrences hereinafter named resided at 
1096 Lafayette Avenue aforesaid, with my mother, 
Ella Stainthorp, and my sister, Jennie Stainthorp, aged 
fifty-five years, and my brother, William, aged forty 
years. 

" 'We had a brother, George, aged about fifty, who 
had been absent from home two years in the South. 
We had not heard from him for two years. We had 



OR CHARACTER READING 341 

written to him, directing our letters, some to Galves- 
ton, and others to Houston, Texas. We received no 
replies, and after a while our letters all came back, 
and we were apprehensive that he had been drowned 
in the great flood at Galveston, Texas. 

' 'We finally decided to make one more effort, and 
sent a registered letter with a money order in it, pay- 
able to his order, and posted it to Houston, Texas, 
on the 25th day of February, 1903. 

' 'The evening that the letter was posted we were 
talking the matter over in the family, and my brother 
William said that he would himself write in the morn- 
ing and see what he could do toward getting a reply 
from George. This was a cold night, and my brother 
William, had in his room a gas-stove ; he kissed his 
mother good-night and retired, saying he was going to 
light the gas-stove and get the room warm, which 
he evidently did, intending to get up and undress him- 
self when the room was warm and turn off the gas, 
and with this intention he evidently lay down upon 
his bed and fell asleep, for in this position he was 
found dead between the hours of one and two the 
next morning. 

Waked by Strange Presentment. — " 'The rest of the 
family retired, and between the hours of one and two 
o'clock in the morning, I awoke with a strange feel- 
ing over me, being impelled from some strong im- 
pulse to get up and look out of the door of my room 
into the hall; and when I did so I detected the odor 
of escaping gas. I went downstairs and examined 
the gas fixtures in the hall and in the parlor, and 
then I went to my brother's room, where I found the 
smell of gas was very strong. I knocked and called 



342 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

at the door, but could get no response; the door was 
locked. So I called my sister Jennie, and we burst 
in the door, and found my brother William dead, lying 
upon the bed with his clothing on. 

" 'The third night after this occurrence, Miss Julia 
A. O'Brien, a neighbor and intimate friend, sat up 
with me as watcher of the corpse. After a while we 
both lay down; I fell asleep, but Miss O'Brien kept 
awake. About three o'clock she awoke me, saying 
that somebody was calling me there by the door. Miss 
O'Brien arose and opened the door, looking into the 
hall, but found no one there; the lights were burn- 
ing and everything was as it had been left. I raised 
myself up, and the voice came again, saying, 'Nell, 
Nell, letter.' The voice I heard I immediately recog- 
nized as the voice of my absent brother George. I 
arose from the bed and said, 'Julia, that is the voice 
of George and he has my letter.' Miss O'Brien said 
she heard the voice distinctly as I did. 'Nell' is the 
name by which George usually called me. 

" 'Two days after hearing this voice we received 
a letter in answer to the one I had written to my 
absent brother George, saying that he had received 
the letter early on the morning of March 2, 1903, which 
it will be noticed was the morning when we heard 
the voice calling me at our home in Brooklyn. In 
his letter George asks, 'Is there anything the matter 
with Will?" 

" T have made this statement by request for the 
purpose of furnishing a fact to be investigated and 
determined as to the method and means by which this 
communication was received from my brother George, 
he having no knowledge of the decease of William. 
Ella Stainthorp.'" 



OR CHARACTER READING 343 

A GENERAL TELEPATHIC SUGGESTION 

MANIFESTED IN THE ELECTION 

OF A BISHOP. 

General Telepathy. — So far we have been thinking 
of telepathy as a means of communication between 
two minds, or at best of the influence of one mind 
upon a few other minds. I now wish to call attention 
to what may be called "General Telepathy;" that is, 
the influence of one mind over hundreds of people, 
or of the multitude over one mind. 

I chanced to be in attendance at the General Con- 
ference of the Methodist Episcopal Church when it 
met in Cleveland, Ohio, in May,* 1896, at the great 
Armory Hall. The question of a nominee for Bishop 
to Africa was about to be discussed, and as yet no 
one had been selected. Then suddenly into a hundred 
minds came almost at the same moment the name of 
Hartzell. Some one person thought of it first, but 
the electrical thought currents were so strong at that 
conference that it was only a moment until the thought 
had gone from mind to mind. I remember distinctly 
of the many comments that were made on this phe- 
nomenon at the time. Bishop Hartzell was over- 
whelmingly elected. It was certainly an "election 
sure," for it came like an inspiration to the delegates. 

Unconscious Telepathic Impressions. — These per- 
sons were, however, consciously impressed by the tele- 
pathic message. There are hundreds of persons who 
are influenced, every day of their lives to do things 
by this subtle power, and they say afterward they do 
not know why they did so and so. They just felt as 
though they must. 



344 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

Telepathy Potent. — It will readily be seen how 
potent a factor telepathy thus becomes. 

As an example of the effect of telepathy upon one 
mind when many minds are directed toward it let me 
suggest the following: 

Let a person who is physically (not mentally) weak 
be placed in the center of a circle, and then let each 
person in that circle will the central figure to "feel 
stronger/' In nine cases out of ten he will be greatly 
benefited by the trial and express himself as feel- 
ing much better than before the experiment began. 

Cheerful Thoughts for the Sick. — It will be seen 
how essential it is to the speedy recovery of a sick 
person that those who attend him, or call upon him 
talk and think health and not sickness. The oft-re- 
peated advice of physicians to those who call on the 
sick not to talk about the patient's symptoms, or to 
recite to him the similar illnesses of others, is much 
wiser than we know. By all means talk health, good 
cheer and long life to the sick upon whom you call. 
You might as well give him poison as to tell him all 
about the ailments of your family, the sickness of 
Mary Ann, and how many persons have died from 
the same disease as is afflicting him at that moment. 

The evil effects of unkind thoughts, thoughts of 
hatred and revenge are almost limitless. Every sensi- 
tive person knows how impossible it is to remain in 
the room with persons who are sending out "hate" 
thoughts. One wants to rush out of doors into the 
fresh air. Why? Not a word has been spoken ex- 
cept polite nothings. The persons who are sending out 
these unkind thoughts are perhaps the most polite 
of all, for it is certainly true in modern society, if ever, 



OR CHARACTER READING 345 

that a man or woman may "smile and smile and be 
a villain still." Yet, the one at whom these thought- 
shafts are directed knows it. How does he know it? 
In just one way — telepathy. Thought is the greatest 
force in the world, and no one can conceal thoughts 
of hatred very long. 

Love thoughts are equally potent, and it is "good" 
in a crowded drawing room or public place to feel the 
sweet and soothing influence of a life-giving love- 
current pouring into the soul. Perhaps it may be 
the love of a sweetheart, or a husband or a wife, or 
of a parent, or of friends. Love is always sweet. I 
mean, of course, pure love, which after all is the only 
real love. The other feeling goes by another name. 

Away with Hatred! — It will be seen how strong 
thought is, and how essential it is that, in order to 
make the world happy and healthy we get rid 
of hatred and malice, and fill our minds with love- 
thoughts, which are also health thoughts. He who 
is healthy is happy, but how few are in perfect health ! 

"Absent Treatment." — From this fact, no doubt, has 
come about the expression, which is not only an ex- 
pression but a truth, of the Christian Scientists — "Ab- 
sent treatment." Through telepathy the healer may 
send out to his patient the strong life currents just 
as the operator of the wireless telegraph instrument 
can send out his messages along an electric current, 
which must find the opposite pole and deliver the 
message. But not to Christian Science healers only 
is given this beneficent power. All persons who have 
sufficient will power to project their own minds into 
space and over the invisible "wires," may become a 
benefactor to many who will never know of it. 



346 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

MURDER BY THOUGHT 

How Thought Can Kill. — And, alas, he who has 
the power and uses it wrongfully, may do an equal 
amount of damage. It is, indeed, asserted by Dr. 
Alexander J. Melvor-Tyndall in his little booklet, 
"How Thought Can Kill," that this telepathic power 
is sufficiently potent to kill. In this remarkable little 
book Dr. Tyndall gives the following illustration of 
the subtle thought power: 

"About nine or ten years ago a woman died in 
England, leaving a written confession, in which she 
stated that she had killed several persons of promi- 
nence. 

"The only weapon employed was the power of her 
concentrated thought-force, directed by a wonderful 
will. 

"The woman was Dr. Anna Kingsford, a well-known 
physician and the author of some interesting meta- 
physical books, among them being 'The Perfect Way/ 

"The reason assigned for her seeming wickedness 
was her intense disapproval of the practice of the vivi- 
section (the cutting up of live animals) employed by 
a certain body of scientists. The fact that Thought 
has the power to kill was proved to her accidentally. 
On several occasions she observed the object of her 
intense resentment soon sickened and died. She made 
up her mind to experiment. The result was startling. 
The thing occurred too many times to be classed with 
'co-incidence,' the phrase so often used to cover all 
that is seemingly inexplicable. 

"She was at last convinced by her own experience 
that the theory advanced by myself and others was 



OR CHARACTER READING 347 

not so improbable an idea, as it at first appeared to 
her. 

"Naturally, the 'confession' called forth various 
comment. 

"Many, doubtless, dismissed the account with an in- 
credulous smile, as being too absurd a thing to con- 
sider seriously. Others looked upon it as the ravings 
of an insane mind. And many, probably, accepted 
the facts of the confession, but without studying the 
scientific aspect of the statements contained in it. 

"They considered her the special and powerful emis- 
sary of the devil. They felt that she was something 
abnormal in human species — a freak. Something out- 
side the laws of Nature, and therefore not to do with 
the rest of Life at all. 

"A trained nurse who had spent many years in the 
care of the sick once told me that she had often aided 
those who were dying to cast aside the confines of the 
flesh and be free. This she had done by her will- 
power alone.' , 

Poisonous Thoughts. — Dr. Tyndall further states 
and with undeniable truth that "there are people who 
can no more live in an atmosphere of unkind thought 
than a flower can live without the sun and dew. The 
poisonous thought of those men, when brought into 
close relation, actually kills the life-currents in them, 
and they sicken and die." 

Charms and Spells. — The old-time "fortune tellers," 
and, indeed, the present-day gypsy women who read 
your "past, present and future" if you but cross their 
palms with the magic silver coin, employed and employ 
this power of telepathy to a greater or lesser extent. I 
am not now referring to the actual "reading," which 

22 / 



348 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

as has been explained before depends so largely upon 
telepathy. I refer to the "charms" or "curses" which 
they claim to "put on" people. In many cases, in- 
deed, in the majority, these old women never think 
about their gullable patrons long enough after their 
departure from the tent to place any charm or curse 
on any one. But there have been instances when these 
unscrupulous, yes, criminal practitioners have actually 
sent out such thoughts of hatred and malice and "curs- 
ing" that the unfortunate object has been made ill and 
unhappy, by this "hectoring," as it is, for some reason, 
called. 

To pack into one short chapter all the wonderful 
powers and possibilities of telepathy would be impos- 
sible, but from the few and various facts here re- 
corded the intelligent reader will learn for himself 
other things so marvelous as to almost surpass belief. 

Perchance the following little poem may be a "help" 
to our readers in guiding their lives aright, and if such 
should be the case it will be a matter of gratification 
to me: 

"WITH WHAT MEASURE YE METE; 

or, 

What Telepathy Can Do." 

Is thy soul embittered 

By despair and strife? 
Know that other spirits 

Feel thy fretful life: 
And that others going 

On the pilgrim way 
Sad will be by knowing 

Of thy cloudy day. 



OR CHARACTER READING 349 



Dost thou seek for evil 

In another's heart? 
Watch lest sin more grievous 

Grow of thee a part. 
Dost thou see a devil 

In thy brother's face? 
In thine own reflected 

He the fiend will trace. 

If thy thoughts be love-fraught, 

Then thou needst not fear: 
Back to thee they'll carry 

Messages of cheer. 
Strive to see the angel 

In thy brother's face 
And thine own will brighten 

With a saint-like grace. 

If the God thou seekest 

In each human soul 
In His glorious Image 

Thou shalt be made whole: 
Free + rom care and sorrow, 

F vie from ills and pain, 
God within thee dwelling — 

Ah, 'tis blessed gain! 



350 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



HOW TO TELL YOUR FORTUNE 



THE MYSTIC TABLE 

Its Revelations Will Astonish You 

(Note — The following pages are translated from a 
very ancient Egyptian slab.) 



THE TABLE 



If you do not find the question 
you wish to ask in the following 
list, select the one which is most 
similar to it. 



0000 
00 o 
I o 
00 o 



Will my wish be gratified 



Will I be successful ? 



3 4fc5j«mS 

4 5k6|;[i 



Will my cause be won or lost ? 



Will I remain where I am ? 



Will I meet the stranger again ? 



Will my property be recovered? 



4 | 3 | 6 i ■; 

' 6I/IS 
_L L 



M 121314 

,V'l3ll4!l x 5 

' .-U5J16 

I 



7 I &J-Q 



Is my friend true 



Will I travel ? 



Am I loved ? 



Will the marriage be adv'tage's ? 



What sort of husband or wife ? 



Have a son or daughter i 



Will invalid recover ? 



Will prisoner be pardoned ? 



Is this day lucky or unlucky ? 



What is significance of dream ? 



4«j ;. \% ! 7 



IS, 



4S 



1 6 

5«|6J7 



G 
H 
I 
J 

10 K 

11 

12 M 

13 N 



OR CHARACTER READING 351 

HOW TO USE THE TABLE 
First, select the question you wish to ask from the 
list given, A to P. We will suppose you wish to ask 
the question B— "Will I be successful?" 

Method of Asking Question. — Take pencil in right 
hand, shut your eyes, and make an imaginary circle 
over the above table ; at the third circle, allow pencil 
point to drop on paper; we will suppose the pencil 
point falls on an even number, or within the square 
containing an even number. Now, take a blank sheet 
of paper, on it make two circles, thus O O. Now re- 
peat, and we will suppose this time the pencil falls 
on an odd number; then on your blank sheet of paper 
make one circle, thus O, just under the first two 
circles; now repeat. This time we will suppose your 
pencil falls on an even number, so make two circles 
on the sheet, thus O O. Now for the last and fourth 
time repeat; and this time we will suppose your pen- 
cil falls on an odd number, so make one circle on 
the sheet of paper, thus O. We now find that you 
have an arrangement of circles after this pattern : 

O O 

O 
O O 

O 

Now look at the top row of circles at head of table 
and find a set of circles just like the ones you have 
made; in this case we find it to be the second set from 
the left. Now run your pencil down the column of 
figures just under the circles and stop on a line op- 
posite the question you have asked. In this case, as 



352 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

you have asked question B, we find that your pencil 
must stop on a square containing 3 ; now turn to list 
of answers, to list No. 3, and look alongside of List 
No. 3 until you again find set of circles same as you 
have made. In this case, it is the second answer and 
reads : "Very unlucky indeed." 

As many questions as may be desired can be asked 
and answered after this manner. 





List No. 1 






List No. 2 


o 

o 



o 


Your wish will be gratified. 


o 
o 
o 
o 


The luck that is yours will be 
coveted by others. 


00 


oo 

o 


Sorrow in store for you. 


oo 

o 
oo 

o 


Your desires should be declined. 


o 

oo 
o 
o 


Be cautious what you do 
day. 


to- 


o 

oo 
o 
o 


A favor or kindness from gome- 
one. 


oo 



o 
oo 


The prisoner will not live. 


oo 
o 
o 

00 


Enemies, who would make you 
unhappy. 


oo 
oo 
oo 
o 


Life will be spared. 


oo 

oo 
oo 

o 


With Difficulty he will obtain 
pardon. 


oo 
oo 



oo 


A handsome daughter. 


oo 
oo 
o 
oo 


The patient should be prepared. 


oo 



o 
o 


Your affinity is virtuous 
religious. 


and 


oo 
o 



o 


A son, who will be great and 
good. 


oo 
oo 

o 

o 


If you marry this person 
will have enemies. 


you 


oo 

oo 
o 
o 


A rich person is ordained for 
you. 


o 

o 

oo 
oo 


This love is neither constant 
nor true. 


o 
o 

oo 

00 


By this marriage you will have 
prosperity and happiness. 


o 

o 
o 
oo 


Your travels will not be 
your advantage. 


to 


o 
o 
o 
oo 


This love is from a sincere 

heart. 


oo 
o 

oo 
oo 


A true and sincere friendship 
between you. 


oo 
o 

oo 
oo 


God will surely travel with and 
bless you. 


o 

oo 
oo 
oo 


The stolen property will not be 
recovered. 




oo 
oo 
oo 


Beware of false and deceitful 
friends. 


o 

oo 
oo 
o 


The stranger will soon return. 


o 

00 
00 



Your property will be recov- 
ered. 


o 
o 

oo 




You will remain where you 
at present. 


are 


o 



oo 
o 


Love prevents return at pres- 
ent. 


o 

00 

o 
oo 


The Lord will support you in 
a good cause. 




oo 



oo 


You stay not here; be prepared 
for a change. 

1 


oo 
oo 
oo 
oo 


You are not lucky — pray 
God may help you. 


that 


oo 
oo 
oo 

00 


I You will have no gain; be wise 
and careful. 

! 



354 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 





List No. 3 




List No. 4 


o 1 

o 1 You will have great gain. 

ol 


o 1 

o | A great fortune awaits you in 

o j another country. 

o 1 


oo 
o 

oo 
o 


Very unlucky indeed. 


oo | 
o | By venturing you will gain. 

oo | 

o 1 


o 

00 

o 
o 


Your desires will be granted. 


o 

oo 
o 
o 


You will enjoy success and 
happiness. 


oo 
o 
o 

00 


Peace and good will between 
friends. 


oo 

o 

o 
oo 


Alter your plans or you may 
meet distress. 


oo 
oo 

00 

o 


You may meet with trouble 
this day. 


oo 
oo 
oo 
o 


You have impediments in the 
accomplishment of your pur- 
suits. 


oo 
oo 
o 
oo 


It will be difficult to obtain 
pardon. 


oo 
oo 
o 
oo 


Undertake no great deed to- 
day. 


oo 
o 
o 
o 


The patient will yet enjoy 
health. 


oo 
o 



o 


The prisoner will go free. 


oo 
oo 
o 




She will have a daughter and 
will require attention. 


oo 
oo 

o 

o 


The illness will be lingering. 


o 
o 

oo 
oo 


The person is in middling cir- 
cumstances. 


o 
o 
oo 

oo 


A dutiful and handsome son. 


o 
o 
o 
oo 


Decline this marriage or you 
may be sorry. 


o 1 

o I,ow in circumstances, but hon- 
o 1 est hearted. 
oo ] 


oo 
o 
oo 

oo 


Beware of a courtship which 
may be your destruction. 


oo 
o 

oo 
oo 


A marriage which will add to 
your welfare. 


o 

oo 
oo 
oo 


You had better stay at home. 


o 
oo 

oo 
oo 


The person you love does not 
speak well of you. 


o 

oo 
oo 

o 


A true and sincere friendship. 


o 

oo 
oo 

o 


Your travels will be prosperous 
if guided by prudence. 


o 



00 

o 


You _ will not regain that 
which you have lost. 


o 

o 

oo 
o 


His heart is false. 


o 
oo 

o 
oo 


Illness keeps the traveler 
from you. 


o 
oo 

o 
oo 


With some trouble and expense 
you may gain your property. 


oo 
oo 
oo 
oo 


Your fate is to stay where 
you are. 


oo 
oo 
oo 
oo 


You will see the stranger again. 



OR CHARACTER READING 



355 





List No. 5 




List No. 6 


o 
o 
o 
o 


The stranger will not return 
as you expect. 


o 1 

o | You will recover your property 

o by persevering. 

o ] 


CO | 

o | You have no luck. 
oo | 
o 1 


oo 
o 
oo 

o 


The stranger can not return 
now. 


o 1 
oo 1 You will gain what you seek. 

51 


1 

oo | You will be successful in for- 
o I eign parts. 
o 1 


oo 1 

o 1 Remain among your friends 
o | and you will do well. 

oo | 


00 | 

o 1 A great fortune is yours — wait 
o 1 patiently, 
oo | 


oo 1 

oo 1 Your wishes will be obtained 
oo | through friendly assistance. 
o 1 


oo I 

oo There is great hindrance to 
oo | your success at present, per- 
o | severe. 


oo | 

oo 1 You have enemies who will 
o f endeavor to ruin you. 
oo 1 


oo 1 
oo | 
o f Your wishes are vain. 

oo 1 


oo | 

o | An enemy is endeavoring to 
o bring you to misfortune. 
o 1 


oo | 

o 1 There is danger and sorrow in 
o your path. 
o 1 


00 | 

oo | The prisoner's sorrow is great, 
o 1 and his release is uncertain. 
o 1 


00 

oo 
o 
o 


This day is unlucky; alter your 
intentions. 


o 1 

o The patient will soon recover; 
oo ] there is no danger. 

oo i 




o 

oo 
oo 


Liberty and freedom awaits the 
prisoner. 


o 1 

o | A daughter who will be hon- 
o j ored and respected, 
oo | 


o 




oo 


Recovery is doubtful. 


oo 
-o 
oo 
oo 


Your partner will be fond of 
liquor; and will debase him- 
self (or herself) thereby. 


00 

o 
oo 

00 


A very fine boy. 


o 1 

oo | This marriage will bring you 
oo | to poverty, 
oo | 


o 

oo 
oo 
oo 


A worthy person. 


o 

oo 
oo 

o 


Their love is false to you. 




oo 
oo 
o 


Your intentions would destroy 
your rest and peace; alter 
them. 


o ! 

o Postpone your travels, 
oo J 
o 1 


o 



oo 




True and constant, forsake it 
not. 


° 1 

oo | Serious and true and deserv- 
o | ing respect, 
oo | 


o 
oo 

o 
oo 


Proceed on your travels; you 
will not have cause to repent 
it. 


oo 1 

oo 1 You will not recover the prop- 

co | erty. 

00 | 


oo 
oo 
oo 

00 


Trust not this friend, or you. 
may have cause for sorrow. 



356 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 





List No. 7 




List No. 8 


o 

o 
o 
o 


This friend succeeds all others 
in every respect, and is very 
fond of you. 


o 
o 
o 
o 


Your travels will go on as you 
wish. 


oo 
o 

oo 
o 


You must bear your loss 
patiently. 


oo 
o 

oo 
o 


Your friend hates you and is a 
hypocrite. 




oo 



o 


The stranger will return and 
surprise you. 


o 

oo 
o 
o 


Your hopes are vain. 


oo 
o 
o 
oo 


Remain at home with your 
friends. 


oo 
o 
o 

oo 


An affair of importance pre- 
vents the stranger's immedi- 
ate return. 


oo 
oo 
oo 
o 


• 

Your pursuits are without gain. 


oo 
oo 
oo 
o 


Your fortune you will find 
abroad. 


oo 
oo 
o 
oo 


You will be successful. 


oo 
oo 
o 
oo 


Decline the pursuit and you 
will not regret it. 


oo | 
o 
o 
o 


No. 


oo 
o 
o 
o 


Your expectations are vain. 


oo 
oo 
o 
o 


You will soon be out of the 
power of your enemy. 


oo 

oo 
o 
o 


You will obtain what you wish. 


o 
o 

oo 
oo 


It will be difficult for you to 
escape your ill fortune. 


o 
o 

oo 
oo 


This day your fortune will 
change for the better. 


o 
o 
o 
oo 


Death will release the prisoner. 


o 

o 

o 
oo 
oo 

o 

oo 
oo 


Your luck is at hand. 


oo 
o 

oo 
oo 


The patient will recover. 


After long imprisonment he will 
be liberated. 


o 

oo 
oo 
oo 


A daughter of a very weakly 
constitution. 


o 

oo 
oo 
oo 


The patient will be relieved 
from sickness. 


o 

oo 
oo 

o 


An honest, young, and hand- 
some partner. 


? 

oo 
oo 
o 


A healthy son. 


o 

o 
oo 
o 


Decline this marriage else it 
will be to your sorrow and 
regret. 


o 

o 

oo 
o 


You will marry your equal in a 
very short time. 


o 

oo 
o 
oo 


This love is to be avoided. 


o 

oo 
o 

00 


Do not marry this person if you 
wish to be happy. 


oo 
oo 
oo 

00 


A short journey, you will be 
recalled by an event of im- 
portance. 


oo 
oo 
oo 
oo 


This love is from the heart, and 
will continue. 



OR CHARACTER READING 



357 





List No. 9 




' List No. 10 


o 

o 
o 
o 


The love is great and will 
cause jealousy. 


o 1 

o You will be comfortable and 
o | happy. 
o I 


oo 

o 
oo 

o 


It will be useless for you to 
travel. 


00 I 

o 1 A sincere love from a true 
oo 1 heart. 
o 1 


o 

oo 
o 
o 


Your friend will be as sincere 
as you could wish. 


o 

oo 
o 
o 


You will be successful in your 
journey. 


oo 

o 

o 
oo 


You will recover the stolen 
property. 


oo 



o 
oo 


Do not rely on this friendship. 


oo 
oo 
oo 
o 


The traveler will soon re- 
turn. 


00 

oo 

00 

o 


The property is lost. 


oo 
oo 
o 
oo 


You will not be prosperous in 
foreign parts. 


oo 
oo 
o 
oo 


The traveler will be absent for 
considerable time. 


oo 
o 
o 

o 


Place your trust in God. 


oo 
o 
o 
o 


You will meet luck and happi- 
ness in a foreign country, but 
not immediately. 


oo 
oo 
o 


Your fortune will shortly 
change. 


oo 
oo 
o 
o 


You will have success for 
the present. 


o 



oo 
oo 


You will succeed. 


o 



oo 
oo 


You will succeed in your un- 
dertaking. 


o 
o 
o 
oo 


The misfortune which threat- 
ens will be prevented. 
1 


o 
o 



oo 


You will do well if you change 
your intentions. 

1 


oo | 

o Your enemies seek to do you 
oo 1 harm. 
oo | 


oo | 
o | There are rogues at hand. 

00 | 

oo | 


o 

oo 
oo 
oo 


After a short time your anx- 
iety for the prisoner will 
cease. 


o 

oo 
oo 

oo 


Your circumstances will shortly 
mend. 


o 1 

oo 1 God will give the patient 
oo health again. 

o 1 


o 

oo 
oo 




The prisoner will be released 
very soon. 


o 1 

o | A very fine daughter, 
oo 1 
o 1 


o 1 

o 1 The patient will depart this life. 
00 1 
o 1 


o 1 
oo 1 You will marry a person with 

o 1 whom you will be miserable. 
oo | 


o 1 
oo 1 She will^ have a son both good 

o | and wise. 
oo | 


oo 

oo 
oo 
oo 


1 The marri?iee will not meet 
| your expectations. 


00 

oo 
oo 

00 


It will be difficult to get a part- 
ner with whom you would 
live happily. 



358 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 





List No. 11 




List No. 12 


o 
o 
o 
o 

00 

o 

oo 
o 


A handsome person for your 
partner and a happy future. 

Misfortunes will attend this 
marriage. 


o 

o 
o 
o 

oo 
o 

oo 
o 


A son who will gain wealth 
and honor. 

A partner with great undertak- 
ings and much money. 


o 

oo 
o 
o 


Whimsical and changeable is 
this love. 




oo 
o 
o 


The marriage will be happy. 


00 

o 
o 
oo 


You will be unlucky in your 
travels. 

• 


oo | 

o ' She, or he, wishes to be yours 
o | this moment. 
00 | 


oo 
oo 
oo 
o 


This person's love is just and 
true. 


oo 
oo 
oo 
o 


Your journey will be to your 
advantage. 


oo 

oo 
o 
oo 


You will lose, but the thief 
will suffer most. 


oo 
oo 
o 
oo 


Place no great trust in that 
person. 


oo 
o 



o 


This stranger will soon return 
with plenty. 


oo | 

o 1 You will find your property 
o | very soon. 
o 1 


oo 
oo 
o 
o 


You will have success if you 
remain at home. 


oo 
oo 

o 

o 


The traveler's return is ren- 
dered doubtful by his con- 
duct. 


o 

o 

oo 
oo 


Your gain will be small. 


o 1 

o You will be successful in for- 
oo 1 eign parts, 
oo 1 


o 
o 
o 
oo 


You will meet with sorrow. 


ol 

o I Expect no gain; it will be in 
o 1 vain, 
oo 1 


oo J 

o You will succeed according to 
oo your wishes. 
oo 1 


oo |« 

o | You will have more good for- 
oo 1 tune than you expect, 
oo 1 


o 

oo 
oo 
oo 


You will get money. 


o 1 

oo 1 You will obtain your desires. 

oo | 

oo | 


o 

oo 
oo 

o 


You will do well in spite of 
enemies. 


o 1 

oo 1 You will be asked to a wedding, 
oo | 
o 1 


o 



oo 
o 


The prisoner will pass many 
days in confinement. 


o 
o 

oo 
o 


You will have no occasion to 
complain. 


o 
oo 

o 
oo 


The patient will recover. 


o 
oo 

o 
oo 


Some one will pity the pris- 
oner and plead in his behalf. 


oo 
oo 
oo 
oo. 


• 
You will have a daughter. 


oo 
oo 
oo 

00 


The patient's recovery is doubt- 
ful. 



OR CHARACTER READING 



359 





List No. 13 




List No. 14 


o 



o 
o 


The patient will recover. 


o J 

o 1 The prisoner will be released 
o I with joy. 
o 1 


oo 
o 

oo 
o 


A daughter of whom she will 
be proud. 


oo | 

o | The patient's recovery is doubt- 
oo 1 ful. 

o 1 


o 

oo 
o 

o 


You will marry into a very 
proud family. 


o i 

oo | A son, who will live to great 
o age. 
o 1 


oo 

o 

o 
oo 


You will gain nothing by this 
marriage. 


oo | 
o | A virtuous partner. 

° 1 

oo | 


oo 
oo 
oo 
o 


You will find the love great, 
await the time. 


oo 1 

oo 1 Do not delay this marriage; you 
oo 1 will meet happiness. 
o 1 


oo 

oo 
o 
oo 


Remain at home. 


oo 

00 

o 
oo 


No one loves you better. 


oo 
o 
o 
o 


A sincere friend is this per- 
son. 


oo | 
o | Proceed with confidence. 

°o\ 


oo 1 

oo j You will never recover the 

o 1 loss. 

o 1 


oo 
oo 
o 
o 


A secret enemy, not a friend. 


o 1 

o 1 The stranger will return soon. 
oo 1 
oo 1 


o I 

o 1 What is stolen you will recover, 
oo 
oo 1 


o 1 

o Keep from evil women. 

° 
oo 1 


o 1 

o 1 The stranger will never return. 


oo 1 


oo 

o 

oo 
oo 


You will soon gain that which 
you little expect. 


oo | 

o 1 A foreign woman will enhance 
oo 1 your fortune, 
oo ! 


o 

oo 
oo 
oo 


You will have success in your 
undertaking. 


o 

oo 
oo 
oo 


• 
Your gain will be cheated from 
you. 


o 

oo 
oo 

o 


Rejoice at that which is or- 
dained for you. 


o 

oo 
oo 

o 


Your trouble will disappear and 
you will be happy. 




o 

oo 
o 


Sorrow will depart, and joy 

will return. 


o 
o 
oo 

o 


You hope in vain. 


o 1 

oo | Your luck will soon be at 

o | hand. 
oo | 


o 

oo 
o 
oo 


That you will soon hear joyful 
news. 


oo 
oo 
oo 
oo 


1 
Death will end the imprison- 
ment. 


oo 
oo 
oo 
oo 


Misfortune awaits your ven- 
ture. 



360 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 





List No. 15 




List No. 16 


o 
o 
o 
o 


This day brings you an in- 
crease in all the things of the 
heart. 


o 
o 
o 
o 


Joy and happiness among 
friends. 


oo | 

o | The prisoner will escape from 
oo | his persecutors. 

o 1 


oo 
o 

oo 
o 


To-day is not lucky, but the re- 
verse. 


o 

CO 

o 
o 


The patient will live long. 


° 1 

oo | He will yet come to honor, al- 
o | though he now suffers. 
o 1 


oo 
o 

° 

oo 


Two daughters. 


oo | 

o | Recovery is questionable, be 

o | prepared, 
oo | 


oo 1 

oo ) A rich young person will be 

oo | your partner. 

o 1 


oo 
oo 
oo 
o 


A son who will prove good and 
honorable. 


oo | 

oo | Hasten your marriage; it will 
o | bring you happiness and 
oo | prosperity. 


oo 
oo 
o 
oo 


A rich partner, with a bad 
temper. 


oo 
o 
o 
o 


You are loved sincerely. 


bo 
o 
o 
o 


Your happiness is assured if 
you wed the person in mind. 


oo 
oo 
o 
o 


You will not prosper among 
strangers. 


oo 
oo 
o 
o 


The person has great love for 
you, but conceals it. 


o 
o 
oo 

oo 


This friend is more valuable 
than great riches. 


o 

o 

oo 
oo 


You may proceed without fear 
of ill consequences. 


o 

o 
o 
oo 


You will never recover your 
goods. 


o 
o 



oo 


Trust not him; he is deceitful. 


oo 
o 

oo 
oo 


He is ill and cannot now re- 
turn. 


oo 
o 

oo 
oo 


You will recover your property 
in a manner you little expect. 


o 

oo 
oo 
oo 


Depend upon your industry. 


o 

oo 
oo 
oo 


The_ stranger will return, but 
will disappoint you. 


o 
oo 
oo 

o 


Future prosperity awaits you. 


o 

oo 
oo 

o 


You will dwell abroad for a 
short time only. 


o 
o 

oo 
o 


Depend not too much on your 
good luck. 


o 

o 

00 

o 


If you are honest, you will 
prosper. 

• 


| 

oo ! What you wish will ultimately 
o be granted, 
oo 1 


o 
oo 

o 
oo 


You will yet have great suc- 
cess. 


oo 
oo 
oo 
oo 


1 You should be very careful 
to-day, lest an accident be- 
fall you. 


oo 
oo 
oo 
oo 


Content yourself with your 
present lot. 



OR CHARACTER READING 361 

CHAPTER III 



CLAIRVOYANCE, VISIONS AND THE 
UNKNOWN 

Trances. — When a person is entranced, or as we 
Americans say, "in a trance," he sees clearly persons, 
things and places far beyond the range of his ordinary 
eyesight. This ability to see with "the mind's eye" 
has been called, very properly, Clairvoyance, for the 
word means literally, clear seeing. 

Clairvoyance is the next step beyond telepathy. In 
other words, after a medium has learned to read 
thoughts with his mind, he soon becomes able to see 
things with that same wonderful piece of machinery. 
The clairvoyant brings distant objects near through 
this marvelous mind-glass, just as the astronomer 
brings . the heavenly bodies near through a powerful 
telescope. 

The Spirit Theory. — So marvelous and correct are 
many of these clairvoyant "readings" and so beyond 
the natural powers, that many believe that the clair- 
voyant receives her knowledge from spirits of the 
dead. 

Personal Impressions. — For myself I can but reit- 
erate a former statement in this volume and say that 
it is easier for me to believe this than to believe the 
intricate and interminable "explanations" of science. 
I do not understand why "spirits" do the foolish things 
they are supposed to do, but presume mortals cannot 
understand immortals and should not attempt it. 



362 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

Seeing at a Distance. — If clairvoyance is only a 
higher stage of telepathy, then the clairvoyant's mind 
travels through thousands of miles instantly, just as 
does the telegraphic message, and she is enabled to 
see not only into other minds but into houses, ships, 
or anywhere. 

The Dividing Point. — To say just where telepathy 
ends and clairvoyance begins would be a difficult mat- 
ter, but by keeping in mind the main difference, we 
may go on with comparative ease. 

Bump of Spirituality. — Turning back for a moment 
to the Phrenological Chart (page 18 of this book) 
locate, if you please, the faculty of Spirituality, and 
you will have the situation of these clairvoyant eyes. 

The Main Difference. — In telepathy some mind 
must be read or affected. In clairvoyance, of course, 
in many cases there is no other mind in the transaction 
but that of the medium. 

What Is the Cause? — I should not feel that I had 
been just tothe believers in spirit manifestations, how- 
ever, without skying just here that until the, professors 
of psychic phenomena can explain to me what it is 
that causes the clairvoyant to have visions of things 
actually occurring at the time she sees them, or that 
have occurred, or do occur later, that spiritism af- 
fords the easiest solution. The subject is as yet too 
intricate and too unscientific to be accounted for in any 
natural manner. 

Dying Impressions. — In the instances about to be 
related where the minds of dying persons impressed 
themselves upon distant friends and relatives so as 
to enable their friends to see a vision, we have a very 
reasonable and strong cause for Clairvoyance, but oth- 



OR CHARACTER READING 363 

ers of the stories and phenomena do not have this 
cause in evidence, and it is not strange that the belief 
in spirits or "outside intelligences" should have be- 
come so strong. 

Biblical Evidence. — Indeed the Bible itself speaks 
frequently of guardian angels and of the "spirits of the 
air." 

Dr. Drayton relates, in his fascinating book, "Human 
Magnetism," the following story, which shows that 
the boy's mind actually went out after its information, 
or at least a part of it, as Dr. Drayton did not know 
some of the things the boy discovered. He afterward 
proved them to be correct, however, as will be seen : 
"An American observer, C. S. Weeks, mentions a sub- 
ject of his who frequently manifested the singular 
power of seeing at a distance. 'Several times he saw 
from his forehead, reading with his eyes thoroughly 
bandaged and also described things at a distance, some 
of which descriptions I verify. On one occasion he de- 
scribed the interior of my father-in-law's house, near 
my own, telling what was in the upper part of it, 
the furniture, which way the doors swung and every 
minute particular, including the fact that my wife's 
brother, a boy about his own age, was in bed asleep. 
He told where and how the bed stood, on which side 
or arm the boy lay, which way his head was, and 
other matters of detail, though he had never been in 
the house but once, some years before, and then only 
in one room. I immediately afterward went to the 
house and found everything as he had said, even to 
the unusual fact that both the head and side of the bed 
on which the boy lay were between two and three 
feet from the walls. I was strongly of the opinion 

23 



364 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

that his description was wrong as to the bed, for I 
had often been in the room and never saw it in that 
position ; and I was quite sure also that the boy would 
not be in bed asleep, as it was only half past seven 
in the evening. I told my subject that he was guess- 
ing, for the boy would not be in bed so early, and 
that I knew where the bed stood and that he was 
wrong; but he insisted that he could see clearly and 
was right. And so I found it. The bed had been 
moved to clean the room and had not been moved 
back again ; and the boy had gone to bed early with 
a headache.' " 

Another Remarkable Case. — A well-known English 
scientist relates a remarkable instance of clairvoyance, 
at no great distance to be sure, but under very diffi- 
cult circumstances. 

A Writing Medium. — The scientist was sitting with 
a young lady medium who, being a "writing medium,'' 
got all her information by this method. He said to 
the intelligence who guided the lady's arm and hand: 

"Can you see the contents of this room?" 

"Yes," was the written reply. 

"Can you see to read this newspaper?" he said, 
putting his finger on a copy of The Times, which was 
on a table beside him, but without looking at it. 

"Yes," came the reply. 

"Well," he said, "if you can see that, write the word 
which is now covered by my finger, and I will believe 
you." 

Slowly and with great difficulty the word "however" 
was written. He turned round and saw that the word 
"however" was covered by the tip of his finger. He 
had purposely avoided looking at the newspaper when 



OR CHARACTER READING 365 

he tried the experiment, and it was impossible for the 
lady had she tried to have seen any of the printed 
words, for she was sitting at one table and the news- 
paper was on another table behind, his body interven- 
ing, and his ringer being over the test word. 

Easily Explained. — This incident can easily be ex- 
plained by telepathy and clairvoyance. In slate writ- 
ing it is quite possible for a medium to be perfectly 
honest in the belief that it is a spirit that moves her 
arm, and yet at the same time it is quite as possible 
for the arm to be moved by her subconscious mind, 
.which is clairvoyant. 

Restoring Lost Articles. — One of the practical uses 
of clairvoyance has always been that of restoring lost 
articles to rightful owners. 

TRACING THIEVES BY CLAIRVOYANCE 

A very astonishing case of this kind is related by 
Dr. William Gregory, late professor of chemistry in 
the University of Edinburgh (Scotland), and published 
in the ''Widow's Mite," a book edited by Dr. Funk, 
who is conceded to be one of America's foremost in- 
vestigators along psychic lines. 

Here is the story: "Dr. Haddock, residing at Bol- 
ton, had a very remarkable clairvoyant (E) under his 
care. Dr. Gregory says : 'After I returned to Edin- 
burgh I had very frequent communication with Dr. 
H., and tried many experiments with this remarkable 
subject, sending specimens of writing, locks of hair, 
and other objects, the origin of which was unknown 
to Dr. H., and in every case without exception E. saw 
and described with accuracy the persons concerned/ 



366 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

The Lost Watch.— "Sir Walter C. Trevelyan, Bart., 
received a letter from a lady in London in which the 
loss of a gold watch was mentioned. He sent the 
letter to Dr. H. to see if E. could trace the watch. 
She described the watch and chain, and described the 
person who had it, who, she said, was not an habitual 
thief, and said further that she could tell her handwrit- 
ing. The lady to whom these accounts were sent, 
acknowledged their perfect accuracy, tut said the de- 
scription of the thief applied to one of her maids, 
whom she did not suspect, so she sent several pieces 
of handwriting, including that of both her maids. The. 
clairvoyant immediately selected that of the one she 
had described, and said 'she was thinking of restoring 
the watch, saying she had found it.' Sir. W. T.revel- 
yan wrote with this information, but a letter from 
the lady crossed his, saying the girl mentioned before 
by the clairvoyant had restored the watch and said 
that she had found it." 

Fine Example of Clairvoyance. — The following 
story, translated from the German, and which has 
been widely copied, is indeed wonderful: 

"About sixty or seventy years ago, a man of piety 
and integrity arrived in Germany from Philadelphia, 
to visit his poor parents, and with his well-earned 
wealth to place them beyond the reach of care. He 
went out to America while he was still young, and 
had succeeded so far as to become overlooker of vari- 
ous mills on the Delaware River, in which situation 
he had honorably laid up a considerable sum. 

"In the neighborhood of Philadelphia, not far from 
the mills above mentioned, there dwelt a solitary man 
in a lonely house. He was very benevolent, but ex- 



OR CHARACTER READING 367 

tremely retired and reserved, and strange things were 
related of him, among which was his being able to 
tell a person things that were unknown to every one 
else. Now it happened that the captain of a vessel 
belonging to Philadelphia was about to sail to Africa 
and Europe. He promised his wife that he would re- 
turn in a certain time, and also that he would write 
her frequently. She waited long, but no letters ar- 
rived; the time appointed passed over, but her beloved 
husband did not return. She was now deeply dis- 
tressed and knew not where to look for counsel or 
consolation. At length a friend advised her for once 
to go to the pious solitary and tell her griefs. The 
woman followed this advice and went to him. After 
she had told him all her troubles he desired her to 
wait there, until he returned and brought her an 
answer. She sat down to wait, and the man, opening 
a door, went into his closet. But the woman, think- 
ing he stayed a long, long time, rose up, went to the 
window in the door, lifted up a little curtain, and 
looking in, saw him lying on the couch or sofa like a 
corpse. She then immediately went back to her place. 
At length he came and told her that her husband was 
in London, in a coffee-house which he named, and that 
he would return very soon ; he then told her also the 
reason why he had been unable to write. The woman 
went home pretty much at ease. 

Everything "Came True." — What the solitary had 
told her was minutely fulfilled, her husband returned, 
and the reasons of his delay and his not writing were 
just the same as the man had stated. The woman was 
now curious to know what would be the result if she 
vicited the friendly solitary in company with her hus- 



368 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

band. The visit was arranged, but when the captain 
saw the man he was struck with amazement. He 
afterwards told his wife that he had seen this very 
man, on such a day (it was the very hour that the 
woman had been with him) in a coffee-house in Lon- 
don ; and that he had told him that his wife was much" 
distressed about him ; that he had then stated the rea- 
son why his return was delayed and of his not writing, 
and that he would shortly come back, on which he 
lost sight of the man among the company." 

A MARVELOUS EXPERIMENT 

The Society for Psychical Research gives the follow- 
ing story in the account of its Proceedings, pages 
270-3, the experiments having been made by Joseph 
Kirk, a reliable and trustworthy gentleman. As will 
appear, these experiments were carried on in England : 

"2, Ripon- Villas, Upper Ripon-Road, Plumstead, 

"July 7, 1890. 

Mr. Kirk's Story. — "I have to inform you that from 
the 10th to 20th of June I tried a telepathic experi- 
ment each night upon Miss G. I did so, as suggested 
by you in your letter of June 3, without her knowl- 
edge, as a preliminary to entering upon experiments 
with her under conditions of expectancy and the re- 
cording of dates and hours. Each trial had for its 
object the rendering myself visible to her— simply vis- 
ible. With the exception of one — which was made 
one afternoon from my office in the Arsenal — each 
trial took place at my house between the hours of 11 
p. m. and 1 a. m. 



OR CHARACTER READING 369 

Gradually Influenced. — "Up to June 23 I heard noth- 
ing direct from my 'subject'. Indirectly, however, I 
learned that my influence was acting rather strongly. 
Each time Miss G. came to my house, while the ex- 
periments were in progress, she complained of being 
kept sleepless and restless, for an uneasy feeling which 
she was unable to describe, annoyed her. On one 
night so strong was this uneasy feeling she was com- 
pelled to get up, dress herself and take to some needle- 
work, and was unable to throw off the sensation and 
return to bed until two o'clock. I made no comments 
on these complaints — never dropped a hint, even, as 
to what I was doing. Under these circumstances it 
seemed probable to me that, although my influence 
was telling upon her to her discomfort, I had not suc- 
ceeded in the object of my experiments. Supposing 
this to be the case, and that I was only depriving 
her of her rest, I thought it best to discontinue the 
trials for a time. 

An Agreeable Surprise. — "I felt disappointed at this 
apparently barren result. But, on June 23 an agreeable 
surprise was sprung upon me, in that I learned I had 
most effectually succeeded on one occasion — the very 
occasion on which I had considered success as being 
highly improbable — in presenting myself to Miss G. 
As you will find in her statement, herewith enclosed, 
the vision was most complete and realistic. The trial 
which had this fortunate result was one I had made 
from my office and on the spur of the moment. I had 
been rather closely engaged on some auditing work, 
which had tired me, and as near as I can remember 
the time was between 3 :30 and 4 p. m. that I laid 
down my pencil, stretched myself, and in the act of 



370 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

doing the latter I was seized with the impulse to make 
a trial on Miss G. I did not, of course, know where 
she was at the moment, but, with a flash, as it were, 
I transferred myself to her bedroom. I cannot say- 
why I thought of that spot, unless it was that I did 
so because my first experiment had been made there. 
As it happened, it was what I must call a 'lucky shot/ 
for I caught her at the moment she was lightly sleep- 
ing in her chair — a condition which seems to be pecu- 
liarly favorable to receiving and externalizing tele- 
pathic messages. 

"The figure seen by Miss G. was clothed in a suit 
I was at the moment wearing, and was bareheaded, the 
latter as would be the case, of course, in an office. 
This suit is of a dark reddish-brown stuff, and it 
was an unusual circumstance for me to have had on 
such a coat at the time, as I wear, as a rule, an office 
coat of light material. But this office coat I had, a 
day or so before, sent to a tailor to be repaired and 
I had, therefore, to keep on that belonging to the 
dark suit. 

The Dark Suit. — "I tested the reality of the vision 
by this dark suit. I asked 'How was I dressed?' (Not 
at all a leading question.) The reply of Miss G. was, 
touching the sleeve of the coat I was then wearing 
(a light suit) : 'Not this coat, but that dark suit 
you wear sometimes. I even saw clearly the small 
check pattern of it ; and I saw your features as plainly 
as though you had been bodily present. I could not 
have seen you more distinctly.' " 



OR CHARACTER READING 371 

"June 28, 1890. 

Miss G.'s Account. — "A peculiar occurrence hap- 
pened to me on the Wednesday of the week before 
last. In the afternoon (being tired by a morning walk) 
while sitting in an easy chair near the window of my 
own room, I fell asleep. At any time I happen to sleep 
during the day (which is but seldom) I invariably 
awake with tired, uncomfortable sensations, which take 
some little time to pass off; but that afternoon, on 
the contrary, I was suddenly quite wide awake, seeing 
Mr. Kirk standing near my chair, dressed in a dark 
brown coat, which I had frequently seen him wear. 
His back was toward the window, his right hand 
toward me; he passed across the room toward the 
door, which is opposite the window, the space be- 
tween being fifteen feet, the furniture so arranged as 
to leave just the center clear; but when he got about 
four feet from the door, which was closed, he disap- 
peared. 

"My first thought was, 'had this happened a few 
hours later I should have believed it telepathic/ for 
I knew Mr. Kirk had tried experimenting at different 
times, but had no idea he was doing so recently. Al- 
though I had been much interested by his conversation 
about psychic phenomena at various times during the 
past year, I must confess the element of doubt would 
very forcibly present itself as to whether telepathic 
communication could be really a fact; and I then 
thought, knowing he must be at the office at the time 
I saw him (which was quite as distinctly as if he 
had really been in the room) that in this instance, 
at least, it must be purely imaginary, and feeling so 
sure it was only fancy, resolved not to mention it, 



372 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

and did not do so until this week, when almost invol- 
untarily, I told him about it. Much to my astonish- 
ment Mr. Kirk was very pleased with the account, 
and asked me to write it, telling me that on that after- 
noon, feeling rather tired, he put down his pen for a 
few moments, and to use his own words, 'threw himself 
into my room.' He also told me he had purposely 
avoided this subject in my presence lately, that he 
might influence me, but was anxiously hoping I would 
introduce it. 

"I feel sure I had not been dreaming of him, and 
cannot remember that anything had happened to 
cause me to think of him that afternoon before fall- 
ing asleep." 

Mr. Kirk writes later : "I have only succeeded once 
in making myself visible to Miss G. since the occasion 
I have already reported, and that had the singularity 
of being only my features — my face in miniature ; that 
is, about three inches in diameter." 

In a letter dated January 19th, 1891, Mr. Kirk says 
as to this last appearance : 

"Miss G. did not record this at the time, as she at- 
tached no importance to it, but I noted the date (July 
23) as it was at the office I was thinking of her. I 
say 'thinking' because I was doing so in connection 
with another subject, and with no purpose of making 
an experiment. I had a headache and was resting 
my head on my left hand. Suddenly it occurred to me 
that my thinking about her might probably influence 
her in some way, and I made the note I have men- 
tioned." 

Mrs. Sedgwick had a talk with Mr. Kirk and Miss 
G. on April 8th, 1892, about the above incidents and 



OR CHARACTER READING 373 

other experiments in thought transference between 
them, and writes : 

"Mr. Kirk's appearance to Miss G. evidently im- 
pressed her very much. It was extremely realistic. 
She is quite sure she was awake. It was as if she 
had waked up to see it, but she had not been dream- 
ing of Mr. Kirk. The figure did not look toward her 
or appear to take any interest in her. The other time 
she saw his face it was like a miniature. She did not 
think so much of that experience." 

Having now given these very remarkable examples 
of clairvoyance, let us dip into our companion subject — 

VISIONS 

From earliest Biblical times men have seen visions 
which were remarkable and not to be accounted for 
by natural laws. In the Bible narrative the visions 
were sent by God as warnings or as special helps in 
right living. One of the most wonderful of these vis- 
ions came to St. John when on the Isle of Patmos. As 
no improvement can be made on Bible language let 
me quote a portion of the story as given in the Book. 

The Bible Account. — "I was in the Spirit on the 
Lord's Day and heard behind me a great Voice, as of 
a trumpet, saying: T am Alpha and Omega, the first 
and the last, and what thou seest write in a book and 
send it unto the seven churches which are in Asia 
unto Ephesus and unto Smyrna and unto Pergamos 
and unto Thyatira and unto Sardis and unto Phila- 
delphia and unto Laodicea, and I turned to see the 
Voice that spake with me, and being turned I saw 
seven golden candlesticks, and in the midst of the 
seven candlesticks one like unto the Son of Man, 



374 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

clothed with a garment down to the foot and girt 
about the paps with a golden girdle. His head and 
his hair were white like wool, as white as snow, and 
his eyes were as a flame of fire and his feet like unto 
fine brass as if they had burned in a furnace, and his 
voice as the sound of many waters. And he had in 
his right hand seven stars, and out of his mouth went 
a sharp two-edged sword, and his countenance was as 
the sun shineth in his strength. And when I saw him 
I fell down at his feet as one that is dead." 

Visions come to the sleeping mind — that is, to the 
passive or prepared mind. When St. John had his 
great vision there is no doubt but that God with in- 
finite hypnotic power laid this "sleep" upon him so 
that he should not be disturbed by any outside physi- 
cal or material influences. All must be spiritual and 
spiritually discerned. Hence, his objective mind was 
put to sleep. So when a vision comes to a human be- 
ing, the same power that causes his mind's eye to see 
the vision, first prepares his mind to "see" the vision 
by laying upon him the psychic sleep or "spell." If 
one is possible the other is equally possible, and the 
spiritual laws are just as real and inflexible as are 
the natural laws. 

A Remarkable Vision. — The following extract from 
the "Church Quarterly" is an excellent example of the 
Vision: 

"In the house where these pages are written there 
is a large window looking to the north, which gives 
plenty of light to the staircase, and also to the en- 
trance of the principal room which is situated at the 
end of a passage which runs the whole length of the 
house. One afternoon in midwinter he who writes 



OR CHARACTER READING 375 

these lines left his dressing-room, which opens on the 
passage, to go to breakfast. 

"The day was dark, but though there were not any 
very dense clouds, the door at the end of the passage 
seemed obscured by a mist. As by degrees , it moved 
forward this mist — if we may call it so — concentrated 
itself upon one spot, grew thicker and assumed the 
shape of a human figure, the head and shoulders of 
which became more and more distinctly visible, while 
the rest of the body seemed to be enveloped in a large 
gauzy vestment like a mantle with many folds, which 
fell to the floor so as to hide the feet. The mantle 
rested on the floor, the rest of the figure was pyra- 
midal. The full light from the window fell upon this 
object, which had so little consistency that the light 
reflected on the polished panels of a varnished door 
could be seen through the lower part of the vestment. 
The apparition had no color.. It seemed like a statue 
formed out of mist. The writer of these lines was so 
astonished that he cannot now tell whether he ad- 
vanced towards it or stood still. ' He was more amazed 
than terrified, but his first idea was that he was wit- 
nessing an unknown combination of light and shadow. 
He was not thinking of anything supernatural, but as 
he gazed he saw the head turn toward him and he 
recognized the features of a very dear friend ; the face 
had an expression of holiness, peace and repose and 
the air of kindliness that he habitually wore had in- 
creased and intensified into a last look of deepest ten- 
derness. (This feeling, he who writes these lines has 
always experienced whenever the vision has recurred 
to his memory.) Then an instant after, all disappeared. 
The way in which it vanished can only be compared 



376 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

to that of a cloud of steam when it comes in contact 
with cold air. The post the next morning brought him 
the news that his friend had tranquilly passed away 
from the world at the moment he had seen him. It 
should be added that his was a sudden death, that he 
who witnessed the apparition had not heard his friend 
spoken of for some weeks and that nothing had led 
him to be thinking of him on the day he died." 

Gen. Fytche Sees Phantom. — From a remarkable 
book entitled "Phantoms of the Living," by Messrs. 
Gurney, Myers & Todmore, and translated from the 
French by M. Marillier, we have chosen the following, 
which appear to me to be especially appropriate in the 
present connection. 

The first is an account sent to the Psychical Com- 
mission by General Fytche of the English army, under 
date of Dec. 22d, 1885. 

"An extraordinary incident which made a profound 
impression upon my mind happened to me at Maul- 
main. I saw a phantom — I saw it with my own eyes 
— and in bright daylight. I can take my oath of it. I 
had been most intimate with an old school-fellow who 
was afterwards my friend at the University, but sub- 
quently years passed in which we did not see each 
other. One morning I got up and I was dressing when 
suddenly my old friend came into my chamber. I wel- 
comed him eagerly and told him to go get a cup of 
tea on the veranda, where I would join him immedi- 
ately. I dressed in all haste and went out on the 
veranda, but I saw no one. I could not believe my 
eyes. I asked the sentinel who was on guard before 
the house, but he had seen no stranger that morning. 
The servants also declared that no person had gone 



OR CHARACTER READING 377 

into the house. I was certain I had seen my friend. 
I had not been thinking of him at the moment and yet 
I had not been much surprised to see him for steam- 
boats and other vessels were constantly calling at 
Maulmain. A fortnight after I heard of his death six 
hundred miles from where I was, at the very moment, 
or almost the same moment when I had seen him at 
Maulmain." . 

A second story from the same source goes as fol- 
lows : 

"In the month of September, 1857, Captain Wheat- 
croft, of the Sixth English Regiment of the Dragoon 
Guards, left for India to rejoin his regiment. His wife 
remained in England at Cambridge. Towards morn- 
ing of the night between the 14th and 15th of Novem- 
ber she dreamed that she saw her husband ill and 
anxious, at which she immediately awoke with her 
mind much excited. It was bright moonlight and as 
she opened her eyes she again saw her husband, stand- 
ing beside her bed. He was dressed in uniform, his 
hands were pressed against his breast, his hair was 
in disorder and his face pale. His great black eyes 
looked at her fixedly and his mouth was contracted. 
She saw him and all particulars of his clothing as dis- 
tinctly as she had ever seen him during her whole life ; 
and she remembers to have remarked between his 
hands a piece of his white shirt, which, however, was 
not stained with blood. He *seemed to lean forward 
with an air of suffering and made an effort to speak 
but did not utter a sound. The apparition lasted about 
a minute and then it vanished. The first thought of 
Mrs. Wheatcroft was to make sure that she was awake. 
She rubbed her eyes with her sheet. Her little nephew 



378 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

was in bed with her; she leaned over the sleeping child 
and listened to his breathing. We need not say she 
slept no more that night. 

"The next morning she told this to her mother and 
expressed her belief that her husband was either killed 
or dangerously wounded although she had seen no 
spots of blood on his garments. She was so much im- 
pressed by .this apparition that after that night she 
refused to go anywhere. A young friend pressed her 
some time after to go with her to a concert, remind- 
ing her that she had received from Malta as a present 
from her husband a beautiful dress that she had not 
yet worn. She refused absolutely, declaring that as 
she did not know but that she might be a widow, 
she would go to no place of amusement until she 
had received letters from her husband of later date 
than Nov. 14th. 

Death Telegram. — "In the following month of De- 
cember a telegram announcing the death of Captain 
Wheatcroft was published by the War Office in Lon- 
don. It was said that he had been killed before Luck- 
now on the 15th of November. This news, printed in 
a London paper, attracted the notice of Mr. Wilkinson, 
a solicitor, who was in charge of the business of the 
captain, Mrs. Wheatcroft having told him that the 
apparition had appeared to her on the 14th, not the 
15th of November, he made inquiries at the War 
Office which proved that the captain died on the 15th. 
But in the following month of March a comrade of the 
captain's having got back to London explained the cir- 
cumstance, proving that he was beside the captain 
when he was killed, not on the 15th but on the after- 
noon of the 14th of November." . . . 



OR CHARACTER READING 379 

Still quoting from "Phantasms of the Living," I 
quote below the story of an Englishwoman, Mrs. 
Allom, 18 Batoum Gardens, West Kensington, Lon- 
don, England : 

"I see no reason why I should not tell you how my 
mother appeared to me on the day she died, although 
it is a subject on which I have seldom spoken because 
it is an event very sacred to me and because I would 
not like to have any one throw doubts upon my story 
or make a mock of it. 

Mother's Death Symbolized. — "I went to a school 
in Alsace in the month of October, 1852. I was then 
seventeen. My mother remained in England. Her 
health was delicate. Towards Christmas, 1853, four- 
teen months after I left home, I heard that my mother 
had grown worse, but I did not imagine that her life 
was in any danger. On the last Sunday of February, 
1854, between two and three o'clock in the afternoon, 
I was sitting in the great study at the school. I was 
reading, when suddenly the figure of my mother ap- 
peared at the farthest corner of the room. It leaned 
backward as if she were lying in her bed and she had 
on her nightgown. Her face with a sweet smile was 
turned towards me and one of her hands was raised 
to heaven. 

"The apparition passed slowly across the room. It 
seemed to ascend as it walked until the moment it 
disappeared. Her body and her features seemed con- 
torted by sickness. I had never seen my mother look- 
ing like that while living. She was deathly pale. 

Certain of Mother's Death. — "From the moment 
when I saw the apparition I was certain that my 
mother was dead. I was so much impressed by what 

24 



380 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

I had seen that I found it impossible to fix my mind 
upon my studies, and it was real pain to me to see 
my younger sister playing and amusing herself with 
her companions. 

"Two or three days later after prayers, my school- 
mistress called me into her private room. As soon as 
we were there I said: 

" 'You need not tell me. I know my mother is dead/ 
She asked me how I could possibly know this. I 
would not give her any explanation but I assured her 
I had known it for three days. I learned later that 
mamma had died on Sunday, the hour when I saw her, 
and that she had been unconscious for a day or two. 

"I am not an imaginative woman. I am not easily 
impressed, and neither before or after has anything 
like this happened to me." 

# Story of Mrs. E. T. Taunton.— "On the night of 
November 14th, 1867, I went with my husband to a 
concert in Birmingham given at the town hall. While 
there I felt an ice-cold shiver pass through me. Almost 
immediately I saw between me and the orchestra my 
uncle lying on his bed. He seemed to call for me. I 
had heard nobody mention him for some months and 
had no reason to think that he was ill. The appari- 
tion was neither transparent nor vaporous, but it 
seemed like a real person. Nevertheless I could see 
the orchestra, not through the body, but behind it. I 
did not try to turn my eyes to see if moving them 
would displace the apparition, but I looked steadily 
at it as if fascinated, so that my husband asked me 
what was the matter with me. I told him not to speak 
to me for a minute or two. The vision disappeared by 
degrees, and after the concert I told my husband what 



OR CHARACTER READING 381 

I had seen. A letter came shortly after which in- 
formed us of the death of my uncle. He died the very 
hour of my vision." 

DREAM CLAIRVOYANCE 

The following story was told the author by a very 
prominent woman of Chicago : 

"A school friend of my husband's whom I had never 
seen, but who has become very prominent in the liter- 
ary world, had written us that he would be in our 
city for a short time soon, and would come to see us. 
The night after the receipt of this letter I had a very 
peculiar dream. I thought that my husband and my- 
self were sitting at breakfast and that with the first 
mouthful of food I took my two upper teeth dropped 
out; with the second, the two lower teeth came out, 
and immediately afterward a telegram was received 
to the effect that our friend would be with us in a 
few hour's. I said to my husband 'Now, won't I be a 
nice sight to meet Mr. R., a perfect stranger?' 

"The next morning after I had this dream, while 
we were actually sitting at breakfast, a letter came 
saying he would soon be with us. My husband 
laughingly reminded me of the dream, but added: 
'Your teeth are all safely in your head, I see.' 

"Imagine our surprise, when our friend arrived, to 
observe that his two upper teeth were out as well as 
the two lower. Not knowing him well I told him 
nothing of my dream, but just as he was leaving he 
remarked : 

" 'You have no idea what courage it took for me to 
come here while I was in the hands of my dentist. In 



382 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

fact my wife had to urge upon me the discourtesy that 
would be mine if I failed to keep my promise to 
you and Mr. P." 

The reader will see at once how the inverted im- 
pression, if one may so speak, was received by this 
lady's sleeping mind, in identically the same way as 
the impressions of the drawings were received by the 
persons described on page 324. (Drawings made from 
telepathic impressions, as obtained from The Widow's 
Mite.) 

A second dream, related to me by this same lady, 
is a more perfect example of telepathic impressions 
received in sleep. 

Said Mrs. P. : "My husband waked me one morning 
by saying: 'That certainly is a most peculiar noise 
you are making, Martha. Better wake up, I think/ 
When I waked I was sniffing the air, as one will do 
when noting a strange or delightful odor. He said I 
had been doing this for some time, and even after I- 
wakened, I said: 'Why yes, John, don't you smell 
them? I smell them even yet/ Naturally he asked 
me what I meant. I said flowers, white flowers, tube- 
roses. Of course he laughed it off, but asked me 
what I had dreamed. I thought that I went into my 
sister's house (my sister lives about twenty miles 
from Chicago), that it was literally banked with white 
flowers of all kinds, every conceivable nook and corner 
was filled with them, and that there were a lot of 
people there. I did not make out in my dream what 
the occasion was. 

"Two days later I had a letter from my sister say- 
ing: 'No doubt you will be greatly shocked to learn 
that our brother Charlie's little baby was buried from 



OR CHARACTER READING 383 

our house last Sunday (it was Sunday morning I had 
the dream) afternoon. We did not send you word, 
as we knew you were not in a position to leave home, 
and I felt it would worry you. The funeral was held 
at my house, as Charlie's house is so small. I must 
say I didn't know there were so many white flowers 
in this little town. The house was literally banked 
with them, and the perfume was almost overwhelm- 
ing." 

VISIONS IN DREAMS 

Sleeping Minds. — That these visions sometimes 
come to the mind when in sleep is evident, in view of 
the following stories, given by Camille Flammarion in 
his book entitled "The Unknown." 

A Child's Vision. — "I was seven years old. My 
father lived in Paris. For several years I had been 
at Niort with relatives who had undertaken my edu- 
cation. One day, or rather, one night, I had a dream. 
I went up an interminable staircase, and I reached a 
gloomy room. Beside it there was another feebly 
lighted. I went into this second room and I saw a 
coffin on two tressles ; a lighted taper stood beside it. 

"I was afraid and I fled. When I reached the first 
room I felt some one's hand on my shoulder. I turned 
round, trembling with terror, and I recognized my 
father whom I had not seen for two years, and who 
said to me in a very gentle voice : 

" 'Do not be afraid. Embrace me little one.' 

"The next day we received a telegram. My poor 
father had died, not during the night, but on the pre- 
ceding evening. 

"I was completely orphaned for my mother had died 



384 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

some years before. This dream impressed me so much 
that I often dream it over again." 

A Second Vision. — "When I was thirty years of age 
the aunt who brought me up and whom I loved as a 
mother, died of black smallpox. I had not been told 
of her death, and I was of course, not permitted to 
go into her room. She had often said to me in jest : 

" 'Oh, if I die and you are not near me, I will come 
to bid you farewell.' In the middle of the night I saw 
a white form advancing towards me which I did not 
at first recognize. I woke up; there was twilight in 
my room and I saw the phantom reflected in a glass 
wardrobe placed opposite my bed. The phantom said 
to me in a scarcely audible voice, 'Farewell/ I 
stretched out my arms to clasp it, but it had disap- 
peared." 

My poor aunt had been dead several hours when I 
had this hallucination. 

THE UNKNOWN OR "SPIRITISM"— TALKING 
WITH THE DEAD— HOW IT IS DONE. 

The Unknown Power. — When St. Paul made his 
famous speech in Mars Hill to the men of Athens, he 
said to them, "For as I passed by, and beheld your 
devotions I found an altar to the Unknown God," and 
in studying these great mental and spiritual forces, I, 
too, have come upon an altar to an unknown force 
or power. By many it is called spiritism, by others 
"The Unknown." It would be unfair to the Power 
itself, to say nothing of its many believers, not to give 
some illustrations of its manifestations before closing 
this chapter. I have therefore chosen a few very 



OR CHARACTER READING 385 

wonderful stories, the first of which is the famous 
incident "The Widow's Mite," which occurred in 
Brooklyn, and is related by the principal persons con- 
cerned in the book by that name, heretofore mentioned 
in these pages. 

Here Is the Story. — "In the early part of February, 
1903, having heard of a woman in Brooklyn who every 
Wednesday evening gave spiritualistic sittings to her 
family and a few invited guests, I requested a mutual 
friend of the family and myself, Mr. Irving S. Roney, 
a gentleman who has long been in the employment of 
Funk & Wagnalls Company, to secure for me an in- 
vitation to attend several of these meetings. I found 
the family plain, intelligent folks in humble circum- 
stances ; the medium a delicate lady of sixty-eight 
years, of little school education, refined in manners. 
The family is composed of this lady, a son of thirty- 
five years of age, and a brother of fifty-eight years. 
The woman is a widow and the brother a widower 
whose three children died many years ago. The con- 
trols report themselves to be three in number : a daugh- 
ter of this brother by the name of Mamie, who died 
at the age of seven, and a friend of one in the circle 
by the name of George Carroll, and a son of the 
medium by the name of Amos. 

"The sittings are a kind of prayer meeting, a weekly 
reunion of the family living and dead, and have so 
been held, I am told, every Wednesday for over four 
years. No charge of any sort whatever is made nor is 
there any collection taken. The communications are 
believed to be by direct and independent speech and 
by raps, with lights occasionally appearing on the cur- 
tains. The medium says that she knows nothing what- 



386 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

ever of what takes place during the sittings, being lost 
in trance. The voices are of a great variety; I counted 
in a single evening as many as twenty — some appar- 
ently the voices of children and others of middle aged 
persons and of old men and women; a few of these 
are the voices of Indians, and one of a jolly typical Vir- 
ginia negro. Each voice maintains its individuality 
during the evening and from one evening to another. 
Listening very closely I was never able to detect any 
confusion in the voices except on one occasion in the 
voices of Mamie and the negro. Aunt Eliza. When 
attention was drawn to this Aunt Eliza explained that 
she and Mamie were much of the time together, and 
that she sometimes got into the habit of talking 'like 
them folks I like.' This explanation fitted in with the 
theory that I was inclined to adopt from the first, that 
the mediumship in this circle was an excellent case of 
secondary personality, not of spirit control. 

No Collusion Possible. — "The brother and son of 
the medium were always at the circle and in sight, so 
that there was no collusion possible on the part of any 
of these members of the family. 

"Upon Honor." — "The medium at these sittings sat 
behind a curtain in the dark. A dim light in the cor- 
ner of the room in which she sat, controlled from the 
cabinet, made objects about us faintly visible; by it 
with a little straining of my eyes I could tell the 
time by my watch. The bedroom in which sat the 
medium opened into the kitchen. The conditions were 
not at all of a test kind. It was all 'upon honor.' After 
considerable investigation, however, and fuller acquain- 
tance with the family, I am morally certain that this 
confidence in the integrity of the medium and family 



OR CHARACTER READING 387 

at the time of this Mite incident was not misplaced. 
The greater part of the communications claimed to 
come from departed members of the family, especially 
to the brother ; this brother is a man of hard common 
sense, who seems much affected by the communica- 
tions, especially those purporting to come from his 
little seven-year-old daughter and from his deceased 
wife. In addition to the above facts, the absence of 
any apparent advantage to the medium or her family 
that would come from any trick, as no effort up to 
the time of my visit was made to secure sitters and 
no money directly or indirectly given, make it hard 
to think that there is any intended deception. 

HENRY WARD BEECHER'S MESSAGE FROM 
THE SPIRIT WORLD 

A Singular Experience. — "The conclusion that this 
mediumship was a remarkably good case of secondary 
personality was almost fixed in my mind up to the 
time that I had the singular experience which I give 
below : 

"On my third visit I was quite tired and sat rather 
quietly during the entire evening listening to the talk 
between the cabinet and the sitters — of the sitters 
there were fewer than a dozen. About eleven o'clock 
the control named George in his usual strong mascu- 
line voice abruptly asked : 

Message from Henry Ward Beecher.— " 'Has any 
one here got anything that belonged to Mr. Beecher?' 

"There was no reply. On his emphatic repetition 
of the question I replied, being the only one present, 
as I felt sure, who had ever had any immediate ac- 



388 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

quaintance with Mr. Beecher: 'I have in my pocket 
a letter from Rev. Dr. Hillis, Mr. Beecher's successor. 
Is that what you mean?' 

"The answer was : 'No. I am told by a spirit pres- 
ent, John Rakestraw, that Mr. Beecher, who is not 
present, is concerned about an ancient coin, the Wid- 
ow's Mite. This coin is out of its place and should 
be returned. It has long been away and Mr. Beecher 
wishes it returned, and he looks to you, Doctor, to 
return it.' 

"I was considerably surprised and asked: 'What do 
you mean by saying that he looks to me to return it? 
I have no coin of Mr. Beecher's.' 

" T don't know anything about it except that I am 
told that this coin is out of its place, and has been for 
a number of years, and that Mr. Beecher says you can 
find it and return it.' 

"I remembered then that when we were making 'The 
Standard Dictionary,' some nine years before, I had 
borrowed from a gentleman in Brooklyn — a close 
friend of Mr. Beecher's, who died several years ago — 
a valuable ancient coin known as 'The Widow's Mite.' 
He told me that this coin was worth some hundreds 
of dollars, and, under promise that I would see that it 
was returned to the collection where it belonged, he 
would loan it to me. Although a member of Dr. Rich- 
ard S. Storrs's church, this gentleman remained a con- 
spicuous friend of Dr. Beecher all through the famous 
trial which so severely tested the loyalty of many of 
Mr. Beecher's friends. 

"I said to the control : 'The only "Widow's Mite" 
that has ever been in my charge was one that I bor- 
rowed some years ago from a gentleman in Brooklyn; 



OR CHARACTER READING 389 

this I promptly returned.' To which the control re- 
plied: 

" This one has not been returned.' And then, after 
a moment's silence he said: 'Do you know whether 
there is a large iron safe in Plymouth Church?' 

"I answered: 'I do not.' 

. "He said: 'I am impressed that this coin is in a 
large iron safe, that it has been lost sight of; it is in 
a drawer in this safe under a lot of papers, and that 
you can find it; and Mr. Beecher wishes you to find it.' 

"I said : 'Do you mean that this safe is in Plymouth 
Church?' 

"He said: 'I don't know where it is. I am simply 
impressed that it is in a large iron safe in a drawer 
under a lot of papers, and has been lost sight of for 
years, and that you can find it, and Mr. Beecher wishes 
you to find it. That is all I can tell you.' 

"The next day when I went to New York I thought 
over this curious communication about 'The Widow's 
Mite.' I was certain the coin had been returned, but 
the insistent statement that it had not been returned 
and the curious fact that such an unusual piece of 
money should have been so positively mentioned, all 
impressed me very strongly. During the day my 
brother, who had been the business manager of The 
Standard Dictionary, called at my editorial rooms. I 
asked him, without telling him anything of the inci- 
dent of the night before, if he remembered 'The Wid- 
ow's Mite' which we had used in the illustration of 
the dictionary. He said that he did, and, in reply to 
my question as to what he had done with it he re- 
plied: 'I returned it.' 'To whom?' I asked. He said : 
'I don't know the man, but I returned it to the person 



390 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

from whom you said you had borrowed it.' To my 
cross-examination he repeated again and again that he 
was certain that it had been returned. 

"In the afternoon at our business conference, Mr. 
Wagnalls, the vice-president of our company, and Mr. 
E. J. Wheeler, editor of "The Literary Digest," be- 
ing present, I told them of my curious experience. 
Mr. Wagnalls said : T never heard that you had bor- 
rowed such a coin.' Mr. Wheeler, who is particularly 
skeptical of 'spirit communications,' playfully re- 
marked: 'Well, now find that coin, and it will be a 
good test.' I said, half-jestingly, 'All right,' and, tap- 
ping the bell, called in the cashier and asked him : 'Do 
you remember an old coin called "The Widow's Mite" 
which was in our possession during the making of the 
dictionary?' He replied that he did, that it was given 
to him by Mr. B. F. Funk, and he was under the im- 
pression that it had been returned to its owner. I 
asked: 'Are you sure of this?' He replied: 'I believe 
it has been so returned.' I told him to go to the large 
iron safe (we have two safes in the cashier's office), 
and have his assistants help him see whether that coin 
was anywhere in the safe. In about twenty minutes 
one of his assistants came into the office and handed 
me an envelope in which were two 'Widow's Mites/ 
The envelope had been found in a little drawer in the 
large iron safe under a lot of papers, where it had 
lain forgotten for a number of years. 

"This story is vouched for by all the gentlemen who 
were present, and afterward the control, George, iden- 
tified one of the coins, the darker of the two, as. the 
one belonging to Mr. Beecher's friend." 



OR CHARACTER READING 391 

TWO STORIES NEVER BEFORE 
PUBLISHED 

Mrs. Sherman's Experiences. — Before leaving this 
subject I will give the following marvelous stories 
kindly furnished me for use in this book by Mrs. S. 
T. Sherman, San Diego, Cal., whom I have known per- 
sonally for a number of years. Mrs. Sherman is an 
honored member of the California Spiritualists' Asso- 
ciation and in giving her stories I shall take no issue 
with her in attributing her experiences to the direct 
influence and guidance of spirit powers or outside in- 
telligences. Mrs. Sherman does not do her work 
under a "control." She is an independent little 
woman, and says she positively will not be "con- 
trolled" by anybody, living or dead. She does give 
these mysterious powers full credit, however, for the 
wonderful things that have happened to and through 
her. 

I shall relate the incidents as nearly as possible in 
Mrs. Sherman's own words, omitting the names of 
the persons to whom the various incidents occurred 
for reasons which will be obvious as the facts are told. 
Mrs. Sherman, however, is willing to give her sworn 
affidavit to all the facts. 

SPIRIT LOCATES DEAD CHILD IN ALLEY 

The First Story. — "I had been invited by a party of 
friends to go with them to a neighboring city and 
spend the day. I had intended going, but as the time 
drew nearer I felt so strongly impressed that I should 
remain at home that I telephoned my friends I could 
not go. They urged me in every possible way, for 



392 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

the outing had been arranged almost entirely for my 
benefit. I could not acquiesce, however, for I felt that 
for some reason I must not go. 

"Shortly before noon, when sitting quietly in my 
room, I saw before me the form of a* little child, a 
girl, about three years old, with pale golden hair. 
I could only see the back and side of her head and 
the side face. She was lying near a curb stone. The 
vision lasted for possibly a moment and then faded. 

"I was restless and uneasy and could not remain 
indoors. I caught up a bonnet and fairly flew out of 
the house and into the streets. I did not know where 
I was going, but I seemed to be impelled. Finally 
I came to a little side street and then I felt myself 
taken by the shoulders and turned into this street, 
or paved alley, as it really was. Indeed the impres- 
sion that some one had caught me by the shoulders 
was so strong that I looked back to see who it was, 
but no one was anywhere visible. It was noon time, 
and I suppose everyone in that quiet neighborhood 
was indoors at luncheon. 

Finds the Child! — "As I passed along this narrow 
street or alley my only thought was 'Hurry, hurry, 
find the child/ Suddenly I saw her — the very little 
one I had seen in my vision. She lay head-downwards 
over the curb, and I could see the side face and the 
side and back head just as I had seen them before in 
the vision. 

"I lifted the child and found that the body was 
rigid, and seemingly dead. When I had her in my 
arms the thought presented itself: 

" ' Where shall I take the child?' There were houses 
all about me and it was a neighborhood in which I 



OR CHARACTER READING 393 

had never been and where I knew no one. Then I 
received a strong impression and was impelled to carry 
the child to a small shed or workshop at the rear of 
a pretty little residence — bungalow, we call them all in 
California. I stopped at the door of the shop for there 
sat a man with his face in his hands. As soon as I 
saw him I knew what to say and I cried : 

" 'Well, here is this child.' 

"In an instant the man was on his feet and cried 
'My God, my God, my God.' Calmly and scornfully 
I replied: 

" 'I wouldn't call on Him if I were you, in the face 
of what you have done. You have tried to kill the 
child. 

Man Acknowledges Intended Murder. — "He ac- 
knowledged this to be true, but told me that he had 
clutched the child's throat in a fit of anger, and think- 
ing he had killed her threw the body into the alley 
to escape trouble. I told him to call the child's mother. 
She came, screaming, to know what the matter was. 
With a look I quieted her (I seemed to have super- 
human powers that day), and I told her that I had 
found the child in the alley and that it had been hurt. 
When I would have accused the man something just 
like a hand was placed over my mouth, so I did not 
tell his part in the affair. 

"I felt a slight movement in the body and immedi- 
ately dispatched the man for a physician. He came 
and saved the child's life. 

"Naturally that man is one of my best friends," 
smiled the little woman as she ceased speaking and 
wiped her tearful eyes. 

Confesses to Wife. — "The man confessed all to his 



394 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

wife, and together they told me their story. He and 
the lady had been sweethearts as very young people,, 
but a quarrel had taken place, and they had partSa, 
she to marry a man she did not love, he to remain 
single. After several years of wedded life she got a 
divorce from the first husband and married the man 
she really loved. In the meantime, however, the child 
had been born, and this child she adores. Her pres- 
ent husband is of so jealous a disposition that her 
love for the child was unbearable to him, and when 
the little one came into his shop that day and in some 
way irritated him, he caught it by the throat and 
strangled it into insensibility. Then thinking he had 
killed the child and not knowing what to do, he took 
it and laid it on the curb, so that someone finding it 
would think it had met there with foul play." 

The Second Story. — Said Mrs. Sherman : "I entered 
a railway train at Hamilton, Ohio, several years ago, 
to go to Daytpn, and as the coach was crowded I 
shared a seat with another woman. 

"This woman wore a long black cape, and the 
moment that cape touched my hand I received a very 
peculiar and startling impression. Without hesitation 
I turned to my seat-mate and said : 

"You must get off at the next station and go back 
on the first train you can get." She looked at me in 
amazement, not to say indignation and replied: 

" T should like to see myself do such a thing/ 

" 'But you must/ I insisted. T see a man lying 
as though dead — no he is not dead, but he has been 
hurt. I think it must have happened through a rail- 
road accident, as I see smoke and hear a great noise/ 

" 'I shall certainly not go back/ said the woman. 
'Why the very idea! Who are you anyway?' 



OR CHARACTER READING 395 

" 'Just the same you must go back. I hear a baby 
cry too — ' This touched her and she said : 

" 'Well, I'll return, but this is all very foolish.' 

"I called the conductor and said : 'How soon do we 
reach a station?' 

" 'In three minutes,' was his reply. I said to him : 
'This lady wants to get off there. Be sure that you 
stop/ 

"I then turned to her saying: T am Mrs. Sherman,' 
and giving her my address told her that if nothing 
came of this 'foolishness' as she called it she might 
charge the expense of the trip to me. 

"She got off at the station and took the next train 
back, having told me nothing, not even her name. 

"A few weeks later the woman came to me and told 
me the following story: 

Husband Fatally Injured. — " 'My husband had been 
in the habit of getting drunk and staying out all night, 
and the night before you saw me he had again stayed 
out all night. I became so thoroughly discouraged I 
decided to leave home, and knowing that he would 
come about eight in the morning, I left my baby asleep 
in bed and caught the train, as you know. I thought 
this would scare him and bring him to his senses. 
When I got home that day there were a lot of people 
knocking at the door and trying to get in and the 
baby was crying. They told me that my husband had 
been hurt in a railway accident the night before at 
ten o'clock. He had been compelled to work that 
night (he was a railway engineer), and had to take 
a train out, so he had no time to send me word. He 
was hurt in an accident shortly after he started and 
was taken to the hospital. They took me to him and 
I stayed until he died, three days later." 

25 



;96 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



PROMINENT ENGLISHMAN GETS LETTERS 
FROM DEPARTED SON 

At the moment of our going to press with this book, 
there comes from the lips of the prominent English 
writer, Wm. T. Stead, of London, England, the fol- 
lowing statement to a reporter of the Chicago Daily 
News : 

"New and wonderful letters are reaching me almost 




Wm. T. Stead. 

daily from my boy Willie, who died a year ago. I 
have no time now to tell everything as I will leave 
London for the seashore in half an hour, but in the 
near future I will show you some of Willie's letters. 



OR CHARACTER READING 397 

They were written by my own passive right hand,, 
which moves absolutely automatically. I exercise no 
will power in the matter, either to hold the pen or to 
move it. 

"Willie's letters are simply splendid. They are 
exactly like him and full of his characteristic spirit. 
He talks with me at great length and tells me every- 
thing he sees, how he feels and what his hopes are re- 
specting myself and other members of the family. He 
says that the spirit world is quite as anxious to estab- 
lish communication with this world as we are with it. 

"For many years I have known that spirit commun- 
ications were a reality. I declared my faith to this 
effect at a time when I knew that the assertion would 
injure me in all my worldly relations. My declara- 
tion of faith did injure me. It tended to discredit me 
in business and placed me under suspicion among 
many of my friends whom I valued most highly. The 
loss to me was great, but it was quite insignificant 
when compared with my inexpressible gain. I would 
not give one of the letters written me by my departed 
boy for many times the worth of all we sacrifice. 

"Today's general ignorance respecting spirit com- 
munications will be put to shame, just as ignorance 
always is. Disbelief is a characteristic of the human 
mind and yields only to demonstration, but the time 
is not far distant when it will yield respecting this 
matter as it has yielded respecting many others. In 
my opinion not only experts but ordinary men will be 
able to communicate with those who have gone before. 
It is all a question of faith and of knowing how. 

"The method whereby ordinary people may com- 
municate with their relatives and friends whom they 



398 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 

ignorantly supposed to be dead I shall shortly attempt 

to make plain. 

"Undoubtedly the greatest development lying before 

the present century will be the bridging of the gulf 

between this world of change and the future world of 

changeless immortality." 

Concerning this son of Dr. Stead's the News says : 
"William Stead, the eldest son of William T. Stead, 

died December 4th, 1907, at the age of thirty-three 

years. He was a brilliant writer." 



THE MACIC AGE TABLE 



HOW TO TELL THE AGE OF ANY PERSON 

This is not only of great interest, but it will often 
furnish a whole evening's amusement for a com- 
pany of young people or for the young folks in any 
home. By its use you can tell the age of any person 
old or young. 

Directions. — Request the person whose age you wish 
to know to look over the table and point out the 
columns in which her age appears. It must appear 
in two or more of the columns if the person is three 
years old or more. Then add together the figures at 
the top of the columns in which the person's age is 
found and you have solved the puzzle. 

Example. — Suppose the person's age is 19. You 
will find this number in the first, second and fifth 
columns. At the top of these three columns you 
will find the numbers, one, two and sixteen, which, 
added together makes nineteen. , 



OR CHARACTER READING 



399 



THE TABLE 



1 


2 


4 


8 


16 


32 


3 


3 


5 


9 


17 


33 


5 


6 


6 


10 


18 


34 


7 


7 


7 


11 


19 


35 


9 


10 


12 


12 


20 


36 


11 


11 


13 


13 


21 


37 


13 


14 


14 


14 


22 


38 


15 


15 


15 


15 


23 


39 


17 


18 


20 


24 


24 


40 


19 


19 


21 


25 


25 


41 


21 


22 


22 


26 


26 


42 


23 


23 


23 


27 


27 


43 


25 


26 


28 


28 


28 


44 


27 


27 


29 


29 


29 


45 


29 


30 


30 


30 


30 


46 


31 


31 


31 


31 


31 


47 


33 


34 


36 


40 


48 


48 


35 


35 


37 


41 


49 


49 


37 


38 


38 


42 


50 


50 


39 


39 


39 


43 


51 


51 


41 


42 


44 


44 


52 


52 


43 


43 


45 


45 


53 


53 


45 


46 


46 


46 


54 


54 


47 


47 


47 


47 


55 


55 


49 


50 


52 


56 


56 


56 


51 


51 


53 


57 


57 


57 


53 


54 


54 


58 


58 


58 


55 ' 


55 


55 


59 


59 


59 


57 


58 


60 


60 


60 


60 


59 


59 


61 


61 


61 


61 


61 


62 


62 


62 


62 


62 


63 


63 


63 


63 


63 


63 



400 KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



CHAPTER IV 



THE BERTILLON SYSTEM OF MEASURE- 
MENTS—HOW CRIMINALS ARE 
MARKED 

There had always been a great need of some abso- 
lutely reliable means for the identification of criminals, 
that is, a system which would make no mistake, by 
which the rigdit man would come to punishment and 
the wrong (or innocent person) would be protected. 

Means Heretofore Used. — Among the means re- 
sorted to by the police officials of various countries 
were : 

(1) Impressions of the thumb (described on page 
185 of this volume). 

(2) Plaster casts of the jaw. 

(3) Very careful drawings of the areola and den- 
ticulation of the human iris. 

(4) Impression, mold and photograph of the ear. 

(5) Anatomical description of peculiar marks, 
scars, tattoo designs, beauty spots, etc., etc. 

Dr. Bertillon's Discovery. — None of these means, 
however, were absolutely sure, and it remained for Dr. 
Alphonse Bertillon, a French physician, to discover 
and put into practical use, the system which has been 
given his name. 

Dr. Bertillon's Chance. — In order that he might per- 
fect and make practical this system of measurements 
Dr. Bertillon was appointed Chief of the Identification 



OR CHARACTER READING 



401 



Bureau in Paris, in 1882. Three years later Dr. Ber- 
tillon wrote a little book describing his method of 
measurements, and he presented a copy to the Inter- 
national Prison Committee at Rome, Italy. Although 
his system was not then complete, it made so profound 
an impression at that time that it was adopted by 
almost all the civilized countries. 

System Adopted in France. — Naturally the use of 
this system has become 
more general in France 
than in any other country, 
because that is the coun- 
try of its birth, and there 
it is in use in every peni- 
tentiary, jail and police 
station, and the whole 
thing is directed from the 
central office in Paris over 
which Dr. Bertillon pre- 
sides. 

The United States, how- 
ever, has adopted the sys- 
tem, and it has been in First Bertillon Measurement. 

practical use in this country since 1887, when it was 
introduced by Major R. W. McClaughry. This gen- 
tleman was then warden of the Illinois State Peniten- 
tiary at Joliet. 

In 1895 Major McClaughry was delegate to the In- 
ternational Prison Congress in Paris, and soon after 
his return he began the work of Americanizing the 
Bertillon System, and putting it into such form that 
it can be easily committed to memory. 

The Work Translated. — It was also under the eye 




402 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



of Dr. Bertillon that a translation of the work was 
made into English from the French, and into book 
form by Merwin Marie Snell. It will be seen that 
the workings of the system are now in such form 
that any police officer with a good memory can ac- 
quire the ability to take measurements and remember 
a man that he has once measured. 

Possibly one hundred and fifty police stations use 
the Bertillon system at present, but it is being rapidly 
adopted throughout the country. 

A Working Station. — It was my good fortune to 
be able to visit one of these stations, i. e., that at 
Springfield, Ohio, then in charge of Arthur P. Spiker, 
and to be shown the workings of the various parts 
of the machinery. This station is said to be one of 
the most perfect in America in all its details. 

The Bertillon System. — The room used for the work 
is called "The Bertillon Room," and must 
certainly be a Chamber of Horrors to the 
prisoner who is taken into it to be meas- 
ured. Truly over the door should be writ- 
ten, "Who enters here leaves hope behind." 
That is, the guilty man, of course. He who 
is so measured is a marked man for life, 
and if he has been ever so successful a 
"crook," he might as well quit the business 
immediately. 

(1) Photography. — First of all, a good 

photograph, both front view and profile, is 

taken. These photographs are all taken by 

Head flashlight, so it matters not at what hour 

Measurements. the prisQner ; s brought in. 

(2) Description. — Then what is called his "de- 




OR CHARACTER READING 



403 



scription" is taken, i. e., a record is made of his age, 
weight, color of hair, eyes, ears, etc. A description of 
his side face is then written ; next the base of his nose, 
whether wide or narrow; then a description of the 
whole nose, whether long or short, horizontal or 
hooked, and a note made as to whether the nose is 
medium, great or small. The ear measurements are 
then taken in detail. Then the forehead, whether ver- 
tical or receding. The chin is measured next — whether 
vertical, projecting or receding. 

The real Bertillon measurements are next taken. 

The Apparatus. — Regularly prepared apparatus is 
used for this. One entire side of the large room is re- 
quired for this, which in the Springfield Station pre- 
sents the appearance of a large oak cross, set up against 
the wall with a seat at its base. 

The Man Against the Cross. — By this great meas- 
uring cross the man's height is first 
measured. Then his outer reach, or in 
other words, the exact distance be- 
tween finger tip and finger tip, as his' 
arms are laid on the cross bar, and to 
the poor stricken human being who is 
thus being marked and set apart for 
life, this must mean mental anguish 
equal to any physical crucifixion that 
ever was. 

Trunk Measurements. — The man is 
then asked to sit on the seat at the 
base of the cross and his trunk meas- 
urement is taken. 

The face measurements, namely, the width of the 
face from cheek bone to cheek bone, are taken, and 
the right ear is minutely measured. 




Ear Measurements. 



404 



KNOW THY NEIGHBOR 



Left Side Measurements. — Measurements of the left 
foot are then taken, and after that the middle finger 
and the left little finger and the left forearm from 
the elbow to the middle finger. (The reason that the 
left side is taken is that nine out of ten people are 
right-handed, and hence their right arm and hand are 
larger than the left, and the left will not vary with a 
man's age as will the right.) 

Usefulness of System. — To give the reader an idea 
as to the real usefulness of this system, I would say 
that among all the thousands of men who have been 
measured by this system only two have ever been 
found whose measurements were exactly alike, and 
they were twin brothers. I might also add that the 
finger-prints of these twins were entirely different, 
which afforded after all an individual identification 
mark. 

Nature's Versatility. — Once more let me call atten- 
tion in passing to the wonder- 
ful versatility of Nature — no 
two leaves or grass blades or 
flower petals or human beings 
are exactly alike, and yet there 
are millions coming and going 
all the time. 

The Metric System. — The 
Bertillon measurements are 
taken by the metric (French) 
system, i. e., by milo-metres, 
centi-metres, etc., but a few of 
Trunk Measurements, t h e most important measure- 
ments are taken in English so as to be easily and 
quickly read by the ordinary police officer. 




OR CHARACTER READING 405 

How the System Works Out. — When a prisoner has 
been measured, photographed and "described," a copy 
of his photograph, description and measurements is 
sent to the National Identification office at Washing- 
ton, D. C, and another copy is sent to "The Detec- 
tive," which is a police journal published for the ben- 
efit of police departments all over the country. It 
will be seen in view of this proceeding how impossible 
it would be for a man to escape detection. 

For example, if a man who has been arrested and 
brought into court states that he has never been 
arrested, all the police have to do is to take his "rec- 
ord" to the court and nothing can save him. 

The system, while it gives a "crook" absolutely no 
chance to escape, also acts as a protection to the inno- 
cent man, or to the man who is really "up" for his 
first offense, because the absence of a record is in his 
favor. 

"Criminals" Only Are Measured. — It is not to be 
understood that all persons who are arrested are meas- 
ured by the Bertillon System. Only those who are 
arrested on a penitentiary or workhouse offense are 
measured, or those who are suspected of being pro- 
fessional "crooks." 

When professional cracksmen, or "yeggmen," as 
they are called, learn the details of this system of 
measurements, the knowledge may act as a restraining 
hand, but the time has not yet come when criminals 
are so fully "posted" on the law as to quit the busi- 
ness entirely. 



OCT -4 1945 



